merge trunk
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (20168 57844))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
13
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
16
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
31 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
32 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
33 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
34
35 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
36
37 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
39
40 \(fn)" t nil)
41
42 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
43 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
44
45 \(fn)" t nil)
46
47 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
48 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
49
50 \(fn)" t nil)
51
52 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
53 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
54 Mutate the result.
55
56 \(fn)" t nil)
57
58 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
59 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
60
61 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
62 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
63 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
64 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
65
66 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
67
68 ;;;***
69 \f
70 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
71 ;;;;;; (20197 58064))
72 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
73
74 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
75 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
76 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
77 extensions.
78 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
79 the file name.
80
81 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
82
83 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
84 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
85
86 \(fn)" t nil)
87
88 ;;;***
89 \f
90 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
91 ;;;;;; (20209 49217))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
93
94 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
95 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
96
97 \(fn)" t nil)
98
99 ;;;***
100 \f
101 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
102 ;;;;;; (20222 61246))
103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
104
105 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
106 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
107 Completion is available.
108
109 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
110
111 ;;;***
112 \f
113 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
114 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
115 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
116 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
117 ;;;;;; (20033 22846))
118 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
119
120 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
121
122 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
123 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
124 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
125 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
126
127 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
128
129 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
130 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
132
133 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
134
135 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
136 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
137 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
138 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
139 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
140 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
141
142 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
143
144 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
145 Prompt for a change log name.
146
147 \(fn)" nil nil)
148
149 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
150 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
151
152 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
153 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
154 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
155 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
156
157 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
158 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
159 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
160
161 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
162 current buffer to the complete file name.
163 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
164
165 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
166
167 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
168 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
169 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
170 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
171
172 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
173 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
174
175 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
176
177 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
178 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
179 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
180
181 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
182 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
183 after a comma on an existing line.
184
185 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
186 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
187 the same person.
188
189 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
190 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
191 notices.
192
193 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
194 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
195
196 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
197
198 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
199 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
200 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
201 the change log file in another window.
202
203 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
204
205 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
206 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
207 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
208 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
209 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
210 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
211
212 \\{change-log-mode-map}
213
214 \(fn)" t nil)
215
216 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
217 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
218
219 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
220 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
221
222 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
223 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
224
225 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
226 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
227
228 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
229 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
230
231 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
232 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
233 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
234 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
235 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
236
237 Has a preference of looking backwards.
238
239 \(fn)" nil nil)
240
241 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
242 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
243 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
244 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
245 or a buffer.
246
247 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
248 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
249
250 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
251
252 ;;;***
253 \f
254 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
255 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
256 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (20179 28130))
257 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
258
259 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
260 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
261 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
262 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
263 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
264 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
265 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
266 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
267 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
268 interpreted as `error'.")
269
270 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
271
272 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
273 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
274 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
275 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
276 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
277 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
278 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
279 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
280
281 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
282
283 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
284 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
285
286 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
287
288 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
289 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
290
291 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
292
293 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
294 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
295
296 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
297 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
298 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
299 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
300 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
301
302 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
303 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
304 the new one.
305
306 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
307 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
308 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
309 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
310 mapped to the closest extremal position).
311
312 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
313 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
314 the cache-id will clear the cache.
315
316 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
317
318 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
319
320 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
336
337 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
338
339 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
342
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
345 BODY...)
346
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
361
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
366
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
369
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
372
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
375
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
380
381 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
382 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
383 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
384 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
385 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
386 during preloading.
387
388 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
389 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
390 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
391 BODY...)
392
393 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
394
395 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
396
397 ;;;***
398 \f
399 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
400 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
401 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (20188 43079))
402 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
403
404 (autoload 'align "align" "\
405 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
406 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
407 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
408 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
409 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
410 rule's `separate' attribute).
411
412 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
413 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
414 `separate' attribute set.
415
416 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
417 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
418 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
419 on the format of these lists.
420
421 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
422
423 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
424 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
425 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
426 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
427 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
428 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
429 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
430 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
431 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
432 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
433 options.
434
435 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
436 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
437
438 Fred (123) 456-7890
439 Alice (123) 456-7890
440 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
441 Joe (123) 456-7890
442
443 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
444 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
445 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
446
447 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
448
449 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
450 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
451 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
452 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
453 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
454 align that section.
455
456 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
459 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
460 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
461 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
462 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
463 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
464 been used to align that section.
465
466 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
469 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
470 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
471 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
472 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
473 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
474 to be colored.
475
476 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
477
478 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
479 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
480
481 \(fn)" t nil)
482
483 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
484 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
485
486 \(fn)" t nil)
487
488 ;;;***
489 \f
490 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode allout-mode-p allout-auto-activation
491 ;;;;;; allout-setup allout-auto-activation-helper) "allout" "allout.el"
492 ;;;;;; (20207 7484))
493 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
494
495 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
496 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
497
498 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
499
500 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
501
502 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
503 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
504
505 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
506 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
507
508 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
509 `allout-auto-activation'.
510
511 \(fn)" nil nil)
512
513 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
514 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
515
516 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
517 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
518 file variable `allout-layout'.
519
520 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
521 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
522 specified layout is applied.
523
524 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
525 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
526
527 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
528 Auto-layout is not.
529
530 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
531
532 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
533
534 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
535
536 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
537
538 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
539
540 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
541
542 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
543
544 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
545
546 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
547
548 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
549
550 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
551
552 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
553
554 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
555
556 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
557
558 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
559
560 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
561
562 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
563
564 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
565
566 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
567 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
568
569 \(fn)" nil (quote macro))
570
571 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
572 Toggle Allout outline mode.
573 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
574 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
575 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
576
577 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
578 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
579 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
580 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
581 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
582 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
583 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
584 outline.)
585
586 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
587
588 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
589 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
590 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
591 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
592 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
593 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
594 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
595 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
596
597 and many other features.
598
599 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
600 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
601 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
602 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
603 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
604
605 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
606 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
607 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
608 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
609 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
610 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
611 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
612 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
613 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
614 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
615
616 Exposure Control:
617 ----------------
618 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
619 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
620 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
621 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
622 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
623
624 Navigation:
625 ----------
626 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
627 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
628 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
629 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
630 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
631 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
632 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
633 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
634 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
635 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
636
637
638 Topic Header Production:
639 -----------------------
640 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
641 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
642 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
643
644 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
645 ---------------------------------
646 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
647 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
648 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
649 current topic
650 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
651 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
652 are alternated according to nesting depth.
653 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
654 the offspring are not affected.
655 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
656
657 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
658 ----------------------------------
659 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
660 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
661 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
662 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
663 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
664 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
665 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
666 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
667
668 Topic-oriented Encryption:
669 -------------------------
670 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
671 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
672
673 Misc commands:
674 -------------
675 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
676 and establish a default file-var setting
677 for `allout-layout'.
678 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
679 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
680 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
681 buffer with name derived from derived from that
682 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
683 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
684 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
685 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
686 format.
687 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
688 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
689 auto-activation.
690
691 Topic Encryption
692
693 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
694 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
695 pending encryption on save.
696
697 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
698 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
699 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
700 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
701 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
702
703 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
704 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
705 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
706 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
707 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
708 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
709 signal.
710
711 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
712 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
713 for details.
714
715 HOT-SPOT Operation
716
717 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
718 navigation and exposure control.
719
720 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
721 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
722 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
723 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
724 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
725
726 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
727 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
728 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
729 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
730 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
731
732 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
733 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
734 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
735 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
736 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
737 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
738 at the beginning of the current entry.
739
740 Extending Allout
741
742 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
743 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
744 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
745
746 `allout-mode-hook'
747 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
748 `allout-mode-off-hook'
749 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
750 `allout-structure-added-hook'
751 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
752 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
753 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
754 `allout-post-undo-hook'
755
756 Terminology
757
758 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
759
760 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
761 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
762 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
763 CURRENT ITEM:
764 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
765 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
766 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
767 called the:
768 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
769
770 ANCESTORS:
771 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
772 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
773 of the ITEM.
774 OFFSPRING:
775 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
776 SUBTOPIC:
777 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
778 CHILD:
779 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
780 SIBLINGS:
781 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
782
783 Topic text constituents:
784
785 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
786 text.
787 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
788 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
789 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
790 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
791 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
792 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
793 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
794 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
795 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
796 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
797 the PREFIX.
798
799 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
800 of the ITEM.
801 PREFIX-LEAD:
802 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
803 It can be customized by changing the setting of
804 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
805
806 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
807 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
808 program code without interfering with processing of the text
809 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
810 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
811 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
812 docstring for more detail.
813 PREFIX-PADDING:
814 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
815 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
816 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
817 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
818 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
819 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
820 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
821 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
822 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
823 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
824 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
825 more details.
826 EXPOSURE:
827 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
828 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
829 CONCEALED:
830 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
831 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
832
833 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
834 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
835 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
836
837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
838
839 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
840
841 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
842 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
843
844 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
845 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
846
847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
848
849 ;;;***
850 \f
851 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-widgets-mode allout-widgets-auto-activation
852 ;;;;;; allout-widgets-setup allout-widgets) "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el"
853 ;;;;;; (20221 40442))
854 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
855
856 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads) nil (put 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads (cons '"allout-widgets" loads))))
857
858 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
859 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
860
861 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
862
863 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
864
865 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
866 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
867
868 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
869 visiting an outline.
870
871 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
872 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
873
874 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
875 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
876 you want allout widgets operation.
877
878 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
879
880 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
881
882 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
883
884 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
885 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
886 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
887 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
888 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
889
890 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
891 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
892 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
893
894 The graphics include:
895
896 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
897
898 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
899 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
900
901 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
902 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
903
904 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
905 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
906 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
907
908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
909
910 ;;;***
911 \f
912 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
913 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (20213 46266))
914 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
915
916 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
917
918 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
919 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
920 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
921 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
922 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
923 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
924
925 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
926
927 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
928
929
930 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
931
932 ;;;***
933 \f
934 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
935 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (20164 60780))
936 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
937
938 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
939 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
940 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
941 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
942 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
943 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
944 in the current window.
945
946 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
947
948 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
949 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
950 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
951 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
952 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
953 buffer if one does not exist.
954
955 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
956
957 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
958 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
959 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
960 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
961 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
962
963 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
964
965 ;;;***
966 \f
967 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
968 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (20204 31303))
969 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
970
971 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
972 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
973
974 \(fn)" t nil)
975
976 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
977 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
978
979 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
980 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
981 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
982 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
983
984 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
985 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
986
987 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
988
989 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
990
991 ;;;***
992 \f
993 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
994 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (19890 42850))
995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
996
997 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
998 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
999 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1000 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1001 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1002 \\[yank].
1003
1004 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1005 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
1006 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1007 the rules.
1008
1009 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1010 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1011 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1012 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1013
1014 \(fn)" t nil)
1015
1016 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1017 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1018
1019 \(fn)" t nil)
1020
1021 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1022 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1023 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1024
1025 \(fn)" nil nil)
1026
1027 ;;;***
1028 \f
1029 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
1030 ;;;;;; (20188 43079))
1031 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1032
1033 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1034 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1035 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1036 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1037 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1038 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1039
1040 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1041
1042 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1043 Toggle checking of appointments.
1044 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1045 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1046
1047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1048
1049 ;;;***
1050 \f
1051 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
1052 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
1053 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (20161 45793))
1054 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1055
1056 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1057 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1058 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1059 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1060
1061 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1062 kind of objects to search.
1063
1064 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1065
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1068 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1069 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1070 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1071 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1072
1073 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1074 normal variables.
1075
1076 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1077
1078 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1079
1080 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1081 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1082 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1083 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1084 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1085 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1086
1087 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1088 noninteractive functions.
1089
1090 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1091 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1092
1093 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1094 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1095
1096 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1097
1098 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1099 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1100
1101 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1102
1103 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1104 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1105 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1106 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1107
1108 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1109 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1110 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1111 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1112
1113 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1114 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1115
1116 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1117
1118 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1119
1120 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1121 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1122 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1123 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1124 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1125
1126 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1127
1128 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1129 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1130 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1131 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1132 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1133 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1134
1135 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1136 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1137 names and values of properties.
1138
1139 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1140
1141 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1142
1143 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1144 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1145 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1146 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1147 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1148 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1149
1150 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1151 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1152 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1153 documentation strings.
1154
1155 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1156
1157 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1158
1159 ;;;***
1160 \f
1161 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (20201
1162 ;;;;;; 55112))
1163 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1164
1165 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1166 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1167 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1168 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1169 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1170 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1171
1172 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1173 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1174 archive.
1175
1176 \\{archive-mode-map}
1177
1178 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1179
1180 ;;;***
1181 \f
1182 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (19845 45374))
1183 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1184
1185 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1186 Major mode for editing arrays.
1187
1188 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1189 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1190 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1191
1192 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1193
1194 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1195 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1196 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1197
1198 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1199 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1200 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1201 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1202 The variables are:
1203
1204 Variables you assign:
1205 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1206 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1207 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1208 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1209 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1210 row numbers in the buffer.
1211
1212 Variables which are calculated:
1213 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1214 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1215
1216 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1217 take a numeric prefix argument):
1218
1219 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1220 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1221 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1222 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1223
1224 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1228
1229 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1230 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1231 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1232 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1233
1234 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1235 between that of point and mark.
1236
1237 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1238 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1239
1240 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1241 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1242 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1243 newlines inside rows)
1244
1245 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1246
1247 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1248
1249 \(fn)" t nil)
1250
1251 ;;;***
1252 \f
1253 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20204
1254 ;;;;;; 31303))
1255 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1256
1257 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1258 Toggle Artist mode.
1259 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1260 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1261 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1262
1263 How to quit Artist mode
1264
1265 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1266
1267
1268 How to submit a bug report
1269
1270 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1271
1272
1273 Drawing with the mouse:
1274
1275 mouse-2
1276 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1277 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1278 below).
1279
1280 mouse-1
1281 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1282 or pastes:
1283
1284 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1285 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1287 to new point
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1300 --------------------------------------------------------------
1301 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1302 --------------------------------------------------------------
1303 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1304 lines
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310 Paste Paste Paste
1311 --------------------------------------------------------------
1312 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1313 --------------------------------------------------------------
1314
1315 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1316 or diagonally.
1317
1318 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1319 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1320 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1321 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1322 poly-lines.
1323
1324 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1325 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1326 overwrite means the opposite.
1327
1328 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1329 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1330 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1331
1332 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1333
1334 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1335 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1336
1337 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1338 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1339 are currently drawing something.
1340
1341 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1342 some time to fill.
1343
1344
1345 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1346 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1347
1348
1349 Settings
1350
1351 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1352
1353 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1354
1355 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1356
1357 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1358
1359 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1360 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1361
1362 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1363
1364
1365 Drawing with keys
1366
1367 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1368 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1369 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1370 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1371 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1372 When pasting: Pastes
1373
1374 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1375
1376 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1377
1378 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1379 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1380 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1381 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1382 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1383 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1384
1385
1386 Arrows
1387
1388 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1389 of the line/poly-line
1390
1391 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1392 of the line/poly-line
1393
1394
1395 Selecting operation
1396
1397 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1398
1399 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1402 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1403 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1404 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1405 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1406 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1407 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1408 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1409 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1410 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1411 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1412 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1414 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1415 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1416 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1417 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1418 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1419
1420
1421 Variables
1422
1423 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1424 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1425
1426 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1427 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1428 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1429 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1430 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1431 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1432 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1433 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1434 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1435 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1436 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1437 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1438 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1439 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1440 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1441 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1442 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1443 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1444 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1445
1446 Hooks
1447
1448 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1449 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1450
1451
1452 Keymap summary
1453
1454 \\{artist-mode-map}
1455
1456 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1457
1458 ;;;***
1459 \f
1460 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (19890
1461 ;;;;;; 42850))
1462 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1463
1464 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1465 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1466 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1467
1468 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1469 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1470 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1471 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1472
1473 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1474 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1475
1476 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1477 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1478
1479 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1480
1481 Special commands:
1482 \\{asm-mode-map}
1483
1484 \(fn)" t nil)
1485
1486 ;;;***
1487 \f
1488 ;;;### (autoloads (auth-source-cache-expiry) "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el"
1489 ;;;;;; (20089 47591))
1490 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1491
1492 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1493 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1494 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1495 let-binding.")
1496
1497 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1498
1499 ;;;***
1500 \f
1501 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1502 ;;;;;; (20127 62865))
1503 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1504
1505 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1506 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1507 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1508
1509 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1510
1511 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1512 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1513 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1514 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1515 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1516
1517 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1518 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1519 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1520 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1521 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1522 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1523 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1524 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1525
1526 For example:
1527 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1528 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1529 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1530 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1531 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1532
1533 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1534
1535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1536
1537 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1538 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1539 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1542 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1543
1544 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1545
1546 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1547 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1549 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1550 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1551
1552 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1553 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1554 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1555
1556 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1557
1558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1559
1560 ;;;***
1561 \f
1562 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1563 ;;;;;; (20163 39903))
1564 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1565
1566 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1567 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1568
1569 \(fn)" t nil)
1570
1571 ;;;***
1572 \f
1573 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1574 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (20127 62865))
1575 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1576
1577 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1578 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1579 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1580
1581 \(fn)" t nil)
1582
1583 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1584 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1585 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1586 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1587
1588 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1589
1590 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1591 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1592 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1593 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1594 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1595 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1596
1597 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1598
1599 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1600 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1601 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1602 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1603 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1604
1605 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1606 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1607
1608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1609
1610 ;;;***
1611 \f
1612 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1613 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1614 ;;;;;; (20173 35732))
1615 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1616
1617 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1618
1619 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1620
1621 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1622 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1623 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1624
1625 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1626 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1627 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1628 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1629 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1630
1631 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1632
1633 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1634
1635 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1636 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1637 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1638 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1639 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1640
1641 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1642 directory or directories specified.
1643
1644 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1645 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1646 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1647 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1648 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1649 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1650
1651 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1652
1653 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1654 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1655 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1656 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1657 should be non-nil).
1658
1659 \(fn)" nil nil)
1660
1661 ;;;***
1662 \f
1663 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1664 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1665 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (20168 57844))
1666 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1667
1668 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1669 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1670 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1671 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1672 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1673
1674 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1675 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1676 disk changes.
1677
1678 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1679 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1680 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1681
1682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1683
1684 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1685 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1686
1687 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1688 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1689
1690 \(fn)" nil nil)
1691
1692 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1693 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1694 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1695 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1696 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1697
1698 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1699 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1700 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1701 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1702 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1703
1704 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1705 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1706 writing before you save the file!
1707
1708 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1709
1710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1711
1712 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1713 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1714
1715 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1716 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1717
1718 \(fn)" nil nil)
1719
1720 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1721 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1722 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1723 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1724 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1725 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1726
1727 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1728
1729 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1730 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1731 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1732 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1733 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1734
1735 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1736 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1737 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1738
1739 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1740 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1741 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1742 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1743 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1744
1745 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1746 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1747 specifies in the mode line.
1748
1749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1750
1751 ;;;***
1752 \f
1753 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1754 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (19845 45374))
1755 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1756
1757 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1758 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1759 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1760 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1761 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1762
1763 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1764
1765 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1766 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1767 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1768 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1769
1770 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1771 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1772 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1773
1774 Effects of the different modes:
1775 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1776 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1777 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1778 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1779 a random distance & direction.
1780 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1781 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1782 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1783
1784 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1785
1786 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1787 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1788 definition of \"random distance\".)
1789
1790 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1791
1792 ;;;***
1793 \f
1794 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1795 ;;;;;; (20211 4536))
1796 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1797 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1798
1799 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1800 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1801 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1802 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1803
1804 \(fn)" t nil)
1805
1806 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1807 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1808 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1809 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1810 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1811 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1812
1813 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1814
1815 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1816 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1817 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1818 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1819 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1820
1821 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1822 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1823 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1824 seconds.
1825
1826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1827
1828 ;;;***
1829 \f
1830 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1831 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (19981 40664))
1832 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1833
1834 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1835 Time execution of FORMS.
1836 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1837 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1838 FORMS once.
1839 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1840 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1841 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1842
1843 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1844
1845 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1846 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1847 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1848 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1849 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1850
1851 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1852
1853 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1854 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1855 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1856 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1857 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1858
1859 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1860
1861 ;;;***
1862 \f
1863 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1864 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (20221 40442))
1865 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1866
1867 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1868 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1869 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1870 of corresponding buffers.
1871 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1872 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1873 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1874 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1875 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1876 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1877
1878 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1879
1880 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1881 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1882
1883 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1884
1885 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1886 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1887 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1888 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1889
1890 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1891 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1892 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1893 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1894 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1895
1896 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1897 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1898
1899
1900 Special information:
1901
1902 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1903
1904 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1905 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1906 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1907 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1908 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1909 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1910 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1911 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1912 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1913 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1914 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1915
1916 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1917 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1918 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1919 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1920 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1921 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1922 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1923 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1924
1925 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1926
1927 ----------------------------------------------------------
1928 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1929 if that value is non-nil.
1930
1931 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1932
1933 \(fn)" t nil)
1934
1935 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1936 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1937 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1938 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1939 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1940 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1941 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1942 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1943 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1944 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1945 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1946 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1947
1948 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1949
1950 ;;;***
1951 \f
1952 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1953 ;;;;;; (19863 8742))
1954 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1955
1956 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1957 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1958
1959 \(fn)" t nil)
1960
1961 ;;;***
1962 \f
1963 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1964 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1965 ;;;;;; (20174 10230))
1966 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1967
1968 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1969 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1970
1971 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1972 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1973 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1974
1975 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1976
1977 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1978 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1979
1980 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1981
1982 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1983 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1984
1985 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1986
1987 ;;;***
1988 \f
1989 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (19845
1990 ;;;;;; 45374))
1991 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1992
1993 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1994 Play blackbox.
1995 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1996
1997 What is blackbox?
1998
1999 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2000 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2001 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2002 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2003 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2004 your score.
2005
2006 Overview of play:
2007
2008 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2009 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2010 four.
2011
2012 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2013 movement keys.
2014
2015 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2016 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2017
2018 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2019 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2020
2021 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2022 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2023 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2024 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2025 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2026 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2027
2028 Details:
2029
2030 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2031
2032 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2033 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2034 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2035 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2036
2037 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2038 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2039 denoted by the letter `R'.
2040
2041 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2042 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2043 denoted by the letter `H'.
2044
2045 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2046 example.
2047
2048 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2049 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2050 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2051 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2052 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2053 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2054 ray.
2055
2056 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2057 degree deflection it causes.
2058
2059 1
2060 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2061 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2062 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2063 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2064 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2065 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2066 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2067 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2068 2 3
2069
2070 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2071 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2072
2073
2074 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2075 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2076 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2077 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2078 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2080 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2082
2083 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2084 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2085 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2086 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2087 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2088 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2089 emerging from the box.
2090
2091 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2092
2093 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2098 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2099 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2100 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2101
2102 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2103 a reflection.
2104
2105 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2106
2107 ;;;***
2108 \f
2109 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
2110 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
2111 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
2112 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
2113 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (20178 7273))
2114 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2115 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2116 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2117 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2118
2119 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2120 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2121 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2122 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2123 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2124 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2125 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2126
2127 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2128 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2129 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2130
2131 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2132 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2133 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2134 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2135 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2136 recent one.
2137
2138 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2139 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2140 yank successive words.
2141
2142 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2143 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2144 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2145 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2146 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2147
2148 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2149 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2150 the list of bookmarks.)
2151
2152 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2153
2154 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2155 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2156 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2157 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2158 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2159 this.
2160
2161 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2162 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2163 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2164 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2165
2166 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2167 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2168
2169 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2170 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2171 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2172
2173 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2174
2175 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2176 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2177
2178 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2179
2180 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2181 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2182
2183 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2184 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2185 after a bookmark was set in it.
2186
2187 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2188
2189 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2190 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2191
2192 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2193 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2194
2195 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2196
2197 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2198
2199 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2200 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2201 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2202 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2203
2204 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2205 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2206 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2207
2208 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2209 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2210 name.
2211
2212 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2213
2214 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2215 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2216 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2217
2218 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2219 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2220 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2221 this.
2222
2223 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2224
2225 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2226 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2227
2228 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2229 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2230 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2231 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2232 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2233 probably because we were called from there.
2234
2235 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2236
2237 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2238 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2239 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2240
2241 \(fn)" t nil)
2242
2243 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2244 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2245 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2246 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2247 \(second argument).
2248
2249 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2250 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2251 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2252 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2253 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2254
2255 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2256 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2257 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2258 `bookmark-default-file'.
2259
2260 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2261
2262 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2263 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2264 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2265 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2266 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2267 while loading.
2268
2269 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2270 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2271 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2272 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2273 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2274 explicitly.
2275
2276 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2277 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2278 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2279 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2280
2281 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2282
2283 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2284 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2285 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2286 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2287 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2288
2289 \(fn)" t nil)
2290
2291 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2292
2293 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2294
2295 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2296 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2297
2298 \(fn)" t nil)
2299
2300 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2301
2302 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2303
2304 ;;;***
2305 \f
2306 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2307 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2308 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2309 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-chromium
2310 ;;;;;; browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2311 ;;;;;; browse-url-xdg-open browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2312 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2313 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
2314 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (20168 57844))
2315 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2316
2317 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2318 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2319 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2320 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2321
2322 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2323 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2324 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2325 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2326 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2327
2328 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2329
2330 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2331 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2332 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2333 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2334 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2335 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2336
2337 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2338
2339 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2340 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2341 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2342 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2343 narrowed.
2344
2345 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2346
2347 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2348 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2349
2350 \(fn)" t nil)
2351
2352 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2353 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2354
2355 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2356
2357 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2358 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2359 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2360 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2361 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2362 first, if that exists.
2363
2364 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2365
2366 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2367 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2368 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2369 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2370
2371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2372
2373 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2375 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2376 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2377 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2378 to use.
2379
2380 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2381
2382 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2383
2384
2385 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2386
2387 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2388 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2389 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2390 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2391
2392 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2393 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2394 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2395 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2396
2397 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2398 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2399 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2400
2401 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2402 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2403
2404 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2405
2406 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2407 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2408 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2409 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2410
2411 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2412 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2413 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2414 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2415
2416 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2417 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2418 new tab in an existing window instead.
2419
2420 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2421 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2422
2423 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2424
2425 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2426 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2427 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2428 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2429 Firefox.
2430
2431 When called interactively, if variable
2432 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2433 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2434 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2435 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2436
2437 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2438 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2439 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2440
2441 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2442 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2443
2444 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2445 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2446 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2447 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2448 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2449 URL in a new window.
2450
2451 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2452
2453 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2454 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2455 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2456 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2457 Chromium.
2458
2459 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2460
2461 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2463 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2464 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2465
2466 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2467 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2468 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2469 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2470
2471 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2472 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2473 new tab in an existing window instead.
2474
2475 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2476 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2477
2478 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2479
2480 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2481 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2482
2483 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2484
2485 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2486 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2487 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2488 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2489
2490 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2491 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2492 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2493 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2494
2495 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2496 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2497
2498 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2499
2500 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2501 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2502
2503 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2504 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2505 program is invoked according to the variable
2506 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2507
2508 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2509 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2510 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2511 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2512
2513 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2514 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2515
2516 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2517
2518 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2519 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2520 Default to the URL around or before point.
2521
2522 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2523 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2524 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2525
2526 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2527 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2528 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2529 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2530
2531 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2532 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2533
2534 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2535
2536 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2537 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2538 Default to the URL around or before point.
2539
2540 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2541 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2542 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2543
2544 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2545 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2546
2547 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2548
2549 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2550 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2551 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2552 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2553
2554 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2555
2556 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2557 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2558 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2559 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2560 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2561 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2562
2563 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2564
2565 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2566 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2567 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2568 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2569 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2570
2571 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2572 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2573 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2574 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2575
2576 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2577 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2578
2579 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2580
2581 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2582 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2583 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2584 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2585 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2586 current one.
2587
2588 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2589 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2590 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2591 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2592
2593 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2594 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2595
2596 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2597
2598 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2599 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2600 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2601 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2602 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2603 don't offer a form of remote control.
2604
2605 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2606
2607 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2608 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2609 Default to the URL around or before point.
2610
2611 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2612
2613 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2614 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2615 Default to the URL around the point.
2616
2617 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2618 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2619
2620 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2621 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2622
2623 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2624
2625 ;;;***
2626 \f
2627 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (20165
2628 ;;;;;; 31925))
2629 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2630
2631 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2632 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2633
2634 \(fn)" t nil)
2635
2636 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2637 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2638
2639 \(fn)" nil nil)
2640
2641 ;;;***
2642 \f
2643 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2644 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (20161 45793))
2645 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2646
2647 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2648 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2649 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2650 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2651
2652 \(fn)" t nil)
2653
2654 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2655 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2656 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2657 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2658
2659 \(fn)" t nil)
2660
2661 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2662 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2663
2664 \(fn)" t nil)
2665
2666 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2667 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2668 \\<bs-mode-map>
2669 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2670 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2671 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2672 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2673
2674 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2675 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2676 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2677 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2678 name of buffer configuration.
2679
2680 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2681
2682 ;;;***
2683 \f
2684 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (20166 16092))
2685 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2686
2687 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2688 Play Bubbles game.
2689 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2690 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2691 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2692 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2693 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2694 columns on its right towards the left.
2695
2696 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2697 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2698 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2699 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2700
2701 \(fn)" t nil)
2702
2703 ;;;***
2704 \f
2705 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2706 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (20127 62865))
2707 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2708
2709 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2710
2711 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2712 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2713 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2714 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2715 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2716
2717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2718
2719 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2720 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2721
2722 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2723
2724 ;;;***
2725 \f
2726 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2727 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2728 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2729 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2730 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (20224 16567))
2731 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2732 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2733 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2734 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2735
2736 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2737
2738 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2739 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2740 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2741 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2742 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2743 else the global value will be modified.
2744
2745 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2746
2747 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2748 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2749 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2750 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2751 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2752 else the global value will be modified.
2753
2754 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2755
2756 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2757 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2758 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2759
2760 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2761
2762 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2763 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2764 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2765 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2766
2767 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2768 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2769 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2770 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2771 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2772 before scanning it.
2773
2774 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2775 that already has a `.elc' file.
2776
2777 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2778 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2779
2780 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2781 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2782 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2783 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2784 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2785 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2786
2787 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2788
2789 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2790 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2791 Print the result in the echo area.
2792 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2793
2794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2795
2796 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2797 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2798 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2799
2800 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2801
2802 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2803 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2804 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2805 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2806 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2807 all functions called by those functions.
2808
2809 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2810 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2811 cons, etc.).
2812
2813 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2814 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2815 invoked interactively.
2816
2817 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2818
2819 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2820 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2821 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2822 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2823
2824 \(fn)" nil nil)
2825
2826 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2827 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2828 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2829 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2830 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2831 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2832 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2833 already up-to-date.
2834
2835 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2836
2837 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2838 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2839 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2840 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2841
2842 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2843 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2844 and corresponding effects.
2845
2846 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2847
2848 ;;;***
2849 \f
2850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (19885
2851 ;;;;;; 24894))
2852 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2853
2854 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2855
2856 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2857
2858 ;;;***
2859 \f
2860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (19885 24894))
2861 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2862
2863 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2864
2865 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2866
2867 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2868
2869 ;;;***
2870 \f
2871 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2872 ;;;;;; (19885 24894))
2873 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2874
2875 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2876 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2877 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2878 from the cursor position.
2879
2880 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2881
2882 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2883
2884 ;;;***
2885 \f
2886 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2887 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2888 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (20172
2889 ;;;;;; 54913))
2890 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2891 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2892
2893 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2894 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2895
2896 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2897
2898 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2899 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2900
2901 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2902
2903 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2904 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2905
2906 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2907
2908 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2909 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2910
2911 \(fn)" t nil)
2912
2913 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2914 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2915 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2916 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2917
2918 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2919
2920 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2921 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2922 This is most useful in the X window system.
2923 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2924 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2925
2926 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2927
2928 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2929 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2930 See calc-keypad for details.
2931
2932 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2933
2934 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2935 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2936
2937 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2938
2939 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2940 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2941
2942 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2943
2944 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2945 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2946
2947 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2948
2949 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2950 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2951 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2952
2953 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2954
2955 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2956 Define Calc function.
2957
2958 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2959 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2960 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2961
2962 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2963 actual Lisp function name.
2964
2965 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2966
2967 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2968
2969 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2970
2971 ;;;***
2972 \f
2973 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (19845
2974 ;;;;;; 45374))
2975 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2976
2977 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2978
2979
2980 \(fn N)" t nil)
2981
2982 ;;;***
2983 \f
2984 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (20187
2985 ;;;;;; 22214))
2986 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2987
2988 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2989 Run the Emacs calculator.
2990 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2991
2992 \(fn)" t nil)
2993
2994 ;;;***
2995 \f
2996 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20141
2997 ;;;;;; 9296))
2998 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2999
3000 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3001 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3002 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3003 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3004 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3005 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3006
3007 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3008 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3009 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3010 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3011 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3012 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3013 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3014 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3015 window.
3016
3017 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3018 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3019
3020 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3021 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3022 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3023 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3024 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3025 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3026
3027 Runs the following hooks:
3028
3029 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3030 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3031 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3032 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3033
3034 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
3035
3036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3037
3038 ;;;***
3039 \f
3040 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3041 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (19845 45374))
3042 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3043
3044 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3045 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3046
3047 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3048
3049 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3050 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3051 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3052 it fails.
3053
3054 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3055
3056 ;;;***
3057 \f
3058 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3059 ;;;;;; (20127 62865))
3060 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3061
3062 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3063 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3064 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3065 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3066 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3067
3068 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3069 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3070 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3071 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3072 restriction to ASCII.
3073
3074 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3075
3076 capitalizedWorDD
3077 ^ ^ ^^
3078
3079 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3080 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3081 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3082
3083 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3084 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3085 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3086 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3087 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3088 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3089 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3090
3091 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3092 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3093
3094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3095
3096 ;;;***
3097 \f
3098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (19845
3099 ;;;;;; 45374))
3100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3101 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3102
3103 ;;;***
3104 \f
3105 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3106 ;;;;;; (20222 61246))
3107 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3108
3109 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3110 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3111
3112 \(fn)" nil nil)
3113
3114 ;;;***
3115 \f
3116 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-install c-guess-region-no-install c-guess-region
3117 ;;;;;; c-guess-buffer-no-install c-guess-buffer c-guess-no-install
3118 ;;;;;; c-guess) "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (19981 40664))
3119 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3120
3121 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3122 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3123
3124 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3125 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3126
3127 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3128 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3129
3130 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3131
3132 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3133 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3134 made from scratch.
3135
3136 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3137
3138 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3139 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3140
3141 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3142 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3143 made from scratch.
3144
3145 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3146
3147 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3148 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3149
3150 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3151
3152 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3153 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3154 made from scratch.
3155
3156 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3157
3158 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3159 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3160
3161 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3162 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3163 made from scratch.
3164
3165 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3166
3167 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3168 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3169
3170 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3171
3172 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3173 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3174 made from scratch.
3175
3176 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3177
3178 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3179 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3180
3181 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3182 variables are guessed:
3183
3184 * `c-basic-offset', and
3185 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3186 `c-offsets-alist'.
3187
3188 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3189 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3190
3191 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3192 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3193
3194 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3195 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3196 guess is made from scratch.
3197
3198 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3199 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3200
3201 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3202
3203 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3204 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3205 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3206 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3207
3208 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3209 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3210 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3211
3212 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3213
3214 ;;;***
3215 \f
3216 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode
3217 ;;;;;; c++-mode c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3218 ;;;;;; (20221 40442))
3219 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3220
3221 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3222 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3223 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3224 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3225 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3226 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3227 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3228
3229 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3230
3231 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3232 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3233 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3234 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3235 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3236 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3237 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3238 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3239 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3240 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3241
3242 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3243 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3244 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3245 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3246 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3247 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3248
3249 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3250
3251 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3252 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3253
3254 Key bindings:
3255 \\{c-mode-map}
3256
3257 \(fn)" t nil)
3258
3259 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3260 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3261
3262 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3263 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3264 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3265 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3266 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3267 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3268 message.
3269
3270 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3271
3272 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3273 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3274
3275 Key bindings:
3276 \\{c++-mode-map}
3277
3278 \(fn)" t nil)
3279
3280 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3281 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3282 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3283
3284 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3285 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3286 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3287 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3288 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3289 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3290 message.
3291
3292 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3293
3294 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3295 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3296
3297 Key bindings:
3298 \\{objc-mode-map}
3299
3300 \(fn)" t nil)
3301
3302 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3303 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3304 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3305
3306 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3307 Major mode for editing Java code.
3308 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3309 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3310 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3311 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3312 message.
3313
3314 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3315
3316 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3317 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3318
3319 Key bindings:
3320 \\{java-mode-map}
3321
3322 \(fn)" t nil)
3323
3324 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3325 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3326 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3327
3328 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3329 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3330 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3331 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3332 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3333 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3334 message.
3335
3336 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3337
3338 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3339 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3340
3341 Key bindings:
3342 \\{idl-mode-map}
3343
3344 \(fn)" t nil)
3345
3346 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3347 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3348 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3349 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3350
3351 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3352 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3353 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3354 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3355 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3356 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3357 message.
3358
3359 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3360
3361 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3362 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3363
3364 Key bindings:
3365 \\{pike-mode-map}
3366
3367 \(fn)" t nil)
3368 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3369 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3370 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3371 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3372 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3373 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3374
3375 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3376 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3377 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3378 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3379 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3380 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3381
3382 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3383
3384 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3385 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3386
3387 Key bindings:
3388 \\{awk-mode-map}
3389
3390 \(fn)" t nil)
3391
3392 ;;;***
3393 \f
3394 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3395 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (19981 40664))
3396 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3397
3398 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3399 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3400 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3401 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3402
3403 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3404
3405 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3406 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3407 might get set too.
3408
3409 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3410 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3411 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3412 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3413 way.
3414
3415 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3416 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3417 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3418 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3419 a null operation.
3420
3421 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3422
3423 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3424 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3425 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3426 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3427
3428 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3429
3430 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3431 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3432 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3433
3434 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3435
3436 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3437 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3438 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3439 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3440 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3441
3442 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3443
3444 ;;;***
3445 \f
3446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20189 63932))
3447 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3448 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3449 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3450 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3451
3452 ;;;***
3453 \f
3454 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3455 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3456 ;;;;;; (20201 55112))
3457 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3458
3459 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3460 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3461
3462 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3463
3464 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3465 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3466
3467 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3468
3469 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3470 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3471
3472 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3473 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3474 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3475 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3476 execution.
3477
3478 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3479
3480 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3481
3482 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3483 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3484
3485 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3486 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3487 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3488 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3489
3490 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3491 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3492 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3493 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3494 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3495 `write' commands.
3496
3497 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3498 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3499 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3500 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3501
3502 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3503 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3504 semantics.
3505
3506 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3507
3508 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3509
3510 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3511
3512 STATEMENT :=
3513 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3514 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3515
3516 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3517 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3518 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3519 | integer
3520
3521 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3522
3523 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3524 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3525 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3526
3527 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3528 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3529 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3530
3531 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3532 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3533
3534 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3535 BREAK := (break)
3536
3537 REPEAT :=
3538 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3539 (repeat)
3540 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3541 ;; (repeat))
3542 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3543 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3544 ;; (read REG)
3545 ;; (repeat))
3546 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3547 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3548 ;; (read REG)
3549 ;; (repeat))
3550 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3551
3552 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3553 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3554 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3555 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3556 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3557 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3558 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3559 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3560 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3561 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3562 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3563 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3564 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3565 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3566 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3567 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3568
3569 WRITE :=
3570 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3571 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3572 ;; representation.
3573 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3574 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3575 ;; (write r7))
3576 | (write EXPRESSION)
3577 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3578 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3579 ;; representation.
3580 | (write integer)
3581 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3582 ;; buffer.
3583 | (write string)
3584 ;; Same as: (write string)
3585 | string
3586 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3587 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3588 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3589 ;; representation.
3590 | (write REG ARRAY)
3591 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3592 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3593 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3594 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3595 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3596 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3597
3598 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3599 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3600
3601 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3602 END := (end)
3603
3604 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3605 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3606 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3607
3608 ARG := REG | integer
3609
3610 OPERATOR :=
3611 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3612 + | - | * | / | %
3613
3614 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3615 | & | `|' | ^
3616
3617 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3618 | << | >>
3619
3620 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3621 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3622 | <8
3623
3624 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3625 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3626 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3627 | >8
3628
3629 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3630 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3631 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3632 | //
3633
3634 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3635 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3636
3637 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3638 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3639 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3640 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3641 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3642 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3643 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3644 | de-sjis
3645
3646 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3647 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3648 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3649 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3650 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3651 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3652 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3653 ;; byte of SJIS.
3654 | en-sjis
3655
3656 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3657 ;; Same meaning as C code
3658 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3659
3660 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3661 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3662 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3663 | <8=
3664
3665 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3666 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3667 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3668
3669 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3670 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3671 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3672 | //=
3673
3674 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3675
3676
3677 TRANSLATE :=
3678 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3679 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3680 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3681 LOOKUP :=
3682 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3683 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3684 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3685 MAP :=
3686 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3687 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3688 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3689 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3690 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3691 MAP-ID := integer
3692
3693 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3694
3695 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3696
3697 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3698 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3699 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3700 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3701 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3702 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3703
3704 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3705
3706 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3707 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3708 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3709
3710 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3711
3712 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3713
3714 ;;;***
3715 \f
3716 ;;;### (autoloads (cconv-closure-convert) "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el"
3717 ;;;;;; (20178 7273))
3718 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3719
3720 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3721 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3722 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3723 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3724
3725 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3726
3727 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3728
3729 ;;;***
3730 \f
3731 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-auto-mode cfengine2-mode cfengine3-mode)
3732 ;;;;;; "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (20211 4536))
3733 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3734
3735 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3736 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3737 There are no special keybindings by default.
3738
3739 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3740 to the action header.
3741
3742 \(fn)" t nil)
3743
3744 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3745 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3746 There are no special keybindings by default.
3747
3748 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3749 to the action header.
3750
3751 \(fn)" t nil)
3752
3753 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3754 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3755 on the buffer contents
3756
3757 \(fn)" nil nil)
3758
3759 ;;;***
3760 \f
3761 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3762 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (19906 31087))
3763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3764
3765 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3766 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3767 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3768
3769 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3770
3771 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3772 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3773 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3774
3775 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3776
3777 ;;;***
3778 \f
3779 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3780 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3781 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3782 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3783 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3784 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3785 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3786 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3787 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20168 57844))
3788 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3789 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3790 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3791 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3792 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3793 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3794
3795 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3796
3797
3798 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3799
3800 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3801 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3802 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3803 the users will view as each check is completed.
3804
3805 \(fn)" t nil)
3806
3807 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3808 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3809 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3810 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3811 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3812 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3813 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3814 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3815
3816 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3817
3818 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3819 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3820 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3821 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3822 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3823 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3824 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3825 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3826
3827 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3828
3829 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3830 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3831 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3832 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3833 spacing are all verified.
3834
3835 \(fn)" t nil)
3836
3837 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3838 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3839 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3840 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3841 otherwise stop after the first error.
3842
3843 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3844
3845 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3846 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3847 Only documentation strings are checked.
3848 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3849 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3850 a separate buffer.
3851
3852 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3853
3854 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3855 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3856 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3857 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3858 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3859
3860 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3861
3862 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3863 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3864 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3865 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3866 if there is one.
3867
3868 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3869
3870 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3871 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3872 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3873 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3874 if there is one.
3875 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3876
3877 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3878
3879 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3880 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3881 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3882
3883 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3884
3885 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3886 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3887 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3888 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3889 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3890
3891 \(fn)" t nil)
3892
3893 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3894 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3895 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3896 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3897 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3898 space at the end of each line.
3899
3900 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3901
3902 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3903 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3904 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3905 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3906
3907 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3908
3909 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3910 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3911 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3912 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3913
3914 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3915
3916 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3917 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3918 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3919 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3920
3921 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3922
3923 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3924 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3925 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3926 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3927
3928 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3929
3930 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3931 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3932 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3933 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3934
3935 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3936
3937 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3938 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3939 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3940 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3941
3942 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3943
3944 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3945 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3946 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3947 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3948
3949 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3950
3951 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3952 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3953 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3954 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3955
3956 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3957
3958 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3959 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3960 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3961 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3962
3963 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3964
3965 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3966 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3967 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3968 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3969 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3970
3971 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3972 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3973 checking of documentation strings.
3974
3975 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3976
3977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3978
3979 ;;;***
3980 \f
3981 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3982 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3983 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (19845 45374))
3984 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3985
3986 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3987 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3988 Return the length of resulting text.
3989
3990 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3991
3992 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3993 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3994
3995 \(fn)" t nil)
3996
3997 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3998 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3999 Return the length of resulting text.
4000
4001 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4002
4003 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4004 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4005
4006 \(fn)" t nil)
4007
4008 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4009
4010
4011 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4012
4013 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4014
4015
4016 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4017
4018 ;;;***
4019 \f
4020 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4021 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (19845 45374))
4022 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4023
4024 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4025 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4026 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4027 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4028 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4029 editing and the result is evaluated.
4030
4031 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4032
4033 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4034 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4035 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4036 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4037 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4038
4039 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4040
4041 \(fn)" t nil)
4042
4043 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4044 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4045 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4046 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4047 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4048
4049 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4050 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4051 \\{command-history-map}
4052
4053 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4054 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4055
4056 \(fn)" t nil)
4057
4058 ;;;***
4059 \f
4060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (20137 45833))
4061 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4062
4063 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4064 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4065 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4066 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4067 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4068 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4069
4070 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4071 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4072
4073 ;;;***
4074 \f
4075 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4076 ;;;;;; (20170 64186))
4077 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4078
4079 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4080 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4081 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4082 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4083 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4084 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4085 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4086 of this function.
4087
4088 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4089 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4090 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4091 property are:
4092
4093 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4094 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4095
4096 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4097 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4098 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4099 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4100 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4101 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4102 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4103 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4104 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4105 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4106 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4107 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4108
4109 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4110 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4111 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4112
4113 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4114 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4115 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4116 list elements are:
4117
4118 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4119
4120 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4121
4122 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4123
4124 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4125 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4126
4127 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4128 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4129
4130 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4131 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4132 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4133 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4134 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4135 value specified by their associated list element.
4136
4137 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4138
4139 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4140 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4141 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4142
4143 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4144 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4145 * indent the first argument by 4.
4146 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4147 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4148 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4149
4150 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4151
4152 ;;;***
4153 \f
4154 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4155 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4156 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4157
4158 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4159 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4160 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4161 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4162
4163 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4164 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4165 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4166 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4167
4168 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4169 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4170
4171 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4172
4173 ;;;***
4174 \f
4175 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20092
4176 ;;;;;; 23754))
4177 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4178
4179 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4180 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4181 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4182 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4183 of `scheme-program-name').
4184 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4185 it is given as initial input.
4186 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4187 discards input when it starts up.
4188 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4189 is run).
4190 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4191
4192 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4193
4194 ;;;***
4195 \f
4196 ;;;### (autoloads (color-name-to-rgb) "color" "color.el" (20175 31160))
4197 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4198
4199 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4200 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4201 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4202 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4203
4204 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4205 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4206
4207 Optional arg FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4208 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4209 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4210
4211 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4212
4213 ;;;***
4214 \f
4215 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4216 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4217 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4218 ;;;;;; (20197 58064))
4219 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4220
4221 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4222 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4223 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4224 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4225 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4226 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4227 functions have already modified the buffer.
4228
4229 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4230
4231 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4232 either globally or locally.")
4233
4234 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4235 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4236 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4237 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4238 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4239 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4240 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4241 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4242 process as its initial input.
4243
4244 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4245
4246 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4247
4248 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4249
4250 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4251 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4252 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4253 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4254 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4255 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4256 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4257 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4258 process as its initial input.
4259
4260 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4261
4262 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4263
4264 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4265
4266 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4267 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4268 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4269 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4270 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4271 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4272
4273 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4274
4275 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4276 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4277 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4278 directory tracking functions.")
4279
4280 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4281 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4282 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4283
4284 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4285
4286 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4287
4288 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4289 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4290 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4291
4292 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4293
4294 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4295
4296 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4297 Send COMMAND to current process.
4298 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4299 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4300
4301 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4302
4303 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4304 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4305 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4306 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4307
4308 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4309
4310 ;;;***
4311 \f
4312 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4313 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
4314 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4315
4316 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4317 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4318 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4319 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4320
4321 This command pushes the mark in each window
4322 at the prior location of point in that window.
4323 If both windows display the same buffer,
4324 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4325 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4326
4327 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4328 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4329 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4330 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4331 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4332 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4333 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4334 ignored.
4335
4336 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4337 this command work in interlaced mode:
4338 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4339 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4340 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4341
4342 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4343
4344 ;;;***
4345 \f
4346 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4347 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4348 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4349 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4350 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (20167
4351 ;;;;;; 36967))
4352 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4353
4354 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4355 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4356
4357 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4358
4359 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4360 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4361 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4362 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4363 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4364 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4365 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4366
4367 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4368
4369 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4370 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4371
4372 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4373
4374 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4375 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4376 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4377 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4378 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4379
4380 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4381 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4382 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4383 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4384 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4385
4386 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4387 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4388 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4389 describing how the process finished.")
4390
4391 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4392 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4393 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4394 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4395 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4396
4397 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4398 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4399 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4400
4401 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4402
4403 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4404 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4405 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4406 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4407
4408 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4409
4410 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4411 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4412
4413 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4414 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4415
4416 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4417 (lambda ()
4418 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4419 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4420 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4421 (concat \"make -k \"
4422 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4423
4424 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4425 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4426
4427 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4428 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4429 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4430 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4431
4432 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4433
4434 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4435 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4436 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4437 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4438
4439 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4440 and move to the source code that caused it.
4441
4442 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4443 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4444
4445 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4446 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4447 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4448 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4449
4450 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4451 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4452 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4453 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4454
4455 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4456 kills its subprocesses.
4457
4458 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4459 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4460 to a function that generates a unique name.
4461
4462 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4463
4464 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4465 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4466 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4467 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4468
4469 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4470 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4471
4472 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4473 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4474 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4475 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4476
4477 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4478 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4479 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4480
4481 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4482
4483 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4484
4485 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4486 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4487 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4488 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4489 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4490
4491 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4492
4493 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4494
4495 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4496
4497 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4498 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4499 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4500 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4501 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4502
4503 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4504 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4505 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4506 See `compilation-mode'.
4507
4508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4509
4510 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4511 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4512 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4513 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4514 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4515
4516 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4517 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4518 `compilation-mode'.
4519
4520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4521
4522 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4523 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4524 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4525
4526 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4527
4528 ;;;***
4529 \f
4530 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4531 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
4532 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4533
4534 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4535 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4536 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4537 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4538 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4539 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4540
4541 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4542
4543 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4544 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4545
4546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4547
4548 ;;;***
4549 \f
4550 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4551 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4552 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4553 ;;;;;; (20178 7273))
4554 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4555
4556 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4557 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4558 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4559 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4560 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4561 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4562 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4563
4564 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4565 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4566 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4567
4568 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4569 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4570 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4571
4572 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4573 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4574 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4575 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4576
4577 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4578 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4579 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4580 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4581 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4582 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4583 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4584
4585 \\{conf-mode-map}
4586
4587 \(fn)" t nil)
4588
4589 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4590 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4591 Comments start with `#'.
4592 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4593
4594 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4595
4596 \[Desktop Entry]
4597 Encoding=UTF-8
4598 Name=The GIMP
4599 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4600 Name[cs]=GIMP
4601
4602 \(fn)" t nil)
4603
4604 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4605 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4606 Comments start with `;'.
4607 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4608
4609 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4610
4611 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4612 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4613 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4614
4615 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4616 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4617
4618 \(fn)" t nil)
4619
4620 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4621 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4622 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4623 between `/*' and `*/'.
4624 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4625
4626 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4627 // another kind of comment
4628 /* yet another */
4629
4630 name:value
4631 name=value
4632 name value
4633 x.1 =
4634 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4635 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4636
4637 \(fn)" t nil)
4638
4639 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4640 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4641 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4642 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4643 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4644 `conf-space-keywords'.
4645 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4646 in an interactive fashion instead.
4647
4648 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4649
4650 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4651
4652 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4653 image/png png
4654 image/tiff tiff tif
4655
4656 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4657 class desktop
4658 # Standard multimedia devices
4659 add /dev/audio desktop
4660 add /dev/mixer desktop
4661
4662 \(fn)" t nil)
4663
4664 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4665 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4666 See `conf-space-mode'.
4667
4668 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4669
4670 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4671 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4672 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4673 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4674
4675 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4676
4677 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4678 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4679
4680 \(fn)" t nil)
4681
4682 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4683 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4684 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4685 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4686
4687 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4688
4689 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4690 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4691
4692 \(fn)" t nil)
4693
4694 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4695 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4696 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4697 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4698
4699 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4700
4701 *background: gray99
4702 *foreground: black
4703
4704 \(fn)" t nil)
4705
4706 ;;;***
4707 \f
4708 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4709 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (20222 61246))
4710 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4711
4712 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4713 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4714 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4715 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4716
4717 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4718
4719 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4720 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4721 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4722 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4723
4724 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4725
4726 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4727 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4728 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4729 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4730
4731 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4732
4733 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4734 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4735
4736 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4737
4738 ;;;***
4739 \f
4740 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4741 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (19845
4742 ;;;;;; 45374))
4743 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4744 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4745 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4746 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4747
4748 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4749 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4750 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4751 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4752 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4753 following the copyright are updated as well.
4754 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4755 interactively.
4756
4757 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4758
4759 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4760 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4761 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4762 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4763 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4764
4765 \(fn)" t nil)
4766
4767 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4768 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4769
4770 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4771
4772 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4773 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4774 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4775
4776 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4777
4778 ;;;***
4779 \f
4780 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4781 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (20201 55112))
4782 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4783 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4784 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4785 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4786 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4787 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4788 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4789 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4790
4791 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4792 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4793 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4794 Tab indents for Perl code.
4795 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4796 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4797
4798 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4799 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4800 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4801 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4802 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4803 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4804 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4805 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4806 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4807 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4808 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4809 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4810
4811 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4812
4813 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4814 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4815
4816 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4817
4818 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4819 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4820 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4821 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4822 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4823 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4824 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4825 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4826 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4827
4828 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4829
4830 bite if angry;
4831
4832 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4833 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4834 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4835 to nil.)
4836
4837 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4838 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4839 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4840
4841 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4842
4843 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4844 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4845 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4846 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4847 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4848
4849 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4850
4851 if (A) { B }
4852
4853 into
4854
4855 B if A;
4856
4857 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4858
4859 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4860 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4861 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4862 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4863 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4864 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4865 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4866 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4867 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4868 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4869 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4870 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4871 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4872
4873 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4874 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4875 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4876 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4877 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4878 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4879
4880 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4881 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4882 man via menu.
4883
4884 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4885 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4886 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4887 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4888 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4889
4890 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4891 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4892 span the needed amount of lines.
4893
4894 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4895 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4896 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4897 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4898
4899 Variables controlling indentation style:
4900 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4901 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4902 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4903 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4904 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4905 `cperl-auto-newline'
4906 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4907 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4908 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4909 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4910 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4911 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4912 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4913 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4914 `cperl-indent-level'
4915 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4916 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4917 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4918 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4919 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4920 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4921 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4922 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4923 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4924 `cperl-brace-offset'
4925 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4926 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4927 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4928 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4929 `cperl-label-offset'
4930 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4931 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4932 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4933
4934 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4935 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4936 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4937 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4938 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4939 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4940
4941 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4942 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4943 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4944 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4945
4946 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4947 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4948 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4949 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4950 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4951 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4952 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4953
4954 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4955 column 0 is indented on
4956 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4957
4958 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4959 with no args.
4960
4961 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4962 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4963 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4964
4965 \(fn)" t nil)
4966
4967 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4968 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4969
4970 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4971
4972 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4973 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4974
4975 \(fn)" t nil)
4976
4977 ;;;***
4978 \f
4979 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4980 ;;;;;; (20104 14925))
4981 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4982
4983 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4984 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4985 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4986 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4987 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4988
4989 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4990
4991 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4992 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4993
4994 \(fn)" t nil)
4995
4996 ;;;***
4997 \f
4998 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4999 ;;;;;; (20161 45793))
5000 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5001
5002 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5003 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5004 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5005 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5006
5007 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5008 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5009
5010 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5011
5012 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5013 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5014 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5015 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5016 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5017
5018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5019
5020 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5021
5022 ;;;***
5023 \f
5024 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5025 ;;;;;; (20222 61246))
5026 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5027
5028 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5029 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5030 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5031 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5032
5033 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5034 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5035 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5036 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5037
5038 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5039 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5040 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5041
5042 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5043 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5044 'bob', and 'eve'.
5045
5046 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5047 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5048 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5049
5050 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5051
5052 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5053 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5054 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5055
5056 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5057
5058 ;;;***
5059 \f
5060 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (19978
5061 ;;;;;; 37530))
5062 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5063
5064 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5065 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5066
5067 \(fn)" t nil)
5068
5069 ;;;***
5070 \f
5071 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5072 ;;;;;; (20222 61246))
5073 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5074
5075 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5076 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5077 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5078 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5079 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5080 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5081
5082 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5083
5084 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5085 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5086 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5087 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5088 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5089
5090 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5091 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5092 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5093 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5094 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5095 normal function of these prefix keys.
5096
5097 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5098 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5099 options:
5100 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5101 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5102 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5103
5104 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5105 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5106 the prefix fallback behavior.
5107
5108 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5109 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5110 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5111 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5112
5113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5114
5115 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5116 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5117
5118 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5119
5120 ;;;***
5121 \f
5122 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5123 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5124 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5125 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5126 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5127 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5128 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5129 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-push-and-save customize-save-variable
5130 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically
5131 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically custom-browse-sort-alphabetically)
5132 ;;;;;; "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (20179 28130))
5133 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5134
5135 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5136 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5137
5138 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5139
5140 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5141 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5142
5143 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5144
5145 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5146 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5147
5148 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5149
5150 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5151 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5152
5153 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5154 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5155
5156 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5157 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5158
5159 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5160
5161 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5162
5163 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5164 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5165 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5166
5167 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5168 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5169
5170 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5171 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5172
5173 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5174 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5175
5176 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5177
5178 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5179
5180 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5181 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5182 Return VALUE.
5183
5184 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5185 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5186
5187 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5188 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5189
5190 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5191 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5192
5193 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5194
5195 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5196
5197 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5198 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5199 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5200 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5201
5202 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5203 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5204 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5205
5206 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5207
5208 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5209 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5210 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5211 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5212 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5213
5214 \(fn)" t nil)
5215
5216 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5217 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5218 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5219 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5220
5221 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5222
5223 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5224 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5225 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5226
5227 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5228
5229 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5230 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5231
5232 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5233
5234 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5235
5236 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5237 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5238
5239 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5240
5241 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5242
5243 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5244 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5245 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5246
5247 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5248
5249 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5250 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5251 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5252 as part of Emacs itself.
5253
5254 Each elements looks like this:
5255
5256 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5257
5258 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5259 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5260 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5261 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5262 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5263 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5264 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5265 and `defface'.
5266
5267 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5268
5269 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5270 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5271 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5272 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5273 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5274
5275 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5276 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5277 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5278 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5279
5280 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5281
5282 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5283 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5284 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5285 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5286 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5287
5288 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5289 that were added or redefined since that version.
5290
5291 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5292
5293 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5294 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5295 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5296 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5297
5298 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5299
5300 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5301 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5302
5303 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5304
5305 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5306 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5307 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5308
5309 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5310 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5311
5312 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5313
5314 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5315 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5316
5317 \(fn)" t nil)
5318
5319 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5320 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5321
5322 \(fn)" t nil)
5323
5324 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5325 Customize all already saved user options.
5326
5327 \(fn)" t nil)
5328
5329 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5330 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5331 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5332 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5333 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5334 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5335
5336 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5337 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5338 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5339 If TYPE is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5340 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5341 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5342
5343 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5344
5345 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5346 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5347 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
5348 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5349
5350 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5351
5352 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5353 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5354
5355 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5356
5357 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5358 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5359
5360 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5361
5362 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5363 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5364 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5365 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5366 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5367 that option.
5368
5369 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5370
5371 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5372 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5373 The result includes selecting that window.
5374 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5375 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5376 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5377 that option.
5378
5379 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5380
5381 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5382 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5383
5384 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5385
5386 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5387 File used for storing customization information.
5388 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5389 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5390 it should be an absolute file name.
5391
5392 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5393 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5394 something like the following in your init file:
5395
5396 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5397 \(load custom-file)
5398
5399 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5400 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5401
5402 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5403 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5404 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5405 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5406 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5407
5408 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5409 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5410 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5411 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5412 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5413 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5414 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5415 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5416 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5417 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5418
5419 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5420
5421 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5422 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5423
5424 \(fn)" nil nil)
5425
5426 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5427 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5428
5429 \(fn)" t nil)
5430
5431 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5432 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5433 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5434
5435 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5436
5437 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5438 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5439 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5440 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5441 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5442
5443 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5444
5445 ;;;***
5446 \f
5447 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme custom-theme-visit-theme
5448 ;;;;;; customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20059
5449 ;;;;;; 26455))
5450 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5451
5452 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5453 Create or edit a custom theme.
5454 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5455 is `user', provide an option to remove these as custom settings.
5456 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5457 named *Custom Theme*.
5458
5459 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5460
5461 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5462 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5463
5464 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5465
5466 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5467 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5468
5469 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5470
5471 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5472 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5473 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5474 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5475
5476 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5477
5478 ;;;***
5479 \f
5480 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5481 ;;;;;; (20174 10230))
5482 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5483
5484 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5485 Mode used for cvs status output.
5486
5487 \(fn)" t nil)
5488
5489 ;;;***
5490 \f
5491 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5492 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (20168 57844))
5493 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5494
5495 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5496 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5497
5498 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5499
5500 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5501 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5502 C++ modes are included.
5503
5504 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5505
5506 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5507
5508 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5509 Turn on CWarn mode.
5510
5511 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5512 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5513
5514 \(fn)" nil nil)
5515
5516 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5517 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5518 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5519 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5520 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5521 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5522
5523 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5524
5525 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5526 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5527 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5528 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5529 ARG is omitted or nil.
5530
5531 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5532 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5533 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5534
5535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5536
5537 ;;;***
5538 \f
5539 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5540 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5541 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
5542 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5543
5544 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5545 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5546
5547 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5548
5549 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5550 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5551
5552 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5553
5554 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5555 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5556 For readability, the table is slightly
5557 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5558
5559 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5560 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5561 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5562 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5563 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5564
5565 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5566
5567 ;;;***
5568 \f
5569 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5570 ;;;;;; (19989 34789))
5571 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5572 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5573 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5574 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5575 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5576
5577 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5578 Completion on current word.
5579 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5580 and presents suggestions for completion.
5581
5582 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5583 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5584 completions.
5585
5586 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5587 then it searches *all* buffers.
5588
5589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5590
5591 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5592 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5593
5594 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5595 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5596 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5597 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5598 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5599
5600 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5601 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5602
5603 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5604 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5605 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5606
5607 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5608 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5609
5610 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5611
5612 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5613
5614 ;;;***
5615 \f
5616 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5617 ;;;;;; (20207 7484))
5618 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5619
5620 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5621 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5622
5623 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5624
5625 ;;;***
5626 \f
5627 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (20197
5628 ;;;;;; 58064))
5629 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5630
5631 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5632 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5633 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5634 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5635 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5636
5637 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5638
5639 ;;;***
5640 \f
5641 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20187
5642 ;;;;;; 22214))
5643 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5644
5645 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5646 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5647
5648 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5649 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5650 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5651
5652 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5653 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5654 Data lines are not indented.
5655
5656 Key bindings:
5657
5658 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5659 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5660
5661 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5662 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5663 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5664 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5665
5666 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5667
5668 dcl-basic-offset
5669 Extra indentation within blocks.
5670
5671 dcl-continuation-offset
5672 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5673
5674 dcl-margin-offset
5675 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5676
5677 dcl-margin-label-offset
5678 Indentation for a label.
5679
5680 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5681 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5682
5683 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5684 dcl-block-end-regexp
5685 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5686 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5687 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5688 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5689 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5690
5691 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5692 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5693 Two such functions are included in the package:
5694 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5695 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5696
5697 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5698 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5699 One such function is included in the package:
5700 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5701
5702 dcl-tab-always-indent
5703 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5704 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5705 margin.
5706
5707 dcl-electric-characters
5708 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5709 typed.
5710
5711 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5712 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5713 which words trigger electric indentation.
5714
5715 dcl-tempo-comma
5716 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5717 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5718 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5719
5720 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5721 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5722 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5723 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5724
5725 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5726 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5727 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5728 dcl-imenu-label-call
5729 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5730
5731 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5732 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5733 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5734 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5735
5736
5737 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5738
5739 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5740 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5741 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5742 $ i = 1
5743 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5744 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5745 $ label:
5746 $ if i.eq.1
5747 $ then
5748 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5749 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5750 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5751 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5752 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5753 \"lined up with the command line\"
5754 $ type sys$input
5755 Data lines are not indented at all.
5756 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5757 $ endif
5758 $
5759
5760
5761 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5762 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5763
5764 \(fn)" t nil)
5765
5766 ;;;***
5767 \f
5768 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5769 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (20098 62550))
5770 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5771
5772 (setq debugger 'debug)
5773
5774 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5775 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5776 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5777 of the evaluator.
5778
5779 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5780 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5781 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5782
5783 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5784
5785 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5786 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5787
5788 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5789
5790 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5791 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5792 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5793 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5794 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5795 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5796
5797 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5798 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5799
5800 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5801
5802 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5803 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5804 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5805 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5806 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5807
5808 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5809
5810 ;;;***
5811 \f
5812 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5813 ;;;;;; (20164 60780))
5814 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5815
5816 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5817 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5818
5819 \(fn)" t nil)
5820
5821 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5822 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5823 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5824 Upper-case letters are commands.
5825
5826 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5827 modify it.
5828
5829 The most useful commands are:
5830 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5831 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5832 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5833 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5834 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5835 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5836
5837 \(fn)" t nil)
5838
5839 ;;;***
5840 \f
5841 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5842 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20197
5843 ;;;;;; 58064))
5844 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5845
5846 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5847 Customization of `columns' group.
5848
5849 \(fn)" t nil)
5850
5851 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5852 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5853
5854 START and END delimits the text region.
5855
5856 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5857
5858 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5859 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5860
5861 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5862
5863 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5864
5865 ;;;***
5866 \f
5867 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (20153
5868 ;;;;;; 32900))
5869 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5870
5871 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5872 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5873 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5874 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5875 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5876 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5877 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5878
5879 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
5880
5881 Customization:
5882
5883 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5884 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5885 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5886 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5887 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5888 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5889 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5890 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5891 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5892 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5893 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5894 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5895 blank line.
5896 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5897 Directories to search when finding external units.
5898 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5899 If true then Delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5900
5901 Coloring:
5902
5903 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5904 Face used to color Delphi comments.
5905 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5906 Face used to color Delphi strings.
5907 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5908 Face used to color Delphi keywords.
5909 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5910 Face used to color everything else.
5911
5912 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable `delphi-mode-hook'
5913 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5914
5915 \(fn)" t nil)
5916
5917 ;;;***
5918 \f
5919 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (20187
5920 ;;;;;; 22214))
5921 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5922
5923 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5924
5925 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5926 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5927 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5928 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5929 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5930 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5931
5932 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5933
5934 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5935 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5936 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5937 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5938 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5939
5940 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5941 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5942 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5943 any selection.
5944
5945 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5946
5947 ;;;***
5948 \f
5949 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5950 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20137 12290))
5951 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5952
5953 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5954 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5955
5956 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5957
5958 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5959 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5960 or nil if there is no parent.
5961 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5962 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5963 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5964 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5965 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5966
5967 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5968 arguments are currently understood:
5969 :group GROUP
5970 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5971 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5972 :syntax-table TABLE
5973 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5974 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5975 :abbrev-table TABLE
5976 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5977 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5978
5979 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5980
5981 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5982
5983 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5984 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5985 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5986
5987 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5988 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5989
5990 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5991 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5992 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5993
5994 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5995 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5996
5997 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5998 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5999
6000 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6001
6002 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6003
6004 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6005
6006 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6007 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6008 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6009 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6010 the first time the mode is used.
6011
6012 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6013
6014 ;;;***
6015 \f
6016 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6017 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (20189 63932))
6018 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6019
6020 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6021 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6022 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6023 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6024 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6025 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6026 otherwise.
6027
6028 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6029
6030 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6031 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6032 Is POS is taken to be in buffer BUFFER or current buffer if nil.
6033 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6034 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6035 character composition information (if relevant),
6036 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6037
6038 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6039
6040 ;;;***
6041 \f
6042 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6043 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6044 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6045 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (20212 25403))
6046 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6047
6048 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6049 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6050 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6051
6052 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6053
6054 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6055 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6056 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
6057 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6058 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6059
6060 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6061 one session to another. See variable `desktop-save' and function
6062 `desktop-read' for details.
6063
6064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6065
6066 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6067 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6068 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6069 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6070
6071 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6072
6073 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6074 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6075 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6076
6077 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6078 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6079 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6080
6081 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6082 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6083
6084 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6085 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6086 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6087
6088 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6089 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6090 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6091 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6092
6093 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6094
6095 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6096 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6097
6098 Handlers are called with argument list
6099
6100 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6101
6102 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6103
6104 desktop-file-version
6105 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6106 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6107 desktop-buffer-point
6108 desktop-buffer-mark
6109 desktop-buffer-read-only
6110 desktop-buffer-locals
6111
6112 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6113 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6114
6115 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6116 code like
6117
6118 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6119 ...
6120 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6121 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6122
6123 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6124
6125 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6126
6127 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6128 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6129 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6130 List elements must have the form
6131
6132 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6133
6134 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6135 function.
6136
6137 Handlers are called with argument list
6138
6139 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6140
6141 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6142
6143 desktop-file-version
6144 desktop-buffer-file-name
6145 desktop-buffer-name
6146 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6147 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6148 desktop-buffer-point
6149 desktop-buffer-mark
6150 desktop-buffer-read-only
6151 desktop-buffer-misc
6152
6153 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6154 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6155 created and set.
6156
6157 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6158 code like
6159
6160 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6161 ...
6162 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6163 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6164
6165 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6166
6167 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6168
6169 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6170
6171 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6172 Empty the Desktop.
6173 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6174 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6175 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6176
6177 \(fn)" t nil)
6178
6179 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6180 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6181 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6182 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6183 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6184
6185 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6186
6187 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6188 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6189 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6190
6191 \(fn)" t nil)
6192
6193 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6194 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6195 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6196 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6197 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6198 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6199 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6200 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6201
6202 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6203
6204 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6205 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6206 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6207
6208 \(fn)" nil nil)
6209
6210 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6211 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6212 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6213 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6214 directory DIRNAME.
6215
6216 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6217
6218 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6219 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6220
6221 \(fn)" t nil)
6222
6223 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6224 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6225
6226 \(fn)" t nil)
6227
6228 ;;;***
6229 \f
6230 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6231 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6232 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (19845 45374))
6233 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6234
6235 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6236 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6237 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6238 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6239 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6240 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6241
6242 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6243
6244 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6245 Repair a broken attribution line.
6246 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6247
6248 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6249
6250 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6251 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6252 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6253 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6254
6255 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6256
6257 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6258 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6259
6260 \(fn)" t nil)
6261
6262 ;;;***
6263 \f
6264 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6265 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20168 57844))
6266 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6267
6268 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6269 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6270 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6271 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6272 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6273
6274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6275
6276 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6277 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6278 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6279 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6280
6281 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6282 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6283 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
6284 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6285
6286 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6287 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6288
6289 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6290 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6291 calendar-date-style 'european
6292 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6293
6294 \(diary-mail-entries)
6295
6296 # diary-rem.el ends here
6297
6298 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6299
6300 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6301 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6302
6303 \(fn)" t nil)
6304
6305 ;;;***
6306 \f
6307 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-backup diff diff-command
6308 ;;;;;; diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el" (19999 41597))
6309 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6310
6311 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6312 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6313
6314 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6315
6316 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6317 The command to use to run diff.")
6318
6319 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6320
6321 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6322 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6323 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6324 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6325 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6326 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6327
6328 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6329 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6330 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6331
6332 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6333
6334 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6335 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6336 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6337 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6338 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6339 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6340
6341 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6342
6343 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6344 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6345 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6346
6347 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6348
6349 ;;;***
6350 \f
6351 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6352 ;;;;;; (20181 13366))
6353 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6354
6355 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6356 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6357 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6358 normal diffs.
6359
6360 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6361 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6362 headers for you on-the-fly.
6363
6364 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6365 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6366 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6367
6368 \\{diff-mode-map}
6369
6370 \(fn)" t nil)
6371
6372 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6373 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6374 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6375 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6376 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6377
6378 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6379
6380 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6381
6382 ;;;***
6383 \f
6384 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (19845 45374))
6385 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6386
6387 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6388 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6389 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6390
6391 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6392
6393 ;;;***
6394 \f
6395 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6396 ;;;;;; dired dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (20189 63932))
6397 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6398
6399 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6400 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6401 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6402 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6403 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6404 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6405 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6406 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6407
6408 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6409
6410 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6411 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6412 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6413 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6414 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6415 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6416
6417 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6418 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6419 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6420 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6421 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6422 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6423 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6424 list of files to make directory entries for.
6425 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6426 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6427 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6428
6429 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6430
6431 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6432 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6433
6434 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6435 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6436
6437 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6438 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6439
6440 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6441 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6442
6443 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6444
6445 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6446 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6447
6448 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6449
6450 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6451 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6452 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6453 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6454 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6455 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6456 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6457 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6458 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6459 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6460 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6461 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6462 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6463 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6464 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6465 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6466 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6467 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6468 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6469 to see why something went wrong.
6470 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6471 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6472 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6473 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6474 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6475 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6476 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6477 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6478 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6479 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6480 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6481 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6482 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6483
6484 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6485 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6486 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6487 again for the directory tree.
6488
6489 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6490 for more info):
6491
6492 `dired-listing-switches'
6493 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6494 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6495 `dired-marker-char'
6496 `dired-del-marker'
6497 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6498 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6499 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6500 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6501
6502 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6503
6504 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6505 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6506 `dired-mode-hook'
6507 `dired-load-hook'
6508
6509 Keybindings:
6510 \\{dired-mode-map}
6511
6512 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6513 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6514
6515 ;;;***
6516 \f
6517 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6518 ;;;;;; (20127 62865))
6519 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6520
6521 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6522 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6523 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6524 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6525 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6526
6527 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6528 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6529 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6530 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6531 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6532
6533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6534
6535 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6536 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6537 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6538
6539 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6540
6541 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6542 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6543
6544 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6545
6546 ;;;***
6547 \f
6548 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (19931
6549 ;;;;;; 11784))
6550 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6551
6552 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6553 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6554 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6555 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6556 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6557 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6558
6559 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6560
6561 ;;;***
6562 \f
6563 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6564 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6565 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6566 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6567 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6568 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (19984 16846))
6569 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6570
6571 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6572 Return a new, empty display table.
6573
6574 \(fn)" nil nil)
6575
6576 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6577 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6578 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6579 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6580 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6581
6582 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6583
6584 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6585 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6586 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6587 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6588 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6589
6590 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6591
6592 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6593 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6594
6595 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6596
6597 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6598 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6599
6600 \(fn)" t nil)
6601
6602 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6603 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6604
6605 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6606 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6607
6608 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6609 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6610 byte.
6611
6612 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6613 in the default way after this call.
6614
6615 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6616
6617 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6618 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6619
6620 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6621
6622 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6623 Display character C using printable string S.
6624
6625 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6626
6627 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6628 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6629 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6630 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6631
6632 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6633
6634 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6635 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6636 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6637 X frame.
6638
6639 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6640
6641 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6642 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6643
6644 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6645
6646 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6647 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6648
6649 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6650
6651 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6652 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6653
6654 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6655
6656 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6657 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6658
6659 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6660
6661 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6662 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6663
6664 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6665
6666 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6667 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6668
6669 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6670 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6671
6672 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6673 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6674
6675 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6676 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6677 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6678 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6679
6680 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6681 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6682 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6683 in `.emacs'.
6684
6685 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6686
6687 ;;;***
6688 \f
6689 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6690 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
6691 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6692
6693 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6694 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6695 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6696 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6697 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6698 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6699 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6700 Default is 2.
6701
6702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6703
6704 ;;;***
6705 \f
6706 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (19886 45771))
6707 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6708
6709 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6710 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6711 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6712 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6713 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6714 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6715 private or ask).
6716 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6717 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6718 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6719 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6720 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6721
6722 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6723
6724 ;;;***
6725 \f
6726 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6727 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (19845 45374))
6728 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6729
6730 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6731 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6732 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6733 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6734 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6735 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6736 table and its own syntax table.
6737
6738 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6739
6740 \(fn)" t nil)
6741 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6742
6743 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6744 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6745
6746 \(fn)" t nil)
6747
6748 ;;;***
6749 \f
6750 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6751 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (20172
6752 ;;;;;; 54913))
6753 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6754
6755 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6756 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6757 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6758 OpenDocument format).
6759
6760 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6761
6762 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6763 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6764
6765 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6766 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6767
6768 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6769 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6770 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6771
6772 \(fn)" t nil)
6773
6774 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6775 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6776 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6777 to the next best mode.
6778
6779 \(fn)" nil nil)
6780
6781 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6782 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6783 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6784 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6785 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6786
6787 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6788
6789 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6790
6791 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6792
6793
6794 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6795
6796 ;;;***
6797 \f
6798 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20077 56412))
6799 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6800
6801 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6802 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6803
6804 \(fn)" t nil)
6805
6806 ;;;***
6807 \f
6808 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (20127 62865))
6809 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6810
6811 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6812 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6813 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6814 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6815 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6816
6817 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6818 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6819
6820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6821
6822 ;;;***
6823 \f
6824 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (20221 40442))
6825 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6826
6827 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6828 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6829
6830 \(fn)" t nil)
6831
6832 ;;;***
6833 \f
6834 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6835 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6836 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20179 28130))
6837 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6838
6839 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6840
6841 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6842 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6843 This defines the control variable MODE and the toggle command MODE.
6844 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6845
6846 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6847 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6848 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6849 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6850 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6851 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6852 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6853 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6854
6855 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6856 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6857 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6858 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6859 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6860 mode is global):
6861
6862 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6863 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6864 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6865 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6866 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6867 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6868 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6869 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6870 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6871 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6872 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6873 :variable PLACE The location (as can be used with `setf') to use instead
6874 of the variable MODE to store the state of the mode. PLACE
6875 can also be of the form (GET . SET) where GET is an expression
6876 that returns the current state and SET is a function that takes
6877 a new state and sets it. If you specify a :variable, this
6878 function assumes it is defined elsewhere.
6879
6880 For example, you could write
6881 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6882 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6883 ...BODY CODE...)
6884
6885 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6886
6887 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6888
6889 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6890
6891 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6892 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6893 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6894 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6895 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6896 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6897 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6898 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6899 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6900 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6901 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6902 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6903
6904 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6905 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6906 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6907 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6908 call another major mode in their body.
6909
6910 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6911
6912 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6913 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6914 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6915 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6916 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6917 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6918 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6919
6920 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6921
6922 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6923 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6924 :inherit Parent keymap.
6925 :group Ignored.
6926 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6927 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6928
6929 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6930
6931 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6932 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6933 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6934 the constant's documentation.
6935
6936 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6937
6938 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6939 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6940 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6941
6942 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6943
6944 ;;;***
6945 \f
6946 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6947 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (19845
6948 ;;;;;; 45374))
6949 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6950
6951 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6952 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6953
6954 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6955 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6956 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6957
6958 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6959 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6960
6961 :filter FUNCTION
6962
6963 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6964 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6965
6966 :visible INCLUDE
6967
6968 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6969 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6970
6971 :active ENABLE
6972
6973 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection whenever
6974 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
6975
6976 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6977
6978 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6979
6980 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6981
6982 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6983 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6984
6985 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6986 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6987
6988 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6989
6990 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6991
6992 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6993
6994 :keys KEYS
6995
6996 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6997 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6998 computed automatically.
6999 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7000
7001 :key-sequence KEYS
7002
7003 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7004 menu item.
7005 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7006 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7007 keyboard equivalent.
7008
7009 :active ENABLE
7010
7011 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection whenever
7012 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
7013
7014 :visible INCLUDE
7015
7016 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7017 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7018
7019 :label FORM
7020
7021 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7022 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
7023
7024 :suffix FORM
7025
7026 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7027 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
7028
7029 :style STYLE
7030
7031 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7032 defined:
7033
7034 toggle: A checkbox.
7035 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7036 radio: A radio button.
7037 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7038 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7039 menu bar itself.
7040 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7041
7042 :selected SELECTED
7043
7044 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7045 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7046
7047 :help HELP
7048
7049 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7050
7051 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7052 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7053 as a solid horizontal line.
7054
7055 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7056
7057 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7058
7059 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7060
7061 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7062
7063
7064 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7065
7066 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7067 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7068 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7069 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7070
7071 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7072
7073 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7074 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7075 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7076 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7077 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7078 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7079
7080 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7081 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7082 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7083
7084 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7085 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7086 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7087
7088 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7089 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7090
7091 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7092
7093 ;;;***
7094 \f
7095 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7096 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7097 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7098 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7099 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7100 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7101 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7102 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (20203 10426))
7103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7104
7105 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7106 Customization for ebnf group.
7107
7108 \(fn)" t nil)
7109
7110 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7111 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7112
7113 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7114
7115 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7116 processed.
7117
7118 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7119
7120 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7121
7122 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7123 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7124
7125 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7126 killed after process termination.
7127
7128 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7129
7130 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7131
7132 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7133 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7134
7135 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7136 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7137 it to the printer.
7138
7139 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7140 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7141 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7142 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7143
7144 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7145
7146 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7147 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7148 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7149
7150 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7151
7152 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7153 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7154
7155 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7156
7157 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7158 processed.
7159
7160 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7161
7162 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7163
7164 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7165 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7166
7167 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7168 killed after process termination.
7169
7170 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7171
7172 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7173
7174 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7175 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7176 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7177 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7178
7179 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7180
7181 \(fn)" t nil)
7182
7183 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7184 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7185 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7186
7187 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7188
7189 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7190
7191 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7192 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7193
7194 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7195
7196 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7197 processed.
7198
7199 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7200
7201 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7202
7203 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7204 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7205
7206 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7207 killed after EPS generation.
7208
7209 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7210
7211 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7212
7213 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7214 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7215
7216 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7217 The EPS file name has the following form:
7218
7219 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7220
7221 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7222 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7223
7224 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7225 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7226 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7227 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7228 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7229
7230 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7231 files.
7232
7233 \(fn)" t nil)
7234
7235 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7236 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7237
7238 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7239 The EPS file name has the following form:
7240
7241 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7242
7243 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7244 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7245
7246 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7247 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7248 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7249 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7250 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7251
7252 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7253 files.
7254
7255 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7256
7257 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7258
7259 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7260 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7261
7262 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7263
7264 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7265 are processed.
7266
7267 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7268
7269 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7270
7271 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7272 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7273
7274 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7275 killed after syntax checking.
7276
7277 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7278
7279 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7280
7281 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7282 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7283
7284 \(fn)" t nil)
7285
7286 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7287 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7288
7289 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7290
7291 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7292 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7293
7294 \(fn)" nil nil)
7295
7296 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7297 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7298
7299 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7300
7301 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7302
7303 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7304 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7305
7306 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7307
7308 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7309
7310 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7311 Delete style NAME.
7312
7313 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7314
7315 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7316
7317 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7318 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7319
7320 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7321
7322 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7323
7324 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7325 Set STYLE as the current style.
7326
7327 Returns the old style symbol.
7328
7329 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7330
7331 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7332
7333 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7334 Reset current style.
7335
7336 Returns the old style symbol.
7337
7338 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7339
7340 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7341
7342 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7343 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7344
7345 Returns the old style symbol.
7346
7347 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7348
7349 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7350
7351 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7352
7353 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7354 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7355
7356 Returns the old style symbol.
7357
7358 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7359
7360 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7361
7362 \(fn)" t nil)
7363
7364 ;;;***
7365 \f
7366 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7367 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7368 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7369 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7370 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7371 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7372 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7373 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7374 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7375 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7376 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20104
7377 ;;;;;; 14925))
7378 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7379
7380 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7381 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7382 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7383 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7384 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7385 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7386
7387 Tree mode key bindings:
7388 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7389
7390 \(fn)" t nil)
7391
7392 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7393 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7394
7395 \(fn)" t nil)
7396
7397 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7398 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7399
7400 \(fn)" t nil)
7401
7402 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7403 View declaration of member at point.
7404
7405 \(fn)" t nil)
7406
7407 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7408 Find declaration of member at point.
7409
7410 \(fn)" t nil)
7411
7412 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7413 View definition of member at point.
7414
7415 \(fn)" t nil)
7416
7417 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7418 Find definition of member at point.
7419
7420 \(fn)" t nil)
7421
7422 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7423 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7424
7425 \(fn)" t nil)
7426
7427 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7428 View definition of member at point in other window.
7429
7430 \(fn)" t nil)
7431
7432 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7433 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7434
7435 \(fn)" t nil)
7436
7437 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7438 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7439
7440 \(fn)" t nil)
7441
7442 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7443 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7444
7445 \(fn)" t nil)
7446
7447 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7448 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7449
7450 \(fn)" t nil)
7451
7452 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7453 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7454 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7455 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7456 completion.
7457
7458 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7459
7460 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7461 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7462 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7463 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7464
7465 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7466
7467 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7468 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7469 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7470 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7471
7472 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7473
7474 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7475 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7476 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7477
7478 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7479
7480 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7481 Search for call sites of a member.
7482 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7483 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7484 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7485 looks like a function call to the member.
7486
7487 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7488
7489 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7490 Move backward in the position stack.
7491 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7492
7493 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7494
7495 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7496 Move forward in the position stack.
7497 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7498
7499 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7500
7501 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7502 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7503
7504 \(fn)" t nil)
7505
7506 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7507 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7508
7509 \(fn)" t nil)
7510
7511 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7512 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7513 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7514 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7515
7516 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7517
7518 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7519 Display statistics for a class tree.
7520
7521 \(fn)" t nil)
7522
7523 ;;;***
7524 \f
7525 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7526 ;;;;;; (20104 14925))
7527 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7528
7529 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7530 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7531 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7532 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7533
7534 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7535 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7536 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7537
7538 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7539 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7540 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7541
7542 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7543
7544 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7545
7546 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7547
7548 ;;;***
7549 \f
7550 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7551 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (19886 45771))
7552 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7553
7554 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7555 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7556 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7557
7558 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7559
7560 ;;;***
7561 \f
7562 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7563 ;;;;;; (20110 24804))
7564 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7565
7566 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7567
7568
7569 \(fn)" nil nil)
7570
7571 ;;;***
7572 \f
7573 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20168 57844))
7574 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7575
7576 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7577 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7578 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7579 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7580 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7581 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7582
7583 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7584
7585 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7586 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7587 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7588 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7589 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7590
7591 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7592 an EDE controlled project.
7593
7594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7595
7596 ;;;***
7597 \f
7598 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7599 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7600 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20187 22214))
7601 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7602
7603 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7604 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7605 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7606 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7607 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7608
7609 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7610 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7611 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7612 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7613
7614 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7615
7616 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7617 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7618 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7619 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7620
7621 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7622
7623 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7624 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7625 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7626 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7627
7628 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7629
7630 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7631
7632 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7633 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7634 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7635 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7636 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7637
7638 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7639 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7640 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7641 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7642 instrumented for Edebug.
7643
7644 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7645 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7646 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7647 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7648 already is one.)
7649
7650 \(fn)" t nil)
7651
7652 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7653 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7654
7655 \(fn)" t nil)
7656
7657 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7658 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7659
7660 \(fn)" t nil)
7661
7662 ;;;***
7663 \f
7664 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7665 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7666 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7667 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7668 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7669 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7670 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7671 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7672 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7673 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (19996 8027))
7674 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7675
7676 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7677 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7678
7679 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7680
7681 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7682 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7683
7684 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7685
7686 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7687
7688 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7689
7690 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7691 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7692 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7693 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7694
7695 \(fn)" t nil)
7696
7697 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7698 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7699 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7700 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7701
7702 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7703
7704 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7705 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7706
7707 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7708
7709 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7710
7711 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7712 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7713
7714 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7715
7716 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7717
7718 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7719 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7720 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7721 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7722
7723 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7724
7725 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7726
7727 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7728 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7729 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7730 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7731
7732 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7733
7734 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7735
7736 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7737 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7738 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7739 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7740
7741 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7742
7743 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7744
7745 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7746 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7747 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7748 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7749
7750 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7751
7752 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7753
7754 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7755 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7756 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7757 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7758 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7759 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7760
7761 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7762
7763 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7764 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7765 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7766 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7767
7768 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7769
7770 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7771
7772 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7773 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7774 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7775 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7776
7777 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7778
7779 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7780
7781 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7782
7783 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7784 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7785 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7786 follows:
7787 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7788 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7789
7790 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7791
7792 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7793 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7794 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7795 follows:
7796 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7797 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7798
7799 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7800
7801 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7802 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7803 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7804 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7805 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7806
7807 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7808
7809 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7810 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7811 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7812 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7813 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7814 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7815
7816 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7817
7818 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7819
7820 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7821 Merge two files without ancestor.
7822
7823 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7824
7825 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7826 Merge two files with ancestor.
7827
7828 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7829
7830 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7831
7832 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7833 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7834
7835 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7836
7837 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7838 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7839
7840 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7841
7842 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7843 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7844 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7845 buffer.
7846
7847 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7848
7849 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7850 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7851 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7852 buffer.
7853
7854 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7855
7856 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7857 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7858 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7859 and don't ask the user.
7860 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7861 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7862
7863 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7864
7865 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7866 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7867 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7868 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7869 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7870 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7871 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7872 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7873
7874 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7875
7876 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7877
7878 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7879
7880 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7881 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7882 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7883 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7884 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7885
7886 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7887
7888 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7889
7890 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7891 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7892 When called interactively, displays the version.
7893
7894 \(fn)" t nil)
7895
7896 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7897 Display Ediff's manual.
7898 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7899
7900 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7901
7902 ;;;***
7903 \f
7904 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7905 ;;;;;; (20178 7273))
7906 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7907
7908 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7909
7910
7911 \(fn)" t nil)
7912
7913 ;;;***
7914 \f
7915 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7916 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
7917 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7918
7919 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7920 Display Ediff's registry.
7921
7922 \(fn)" t nil)
7923
7924 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7925
7926 ;;;***
7927 \f
7928 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7929 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (20175 31160))
7930 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7931
7932 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7933 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7934 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7935 which see.
7936
7937 \(fn)" t nil)
7938
7939 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7940 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7941 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7942 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7943
7944 \(fn)" t nil)
7945
7946 ;;;***
7947 \f
7948 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7949 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7950 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
7951 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7952
7953 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7954 Edit a keyboard macro.
7955 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7956 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7957 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7958 its command name.
7959 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7960
7961 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7962
7963 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7964 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7965
7966 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7967
7968 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7969 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7970
7971 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7972
7973 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7974 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7975 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7976 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7977 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7978 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7979
7980 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7981 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7982 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7983 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7984
7985 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7986
7987 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7988 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7989 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7990 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7991 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7992 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7993
7994 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7995
7996 ;;;***
7997 \f
7998 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7999 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (20154 24929))
8000 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8001
8002 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8003 Set scroll margins.
8004 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8005 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8006
8007 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8008
8009 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8010 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8011
8012 \(fn)" t nil)
8013
8014 ;;;***
8015 \f
8016 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8017 ;;;;;; (19865 50420))
8018 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8019
8020 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8021 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8022 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8023 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8024 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8025 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8026 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8027
8028 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8029 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8030
8031 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8032 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8033 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8034 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8035
8036 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8037 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8038 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8039
8040 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8041 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8042 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8043
8044 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8045
8046 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8047
8048
8049 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8050
8051 ;;;***
8052 \f
8053 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8054 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (20161 45793))
8055 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8056
8057 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8058 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8059
8060 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8061
8062 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8063 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8064 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8065 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8066 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8067
8068 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8069 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8070 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8071 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8072 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8073 expression point is on.
8074
8075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8076
8077 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8078 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8079
8080 \(fn)" t nil)
8081
8082 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8083 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8084 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8085 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8086 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8087 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8088 arg list.
8089
8090 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8091 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8092 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8093 effect.
8094
8095 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8096 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8097
8098 ;;;***
8099 \f
8100 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
8101 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (20187 22214))
8102 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8103
8104 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8105 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8106
8107 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8108 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8109 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8110 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8111 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8112 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8113
8114 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8115
8116 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8117 Toggle on-the-fly reindentation (Electric Indent mode).
8118 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Indent mode if ARG is
8119 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8120 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8121
8122 Electric Indent mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
8123 reindentation is triggered whenever you insert a character listed
8124 in `electric-indent-chars'.
8125
8126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8127
8128 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8129 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8130 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8131 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8132 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8133 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8134
8135 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8136
8137 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8138 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8139 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8140 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8141 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8142
8143 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8144 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8145 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.)
8146
8147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8148
8149 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8150 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8151 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8152 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8153 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8154 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8155
8156 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8157
8158 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8159 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8160
8161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8162
8163 ;;;***
8164 \f
8165 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (19845
8166 ;;;;;; 45374))
8167 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8168
8169 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8170 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8171
8172 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8173 an elided material again.
8174
8175 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8176
8177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8178
8179 ;;;***
8180 \f
8181 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
8182 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8183 ;;;;;; (20172 54913))
8184 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8185
8186 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8187 Lint the file FILE.
8188
8189 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8190
8191 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8192 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8193 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8194
8195 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8196
8197 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8198 Lint the current buffer.
8199 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8200
8201 \(fn)" t nil)
8202
8203 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8204 Lint the function at point.
8205 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8206
8207 \(fn)" t nil)
8208
8209 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8210 Initialize elint.
8211 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8212 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8213
8214 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8215
8216 ;;;***
8217 \f
8218 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8219 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (19981
8220 ;;;;;; 40664))
8221 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8222
8223 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8224 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8225 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8226
8227 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8228
8229 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8230 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8231 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8232 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8233
8234 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8235
8236 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8237 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8238 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8239
8240 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8241
8242 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8243
8244 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8245 Display current profiling results.
8246 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8247 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8248 displayed.
8249
8250 \(fn)" t nil)
8251
8252 ;;;***
8253 \f
8254 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-lock-mode) "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el"
8255 ;;;;;; (20127 62865))
8256 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8257
8258 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8259 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8260 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8261 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8262 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8263 ARG is omitted or nil.
8264
8265 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8266 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8267 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8268 used instead.
8269
8270 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8271
8272 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8273 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8274 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8275
8276 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8277
8278 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8279
8280 ;;;***
8281 \f
8282 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug-query-existing-bugs report-emacs-bug)
8283 ;;;;;; "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (20197 58064))
8284 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8285
8286 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8287 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8288 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8289
8290 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8291
8292 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug-query-existing-bugs "emacsbug" "\
8293 Query for KEYWORDS at `report-emacs-bug-tracker-url', and return the result.
8294 The result is an alist with items of the form (URL SUBJECT NO).
8295
8296 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
8297
8298 ;;;***
8299 \f
8300 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8301 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8302 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8303 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8304 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (20204 31303))
8305 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8306
8307 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8308 Run Emerge on two files.
8309
8310 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8311
8312 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8313 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8314
8315 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8316
8317 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8318 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8319
8320 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8321
8322 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8323 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8324
8325 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8326
8327 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8328
8329
8330 \(fn)" nil nil)
8331
8332 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8333
8334
8335 \(fn)" nil nil)
8336
8337 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8338
8339
8340 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8341
8342 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8343
8344
8345 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8346
8347 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8348 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8349
8350 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8351
8352 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8353 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8354
8355 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8356
8357 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8358
8359
8360 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8361
8362 ;;;***
8363 \f
8364 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8365 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (19845 45374))
8366 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8367
8368 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8369 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8370 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8371 text/enriched format.
8372 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8373
8374 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8375 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8376
8377 Commands:
8378
8379 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8380
8381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8382
8383 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8384
8385
8386 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8387
8388 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8389
8390
8391 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8392
8393 ;;;***
8394 \f
8395 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8396 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8397 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8398 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8399 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8400 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (20104
8401 ;;;;;; 14925))
8402 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8403
8404 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8405 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8406
8407 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8408
8409 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8410 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8411
8412 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8413
8414 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8415 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8416 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8417 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8418 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8419 the keys are listed.
8420 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8421
8422 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8423
8424 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8425 Decrypt FILE.
8426
8427 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8428
8429 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8430 Verify FILE.
8431
8432 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8433
8434 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8435 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8436
8437 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8438
8439 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8440 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8441
8442 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8443
8444 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8445 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8446
8447 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8448 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8449 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8450 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8451
8452 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8453 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8454 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8455 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8456 should consider using the string based counterpart
8457 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8458 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8459
8460 For example:
8461
8462 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8463 (decode-coding-string
8464 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8465 'utf-8))
8466
8467 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8468
8469 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8470 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8471
8472 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8473 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8474
8475 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8476
8477 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8478 Verify the current region between START and END.
8479
8480 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8481 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8482 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8483 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8484 should consider using the string based counterpart
8485 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8486 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8487
8488 For example:
8489
8490 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8491 (decode-coding-string
8492 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8493 'utf-8))
8494
8495 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8496
8497 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8498 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8499 between START and END.
8500
8501 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8502 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8503
8504 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8505
8506 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8507 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8508
8509 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8510 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8511 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8512 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8513 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8514 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8515
8516 For example:
8517
8518 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8519 (epg-sign-string
8520 context
8521 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8522
8523 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8524
8525 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8526 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8527
8528 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8529 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8530 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8531 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8532 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8533 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8534
8535 For example:
8536
8537 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8538 (epg-encrypt-string
8539 context
8540 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8541 nil))
8542
8543 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8544
8545 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8546 Delete selected KEYS.
8547
8548 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8549
8550 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8551 Import keys from FILE.
8552
8553 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8554
8555 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8556 Import keys from the region.
8557
8558 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8559
8560 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8561 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8562 between START and END.
8563
8564 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8565
8566 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8567 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8568
8569 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8570
8571 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8572 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8573
8574 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8575
8576 ;;;***
8577 \f
8578 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8579 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (20197 58064))
8580 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8581
8582 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8583 Decrypt marked files.
8584
8585 \(fn)" t nil)
8586
8587 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8588 Verify marked files.
8589
8590 \(fn)" t nil)
8591
8592 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8593 Sign marked files.
8594
8595 \(fn)" t nil)
8596
8597 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8598 Encrypt marked files.
8599
8600 \(fn)" t nil)
8601
8602 ;;;***
8603 \f
8604 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8605 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (20197 58064))
8606 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8607
8608 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8609
8610
8611 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8612
8613 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8614
8615
8616 \(fn)" t nil)
8617
8618 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8619
8620
8621 \(fn)" t nil)
8622
8623 ;;;***
8624 \f
8625 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8626 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8627 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20043 38232))
8628 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8629
8630 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8631 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8632
8633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8634
8635 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8636 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8637 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8638
8639 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8640
8641 \(fn)" t nil)
8642
8643 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8644 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8645 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8646
8647 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8648
8649 \(fn)" t nil)
8650
8651 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8652 Sign the current buffer.
8653 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8654
8655 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8656
8657 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8658
8659 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8660 Encrypt the current buffer.
8661 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8662
8663 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8664
8665 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8666
8667 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8668 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8669 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8670
8671 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8672
8673 \(fn)" t nil)
8674
8675 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8676 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8677 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8678 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8679 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8680 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8681
8682 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8683
8684 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8685 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8686
8687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8688
8689 ;;;***
8690 \f
8691 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (20172 54913))
8692 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8693
8694 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8695 Return a context object.
8696
8697 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8698
8699 ;;;***
8700 \f
8701 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8702 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (19845 45374))
8703 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8704
8705 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8706 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8707
8708 \(fn)" nil nil)
8709
8710 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8711 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8712
8713 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8714
8715 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8716 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8717
8718 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8719
8720 ;;;***
8721 \f
8722 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8723 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (20172 54913))
8724 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8725
8726 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8727 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8728
8729 \(fn)" nil nil)
8730
8731 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8732 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8733 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8734
8735 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8736
8737 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8738 (server (erc-compute-server))
8739 (port (erc-compute-port))
8740 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8741 password
8742 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8743
8744 That is, if called with
8745
8746 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8747
8748 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8749 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8750 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8751
8752 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8753
8754 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8755
8756 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8757 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8758 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8759 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8760
8761 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8762
8763 ;;;***
8764 \f
8765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20161
8766 ;;;;;; 45793))
8767 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8768 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8769
8770 ;;;***
8771 \f
8772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (20093 44623))
8773 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8774 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8775
8776 ;;;***
8777 \f
8778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (19845 45374))
8779 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8780 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8781
8782 ;;;***
8783 \f
8784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (19845 45374))
8785 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8786 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8787
8788 ;;;***
8789 \f
8790 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8791 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20179 28130))
8792 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8793 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8794
8795 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8796 Parser for /dcc command.
8797 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8798 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8799 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8800
8801 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8802
8803 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8804 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8805
8806 \(fn)" nil nil)
8807
8808 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8809 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8810
8811 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8812 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8813 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8814 that subcommand.
8815
8816 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8817
8818 ;;;***
8819 \f
8820 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8821 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8822 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8823 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8824 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8825 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8826
8827 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8828 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8829
8830 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8831
8832 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8833 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8834 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8835 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8836
8837 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8838
8839 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8840
8841
8842 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8843
8844 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8845 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8846
8847 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8848
8849 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8850 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8851
8852 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8853
8854 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8855 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8856
8857 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8858
8859 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8860 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8861
8862 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8863
8864 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8865 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8866
8867 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8868
8869 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8870 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8871
8872 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8873
8874 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8875 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8876
8877 \(fn)" nil nil)
8878
8879 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8880 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8881
8882 \(fn)" nil nil)
8883
8884 ;;;***
8885 \f
8886 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20127
8887 ;;;;;; 62865))
8888 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8889 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8890
8891 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8892 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8893 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8894
8895 \(fn)" nil nil)
8896
8897 ;;;***
8898 \f
8899 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8900 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (19845 45374))
8901 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8902 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8903
8904 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8905 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8906 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8907 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8908 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8909 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8910 system.
8911
8912 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8913
8914 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8915
8916
8917 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8918
8919 ;;;***
8920 \f
8921 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8922 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
8923 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8924
8925 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8926
8927
8928 \(fn)" nil nil)
8929
8930 ;;;***
8931 \f
8932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (19845 45374))
8933 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8934 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8935
8936 ;;;***
8937 \f
8938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (19845 45374))
8939 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8940 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8941
8942 ;;;***
8943 \f
8944 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
8945 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (20168 57844))
8946 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8947 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8948
8949 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8950 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8951 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8952 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8953 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8954 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8955
8956 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8957
8958 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8959 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8960 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8961 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8962
8963 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8964 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8965 automatically.
8966
8967 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8968 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8969
8970 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8971
8972 ;;;***
8973 \f
8974 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
8975 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
8976 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
8977 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
8978 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8979 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8980
8981 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8982 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8983
8984 \(fn)" t nil)
8985
8986 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8987 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8988
8989 \(fn)" t nil)
8990
8991 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8992 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8993
8994 \(fn)" t nil)
8995
8996 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8997 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8998
8999 \(fn)" t nil)
9000
9001 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9002 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9003
9004 \(fn)" t nil)
9005
9006 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9007 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9008
9009 \(fn)" t nil)
9010
9011 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9012 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9013
9014 \(fn)" t nil)
9015
9016 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9017 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9018
9019 \(fn)" t nil)
9020
9021 ;;;***
9022 \f
9023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (19845 45374))
9024 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9025 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9026
9027 ;;;***
9028 \f
9029 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9030 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9031 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9032 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9033
9034 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9035 Show who's gone.
9036
9037 \(fn)" nil nil)
9038
9039 ;;;***
9040 \f
9041 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9042 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (19845 45374))
9043 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9044
9045 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9046 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9047 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9048 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9049
9050 \(fn)" nil nil)
9051
9052 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9053 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9054
9055 \(fn)" t nil)
9056
9057 ;;;***
9058 \f
9059 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9060 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (20161 45793))
9061 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9062 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9063
9064 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9065 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9066 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9067 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9068
9069 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9070
9071 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9072
9073
9074 \(fn)" nil nil)
9075
9076 ;;;***
9077 \f
9078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (19845 45374))
9079 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9080 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9081
9082 ;;;***
9083 \f
9084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (19936
9085 ;;;;;; 52203))
9086 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9087 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9088
9089 ;;;***
9090 \f
9091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (19845 45374))
9092 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9093 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9094
9095 ;;;***
9096 \f
9097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (19845 45374))
9098 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9099 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9100
9101 ;;;***
9102 \f
9103 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9104 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (19845 45374))
9105 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9106 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9107
9108 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9109 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9110
9111 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9112
9113 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9114 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9115 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9116
9117 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9118
9119 ;;;***
9120 \f
9121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (19845 45374))
9122 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9123 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9124
9125 ;;;***
9126 \f
9127 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9128 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9129 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9130
9131 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9132 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9133 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9134
9135 \(fn)" t nil)
9136
9137 ;;;***
9138 \f
9139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (19845
9140 ;;;;;; 45374))
9141 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9142 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9143
9144 ;;;***
9145 \f
9146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (19845 45374))
9147 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9148 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9149
9150 ;;;***
9151 \f
9152 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9153 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
9154 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9155
9156 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9157 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9158 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9159
9160 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9161
9162 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9163 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9164 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9165 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9166 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9167
9168 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9169 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9170 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9171 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9172
9173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9174 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9175
9176 ;;;***
9177 \f
9178 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9179 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (19845 45374))
9180 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9181 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9182
9183 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9184 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9185 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9186 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9187
9188 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9189
9190 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9191 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9192 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9193
9194 \(fn)" t nil)
9195
9196 ;;;***
9197 \f
9198 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9199 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9200 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9201 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9202
9203 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9204 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9205
9206 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9207
9208 ;;;***
9209 \f
9210 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
9211 ;;;;;; ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
9212 ;;;;;; "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (20168 57844))
9213 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9214
9215 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9216 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9217
9218 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9219 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9220
9221 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
9222 assertions in BODY.
9223
9224 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9225
9226 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9227 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9228 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9229
9230 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9231
9232 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9233
9234 (put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9235
9236 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9237
9238 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9239
9240 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9241 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9242
9243 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9244 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9245 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9246 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9247
9248 Returns the stats object.
9249
9250 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9251
9252 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9253 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9254
9255 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9256 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9257 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9258 the tests).
9259
9260 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9261
9262 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9263 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9264
9265 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9266 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9267 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9268 and how to display message.
9269
9270 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9271
9272 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9273
9274 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9275 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9276
9277 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9278
9279 ;;;***
9280 \f
9281 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
9282 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
9283 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9284
9285 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9286
9287 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9288 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9289
9290 \(fn)" t nil)
9291
9292 ;;;***
9293 \f
9294 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (20164
9295 ;;;;;; 60780))
9296 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9297
9298 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9299 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9300
9301 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9302
9303 \(fn)" nil nil)
9304
9305 ;;;***
9306 \f
9307 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9308 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (20116 6099))
9309 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9310
9311 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9312 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9313 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9314 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9315 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9316 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9317 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9318 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9319 buffer selected (or created).
9320
9321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9322
9323 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9324 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9325 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9326
9327 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9328
9329 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9330 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9331 The result might be any Lisp object.
9332 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9333 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9334 corresponding to a successful execution.
9335
9336 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9337
9338 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9339
9340 ;;;***
9341 \f
9342 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9343 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9344 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9345 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9346 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9347 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9348 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9349 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
9350 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9351
9352 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9353 *File name of tags table.
9354 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9355 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9356 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9357 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9358 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9359
9360 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9361 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9362 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9363 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9364
9365 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9366
9367 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9368 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9369 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9370 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9371 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9372 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9373
9374 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9375
9376 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9377 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9378 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9379 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9380 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9381 `auto-compression-mode').")
9382
9383 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9384
9385 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9386 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9387 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9388 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9389 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9390
9391 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9392
9393 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9394 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9395 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9396 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9397
9398 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9399
9400 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9401 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9402 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9403 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9404 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9405
9406 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9407
9408 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9409 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9410
9411 \(fn)" t nil)
9412
9413 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9414 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9415 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9416 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9417
9418 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9419 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9420 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9421 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9422 file the tag was in.
9423
9424 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9425
9426 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9427 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9428 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9429 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9430 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9431 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9432 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9433 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9434 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9435
9436 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9437
9438 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9439 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9440 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9441 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9442 without directory names.
9443
9444 \(fn)" nil nil)
9445 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9446 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9447 (progn
9448 (load "etags")
9449 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9450
9451 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9452 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9453 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9454 but does not select the buffer.
9455 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9456
9457 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9458 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9459 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9460 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9461 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9462
9463 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9464
9465 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9466 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9467 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9468
9469 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9470
9471 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9472
9473 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9474 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9475 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9476 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9477
9478 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9479 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9480 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9481 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9482 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9483
9484 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9485
9486 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9487 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9488 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9489
9490 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9491
9492 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9493 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9494
9495 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9496 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9497 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9498 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9499 around or before point.
9500
9501 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9502 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9503 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9504 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9505 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9506
9507 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9508
9509 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9510 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9511 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9512
9513 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9514
9515 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9516 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9517
9518 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9519 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9520 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9521 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9522 around or before point.
9523
9524 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9525 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9526 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9527 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9528 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9529
9530 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9531
9532 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9533 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9534 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9535
9536 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9537
9538 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9539 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9540
9541 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9542 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9543 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9544
9545 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9546 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9547 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9548 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9549 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9550
9551 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9552
9553 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9554 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9555 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9556
9557 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9558
9559 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9560 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9561 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9562
9563 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9564 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9565
9566 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9567 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9568 where they were found.
9569
9570 \(fn)" t nil)
9571
9572 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9573 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9574
9575 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9576 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9577 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9578
9579 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9580 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9581
9582 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9583 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9584
9585 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9586
9587 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9588 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9589 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9590 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9591
9592 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9593 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9594 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9595 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9596 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9597
9598 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9599 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9600
9601 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9602 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9603 Stops when a match is found.
9604 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9605
9606 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9607 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9608 restricted to these files.
9609
9610 Aleso see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9611
9612 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9613
9614 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9615 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9616 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9617 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9618 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9619 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9620 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9621 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9622
9623 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9624 produce the list of files to search.
9625
9626 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9627
9628 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9629
9630 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9631 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9632 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9633 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9634 directory specification.
9635
9636 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9637
9638 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9639 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9640
9641 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9642
9643 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9644 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9645 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9646 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9647
9648 \(fn)" t nil)
9649
9650 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9651 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9652 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9653 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9654 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9655
9656 \(fn)" t nil)
9657
9658 ;;;***
9659 \f
9660 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9661 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9662 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9663 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9664 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9665 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9666 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9667 ;;;;;; (20201 55112))
9668 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9669
9670 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9671
9672
9673 \(fn)" nil nil)
9674
9675 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9676 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9677
9678 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9679 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9680
9681 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9682 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9683 primary language.
9684
9685 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9686 even if the buffer is read-only.
9687
9688 See also the descriptions of the variables
9689 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9690
9691 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9692
9693 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9694 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9695
9696 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9697 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9698
9699 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9700 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9701 primary language.
9702
9703 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9704 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9705
9706 See also the descriptions of the variables
9707 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9708
9709 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9710
9711 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9712 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9713 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9714 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9715
9716 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9717
9718 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9719 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9720 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9721 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9722
9723 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9724 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9725 primary language.
9726
9727 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9728 buffer is read-only.
9729
9730 See also the descriptions of the variables
9731 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9732 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9733
9734 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9735
9736 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9737 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9738
9739 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9740 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9741
9742 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9743 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9744 the primary language.
9745
9746 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9747 buffer is read-only.
9748
9749 See also the descriptions of the variables
9750 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9751 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9752
9753 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9754
9755 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9756 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9757 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9758
9759 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9760
9761 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9762 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9763
9764 \(fn)" t nil)
9765
9766 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9767 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9768
9769 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9770 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9771 be 1, 2, or 3.
9772
9773 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9774 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9775 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9776
9777 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9778
9779 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9780
9781 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9782 This function is deprecated.
9783
9784 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9785
9786 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9787 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9788
9789 \(fn)" t nil)
9790
9791 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9792 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9793
9794 \(fn)" t nil)
9795
9796 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9797 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9798
9799 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9800 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9801
9802 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9803 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9804
9805 \(fn)" nil nil)
9806
9807 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9808 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9809
9810 \(fn)" nil nil)
9811
9812 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9813 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9814
9815 \(fn)" nil nil)
9816
9817 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9818 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9819
9820 \(fn)" nil nil)
9821
9822 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9823 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9824 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9825
9826 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9827
9828 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9829
9830
9831 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9832
9833 ;;;***
9834 \f
9835 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9836 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9837 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
9838 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9839
9840 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9841 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9842 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9843 server for future sessions.
9844
9845 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9846
9847 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9848 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9849 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9850
9851 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9852
9853 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9854 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9855 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9856
9857 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9858
9859 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9860 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9861 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9862 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9863 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9864 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9865 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9866 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9867 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9868 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9869 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9870 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9871
9872 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9873
9874 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9875 Display a form to query the directory server.
9876 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9877 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9878
9879 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9880
9881 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9882 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9883 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9884
9885 \(fn)" t nil)
9886
9887 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9888
9889 ;;;***
9890 \f
9891 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9892 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9893 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (19845 45374))
9894 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9895
9896 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9897 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9898
9899 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9900
9901 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9902 Display URL and make it clickable.
9903
9904 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9905
9906 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9907 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9908
9909 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9910
9911 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9912 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9913
9914 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9915
9916 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9917 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9918
9919 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9920
9921 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9922 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9923
9924 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9925
9926 ;;;***
9927 \f
9928 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9929 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20175 31160))
9930 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9931
9932 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9933 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9934 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9935
9936 \(fn)" t nil)
9937
9938 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9939 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9940
9941 \(fn)" t nil)
9942
9943 ;;;***
9944 \f
9945 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9946 ;;;;;; (20162 19074))
9947 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9948
9949 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9950 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9951
9952 \(fn)" t nil)
9953
9954 ;;;***
9955 \f
9956 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (19845
9957 ;;;;;; 45374))
9958 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9959
9960 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9961 Create an empty ewoc.
9962
9963 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9964
9965 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9966 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9967 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9968 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9969 `insert-before-markers'.
9970
9971 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9972 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9973 respectively, of the ewoc.
9974
9975 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9976 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9977 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9978
9979 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9980
9981 ;;;***
9982 \f
9983 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9984 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9985 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9986 ;;;;;; (20160 63745))
9987 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9988
9989 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9990 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9991 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9992
9993 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9994
9995 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9996 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9997 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9998 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9999 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10000
10001 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10002
10003 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10004 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10005 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10006 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10007 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10008 executable.
10009
10010 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10011
10012 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10013 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10014 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10015
10016 \(fn)" t nil)
10017
10018 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10019 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10020 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10021 file modes.
10022
10023 \(fn)" nil nil)
10024
10025 ;;;***
10026 \f
10027 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10028 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10029 ;;;;;; (20164 29468))
10030 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10031
10032 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10033 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10034 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10035 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10036
10037 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10038
10039 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10040 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10041 to generate such functions.
10042
10043 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10044 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10045 beginning of the expanded text.
10046
10047 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10048 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10049 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10050 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10051
10052 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10053
10054 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10055
10056 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10057 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10058 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10059
10060 \(fn)" nil nil)
10061
10062 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10063 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10064 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10065
10066 \(fn)" t nil)
10067
10068 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10069 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10070 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10071
10072 \(fn)" t nil)
10073 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10074 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10075
10076 ;;;***
10077 \f
10078 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20178 7273))
10079 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10080
10081 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10082 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10083 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10084
10085 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10086 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10087 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10088
10089 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10090
10091 Key definitions:
10092 \\{f90-mode-map}
10093
10094 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10095
10096 `f90-do-indent'
10097 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10098 `f90-if-indent'
10099 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10100 `f90-type-indent'
10101 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10102 `f90-program-indent'
10103 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10104 (default 2).
10105 `f90-associate-indent'
10106 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10107 `f90-critical-indent'
10108 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10109 `f90-continuation-indent'
10110 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10111 `f90-comment-region'
10112 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10113 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10114 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10115 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10116 (default \"!\").
10117 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10118 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10119 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10120 `f90-break-delimiters'
10121 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10122 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10123 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10124 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10125 (default t).
10126 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10127 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10128 `f90-smart-end'
10129 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10130 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10131 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10132 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10133 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10134 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10135 `f90-leave-line-no'
10136 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10137
10138 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10139 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10140
10141 \(fn)" t nil)
10142
10143 ;;;***
10144 \f
10145 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10146 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10147 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
10148 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (20127
10149 ;;;;;; 62865))
10150 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10151
10152 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10153 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10154
10155 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
10156 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10157
10158 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10159 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10160 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
10161 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
10162 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
10163 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
10164 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
10165
10166 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
10167 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
10168 using `face-remap-set-base'.
10169
10170 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10171
10172 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10173 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
10174
10175 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10176
10177 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10178 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10179 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
10180 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
10181 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
10182 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
10183
10184 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10185
10186 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10187 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10188 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10189
10190 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10191 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10192 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10193 the same amount).
10194
10195 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10196
10197 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10198 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10199 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10200
10201 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10202 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10203 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10204 will remove any scaling currently active.
10205
10206 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10207
10208 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10209 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10210 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10211
10212 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10213 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10214 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10215 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10216 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10217
10218 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10219 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
10220
10221 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10222 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10223
10224 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10225 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10226 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10227
10228 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
10229 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
10230 is one of the above.
10231
10232 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10233 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10234 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10235 will remove any scaling currently active.
10236
10237 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10238 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10239 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10240 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10241 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10242
10243 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10244
10245 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10246 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10247 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
10248 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10249
10250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10251
10252 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10253 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10254 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10255 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10256 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
10257
10258 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10259 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
10260
10261 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10262
10263 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10264 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10265 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10266 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10267
10268 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10269 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10270 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10271 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10272
10273 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10274 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10275
10276 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10277
10278 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10279 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10280 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10281 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10282
10283 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10284
10285 ;;;***
10286 \f
10287 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10288 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10289 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (20172 54913))
10290 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10291
10292 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10293 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10294 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10295 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10296
10297 \(fn)" nil nil)
10298
10299 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10300 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10301
10302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10303
10304 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10305 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10306 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10307 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10308
10309 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10310
10311 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10312 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10313 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10314 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10315 backup file names and the like).
10316
10317 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10318
10319 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10320 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10321 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10322 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10323 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10324 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10325 internally by feedmail):
10326
10327 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10328 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10329 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10330 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10331
10332 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10333 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10334 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10335 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10336 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10337
10338 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10339
10340 ;;;***
10341 \f
10342 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10343 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (20164 60780))
10344 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10345
10346 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10347 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10348 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10349 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10350 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10351 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10352 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10353
10354 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10355
10356 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10357 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10358 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10359 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10360 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10361 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10362 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10363
10364 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10365
10366 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10367
10368 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10369 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10370 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10371 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10372 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10373 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10374
10375 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10376
10377 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10378 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10379 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10380 Return value:
10381 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10382 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10383 * otherwise, nil
10384
10385 \(fn E)" t nil)
10386
10387 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10388 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10389 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10390
10391 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10392
10393 (defun ffap-guess-file-name-at-point nil "\
10394 Try to get a file name at point.
10395 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'." (when (fboundp (quote ffap-guesser)) (let ((guess (ffap-guesser))) (setq guess (if (or (not guess) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-url-p)) (ffap-url-p guess)) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-file-remote-p)) (ffap-file-remote-p guess))) guess (abbreviate-file-name (expand-file-name guess)))) (when guess (if (file-directory-p guess) (file-name-as-directory guess) guess)))))
10396
10397 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10398 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10399
10400 \(fn)" t nil)
10401
10402 ;;;***
10403 \f
10404 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10405 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10406 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10407 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (19845 45374))
10408 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10409
10410 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10411 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10412 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10413 be added to the cache.
10414
10415 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10416
10417 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10418 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10419 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10420 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10421 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10422
10423 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10424
10425 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10426 Add FILE to the file cache.
10427
10428 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10429
10430 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10431 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10432 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10433
10434 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10435
10436 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10437 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10438 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10439
10440 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10441
10442 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10443 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10444 This function does not use any external programs.
10445 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10446 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10447 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10448
10449 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10450
10451 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10452 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10453 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10454 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10455 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10456 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10457 \(directories) is done.
10458
10459 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10460
10461 ;;;***
10462 \f
10463 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10464 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10465 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10466 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10467 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (20167 36967))
10468 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10469
10470 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10471 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10472
10473 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10474 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10475 Local Variables list.
10476
10477 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10478 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10479 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10480
10481 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10482
10483 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10484 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10485
10486 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10487
10488 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10489 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10490
10491 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10492 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10493 the -*- line.
10494
10495 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10496 then this function adds it.
10497
10498 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10499
10500 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10501 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10502
10503 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10504
10505 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10506 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10507
10508 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10509
10510 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10511 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10512
10513 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10514
10515 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10516 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10517
10518 \(fn)" t nil)
10519
10520 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10521 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10522
10523 \(fn)" t nil)
10524
10525 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10526 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10527
10528 \(fn)" t nil)
10529
10530 ;;;***
10531 \f
10532 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (20201
10533 ;;;;;; 55112))
10534 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10535
10536 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10537 Filesets initialization.
10538 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10539
10540 \(fn)" nil nil)
10541
10542 ;;;***
10543 \f
10544 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (19845 45374))
10545 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10546
10547 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10548 Initiate the building of a find command.
10549 For example:
10550
10551 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10552 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10553 (mtime \"+1\"))
10554 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10555
10556 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10557 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10558
10559 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10560
10561 ;;;***
10562 \f
10563 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired"
10564 ;;;;;; "find-dired.el" (19980 19797))
10565 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10566
10567 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10568 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10569 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10570
10571 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10572
10573 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10574 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10575
10576 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10577
10578 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10579 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10580 and run dired on those files.
10581 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10582 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10583
10584 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10585
10586 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10587
10588 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10589 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10590 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10591
10592 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10593 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10594
10595 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10596 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10597
10598 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10599
10600 ;;;***
10601 \f
10602 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10603 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10604 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
10605 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10606
10607 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10608 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10609 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10610 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10611 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10612 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10613 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10614
10615 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10616 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10617 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10618
10619 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10620
10621 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10622
10623 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10624
10625 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10626 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10627 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10628
10629 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10630 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10631
10632 Variables of interest include:
10633
10634 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10635 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10636 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10637
10638 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10639 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10640 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10641
10642 - `ff-ignore-include'
10643 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10644
10645 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10646 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10647
10648 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10649 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10650
10651 - `ff-special-constructs'
10652 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10653 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10654 extracting the filename from that construct.
10655
10656 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10657 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10658
10659 - `ff-search-directories'
10660 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10661 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10662
10663 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10664 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10665
10666 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10667 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10668
10669 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10670 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10671
10672 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10673 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10674
10675 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10676 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10677
10678 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10679
10680 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10681 Visit the file you click on.
10682
10683 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10684
10685 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10686 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10687
10688 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10689
10690 ;;;***
10691 \f
10692 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10693 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10694 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10695 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10696 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10697 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10698 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20153 32815))
10699 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10700
10701 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10702 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10703 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10704
10705 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10706
10707 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10708 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10709 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10710 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10711
10712 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10713 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10714 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10715 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10716
10717 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10718
10719 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10720 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10721
10722 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10723 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10724 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10725 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10726
10727 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10728 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10729 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10730
10731 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10732 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10733 in `load-path'.
10734
10735 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10736
10737 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10738 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10739
10740 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10741 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10742 places point before the definition.
10743 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10744
10745 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10746 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10747 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10748
10749 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10750
10751 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10752 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10753
10754 See `find-function' for more details.
10755
10756 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10757
10758 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10759 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10760
10761 See `find-function' for more details.
10762
10763 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10764
10765 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10766 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10767
10768 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10769 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10770 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10771
10772 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10773 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10774
10775 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10776
10777 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10778 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10779
10780 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10781 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10782 places point before the definition.
10783
10784 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10785
10786 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10787 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10788 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10789
10790 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10791
10792 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10793 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10794
10795 See `find-variable' for more details.
10796
10797 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10798
10799 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10800 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10801
10802 See `find-variable' for more details.
10803
10804 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10805
10806 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10807 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10808 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10809 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10810 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10811 buffer nor display it.
10812
10813 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10814 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10815
10816 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10817
10818 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10819 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10820
10821 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10822 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10823 places point before the definition.
10824
10825 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10826
10827 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10828 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10829 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10830
10831 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10832
10833 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10834 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10835 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10836
10837 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10838
10839 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10840 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10841
10842 \(fn)" t nil)
10843
10844 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10845 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10846
10847 \(fn)" t nil)
10848
10849 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10850 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10851
10852 \(fn)" nil nil)
10853
10854 ;;;***
10855 \f
10856 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10857 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (19886 45771))
10858 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10859
10860 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10861 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10862
10863 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10864
10865 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10866 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10867
10868 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10869
10870 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10871 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10872
10873 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10874
10875 ;;;***
10876 \f
10877 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10878 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (19893 19022))
10879 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10880
10881 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10882 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10883
10884 \(fn)" t nil)
10885
10886 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10887 Display FILE's commentary section.
10888 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10889
10890 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10891
10892 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10893 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10894
10895 \(fn)" t nil)
10896
10897 ;;;***
10898 \f
10899 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10900 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (19845 45374))
10901 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10902
10903 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10904 Toggle flow control handling.
10905 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10906 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10907
10908 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10909
10910 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10911 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10912 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10913 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10914 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10915 to get the effect of a C-q.
10916
10917 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10918
10919 ;;;***
10920 \f
10921 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10922 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
10923 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10924
10925 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10926
10927
10928 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10929
10930 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10931
10932
10933 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10934
10935 ;;;***
10936 \f
10937 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-find-file-hook flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on
10938 ;;;;;; flymake-mode) "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (19984 16846))
10939 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10940
10941 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10942 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10943 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10944 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10945
10946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10947
10948 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10949 Turn flymake mode on.
10950
10951 \(fn)" nil nil)
10952
10953 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10954 Turn flymake mode off.
10955
10956 \(fn)" nil nil)
10957
10958 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10959
10960
10961 \(fn)" nil nil)
10962
10963 ;;;***
10964 \f
10965 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10966 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10967 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20174 10230))
10968 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10969
10970 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10971 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10972
10973 \(fn)" t nil)
10974 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
10975
10976 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10977 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
10978 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
10979 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10980 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10981
10982 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
10983 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
10984 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10985
10986 Bindings:
10987 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10988 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10989 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10990 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10991
10992 Hooks:
10993 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10994
10995 Remark:
10996 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10997 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10998 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10999
11000 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11001 consider adding:
11002 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11003 in your .emacs file.
11004
11005 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11006 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11007
11008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11009
11010 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11011 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11012
11013 \(fn)" nil nil)
11014
11015 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11016 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11017
11018 \(fn)" nil nil)
11019
11020 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11021 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11022
11023 \(fn)" nil nil)
11024
11025 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11026 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11027
11028 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11029
11030 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11031 Flyspell whole buffer.
11032
11033 \(fn)" t nil)
11034
11035 ;;;***
11036 \f
11037 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11038 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11039 ;;;;;; (20187 22214))
11040 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11041
11042 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11043 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11044
11045 \(fn)" nil nil)
11046
11047 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11048 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11049
11050 \(fn)" nil nil)
11051
11052 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11053 Toggle Follow mode.
11054 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11055 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11056 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11057
11058 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11059 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11060
11061 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11062 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11063 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11064
11065 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11066 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11067 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11068 movement commands.
11069
11070 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11071 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11072 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11073 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11074 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11075 mileage may vary).
11076
11077 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11078 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11079
11080 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11081
11082 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11083 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11084 \(This is the default.)
11085
11086 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11087
11088 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11089 \\{follow-mode-map}
11090
11091 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11092
11093 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11094 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11095
11096 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11097 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11098 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11099 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11100 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11101 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11102
11103 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11104 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11105 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11106
11107 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11108 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favorite key:
11109 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11110
11111 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11112
11113 ;;;***
11114 \f
11115 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20170
11116 ;;;;;; 13157))
11117 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11118
11119 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11120 Toggle Footnote mode.
11121 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11122 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11123 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11124
11125 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11126 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11127 play around with the following keys:
11128 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11129
11130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11131
11132 ;;;***
11133 \f
11134 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11135 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (20197 58064))
11136 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11137
11138 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11139 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11140
11141 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11142 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11143 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11144 C-c < forms-first-record <
11145 C-c > forms-last-record >
11146 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11147 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11148 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11149 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11150 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11151 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11152 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11153 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11154 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11155 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11156
11157 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11158
11159 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11160 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11161
11162 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11163
11164 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11165 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11166
11167 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11168
11169 ;;;***
11170 \f
11171 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11172 ;;;;;; (20178 7273))
11173 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11174
11175 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11176 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11177 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11178
11179 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11180 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11181
11182 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11183
11184 Key definitions:
11185 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11186
11187 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11188
11189 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11190 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11191 `fortran-do-indent'
11192 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11193 `fortran-if-indent'
11194 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11195 `fortran-structure-indent'
11196 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11197 (default 3)
11198 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11199 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11200 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11201 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11202 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11203 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11204 nil don't change the indentation
11205 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11206 value of either
11207 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11208 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11209 depending on the continuation format in use.
11210 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11211 indentation for a line of code.
11212 (default 'fixed)
11213 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11214 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11215 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11216 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11217 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11218 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11219 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11220 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11221 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11222 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11223 column 5.
11224 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11225 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11226 statements (default nil).
11227 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11228 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11229 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11230 `fortran-continuation-string'
11231 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11232 line (default \"$\").
11233 `fortran-comment-region'
11234 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11235 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11236 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11237 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11238 as typed (default t).
11239 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11240 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11241
11242 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11243 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11244
11245 \(fn)" t nil)
11246
11247 ;;;***
11248 \f
11249 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11250 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20165 31925))
11251 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11252
11253 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11254 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11255
11256 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11257 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11258
11259 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11260
11261 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11262 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11263
11264 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11265 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11266
11267 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11268
11269 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11270 Compile fortune file.
11271
11272 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11273 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11274
11275 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11276
11277 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11278 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11279
11280 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11281 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11282 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11283 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11284
11285 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11286
11287 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11288 Display a fortune cookie.
11289 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11290 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11291 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11292 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11293
11294 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11295
11296 ;;;***
11297 \f
11298 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
11299 ;;;;;; (20218 64194))
11300 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11301
11302 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11303 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11304
11305 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" t)
11306
11307 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11308 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11309 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11310 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11311
11312 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11313 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11314 executable followed by command-line options. The command-line
11315 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11316 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11317
11318 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11319 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11320 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11321 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11322
11323 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11324 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11325 shown in some of the buffers.
11326
11327 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11328
11329 The following commands help control operation :
11330
11331 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11332 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11333
11334 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11335 detailed description of this mode.
11336
11337
11338 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11339 | GDB Toolbar |
11340 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11341 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11342 | | |
11343 | | |
11344 | | |
11345 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11346 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11347 | | (comint-mode) |
11348 | | |
11349 | | |
11350 | | |
11351 | | |
11352 | | |
11353 | | |
11354 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11355 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11356 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11357 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11358 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11359 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11360
11361 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11362
11363 ;;;***
11364 \f
11365 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11366 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (19845
11367 ;;;;;; 45374))
11368 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11369
11370 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11371 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11372 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11373 instead (which see).")
11374
11375 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11376 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11377
11378 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11379 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11380 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11381 documentation string instead.
11382
11383 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11384 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11385 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11386 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11387 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11388 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11389 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11390 enders are actually possible.
11391
11392 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11393 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11394
11395 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11396 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11397 `font-lock-keywords'.
11398
11399 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11400 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11401 runs the macro expansion.
11402
11403 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11404 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11405 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11406
11407 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11408
11409 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11410
11411 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11412
11413 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11414 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11415
11416 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11417
11418 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11419 Enter generic mode MODE.
11420
11421 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11422 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11423 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11424
11425 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11426 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11427
11428 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11429
11430 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11431 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11432 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11433 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11434 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11435 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11436 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11437 `font-lock-keywords'.
11438
11439 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11440
11441 ;;;***
11442 \f
11443 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11444 ;;;;;; (19906 31087))
11445 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11446
11447 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11448 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11449 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11450 at places they belong to.
11451
11452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11453
11454 ;;;***
11455 \f
11456 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11457 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11458 ;;;;;; (20175 31160))
11459 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11460
11461 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11462 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11463 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11464
11465 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11466
11467 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11468 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11469
11470 Guideline for numbers:
11471 1 - error messages
11472 3 - non-serious error messages
11473 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11474 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11475 9 - messages inside loops.
11476
11477 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11478
11479 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11480 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11481 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11482
11483 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11484
11485 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11486 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11487
11488 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11489
11490 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11491 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11492
11493 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11494 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11495 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11496 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11497 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11498 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11499
11500 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11501 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11502 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11503 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11504 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11505
11506 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11507
11508 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11509
11510 ;;;***
11511 \f
11512 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11513 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (20187 22214))
11514 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11515 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11516 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11517
11518 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11519 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11520
11521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11522
11523 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11524 Read network news.
11525 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11526 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11527 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11528 name of an NNTP server to use.
11529 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11530 server.
11531
11532 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11533
11534 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11535 Read news as a slave.
11536
11537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11538
11539 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11540 Pop up a frame to read news.
11541 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11542 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11543 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11544 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11545 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11546 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11547 current display is used.
11548
11549 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11550
11551 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11552 Read network news.
11553 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11554 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11555 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11556
11557 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11558
11559 ;;;***
11560 \f
11561 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11562 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11563 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11564 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11565 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11566 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (20221 40442))
11567 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11568
11569 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11570 Start Gnus unplugged.
11571
11572 \(fn)" t nil)
11573
11574 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11575 Start Gnus plugged.
11576
11577 \(fn)" t nil)
11578
11579 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11580 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11581
11582 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11583
11584 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11585 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11586
11587 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11588 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11589 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11590
11591 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11592 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11593 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11594
11595 \(fn)" t nil)
11596
11597 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11598 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11599
11600 \(fn)" nil nil)
11601
11602 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11603 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11604 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11605 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11606 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11607 supported.
11608
11609 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11610
11611 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11612 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11613 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11614 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11615 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11616 supported.
11617
11618 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11619
11620 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11621 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11622
11623 \(fn)" nil nil)
11624
11625 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11626 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11627 downloaded into the agent.
11628
11629 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11630
11631 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11632 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11633 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11634 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11635
11636 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11637
11638 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11639 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11640
11641 \(fn)" t nil)
11642
11643 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11644 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11645
11646 \(fn)" t nil)
11647
11648 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11649 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11650 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11651
11652 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11653
11654 ;;;***
11655 \f
11656 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11657 ;;;;;; (20207 7484))
11658 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11659
11660 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11661 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11662
11663 \(fn)" nil nil)
11664
11665 ;;;***
11666 \f
11667 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11668 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (19845 45374))
11669 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11670
11671 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11672 Set a bookmark for this article.
11673
11674 \(fn)" t nil)
11675
11676 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11677 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11678
11679 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11680
11681 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11682 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11683 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11684 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11685 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11686
11687 \(fn)" t nil)
11688
11689 ;;;***
11690 \f
11691 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11692 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11693 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (19845
11694 ;;;;;; 45374))
11695 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11696
11697 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11698 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11699
11700 Usage:
11701 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11702
11703 \(fn)" t nil)
11704
11705 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11706 Generate the cache active file.
11707
11708 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11709
11710 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11711 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11712
11713 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11714
11715 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11716 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11717 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11718 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11719 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11720 supported.
11721
11722 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11723
11724 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11725 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11726 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11727 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11728 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11729 supported.
11730
11731 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11732
11733 ;;;***
11734 \f
11735 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11736 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (19931 11784))
11737 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11738
11739 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11740 Delay this article by some time.
11741 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11742
11743 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11744 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11745
11746 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11747 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11748
11749 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11750 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11751
11752 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11753
11754 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11755 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11756
11757 \(fn)" t nil)
11758
11759 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11760 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11761 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11762 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11763
11764 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11765 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11766
11767 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11768
11769 ;;;***
11770 \f
11771 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11772 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20161 45793))
11773 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11774
11775 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11776
11777
11778 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11779
11780 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11781
11782
11783 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11784
11785 ;;;***
11786 \f
11787 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11788 ;;;;;; (20167 36967))
11789 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11790
11791 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11792 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11793
11794 \(fn)" t nil)
11795
11796 ;;;***
11797 \f
11798 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11799 ;;;;;; (19981 40664))
11800 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11801
11802 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11803 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11804
11805 \(fn)" t nil)
11806
11807 ;;;***
11808 \f
11809 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11810 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11811 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20187
11812 ;;;;;; 22214))
11813 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11814
11815 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11816 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11817
11818 \(fn)" t nil)
11819
11820 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11821 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11822
11823 \(fn)" t nil)
11824
11825 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11826 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11827
11828 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11829 different input formats.
11830
11831 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11832
11833 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11834 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11835
11836 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11837 different input formats.
11838
11839 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11840
11841 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11842 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11843 The PNG is returned as a string.
11844
11845 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11846
11847 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11848 Convert FILE to a Face.
11849 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11850 726 bytes.
11851
11852 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11853
11854 ;;;***
11855 \f
11856 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
11857 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (19845 45374))
11858 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
11859
11860 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11861 Display gravatar in the From header.
11862 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
11863
11864 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11865
11866 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11867 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
11868 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
11869
11870 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11871
11872 ;;;***
11873 \f
11874 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11875 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (20201 55112))
11876 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11877
11878 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11879 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11880 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11881 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11882
11883 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11884
11885 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11886 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11887
11888 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11889
11890 ;;;***
11891 \f
11892 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
11893 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (20050 11479))
11894 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
11895
11896 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
11897
11898
11899 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
11900
11901 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
11902
11903
11904 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
11905
11906 ;;;***
11907 \f
11908 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11909 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11910 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11911
11912 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11913
11914 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11915 Run batched scoring.
11916 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11917
11918 \(fn)" t nil)
11919
11920 ;;;***
11921 \f
11922 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11923 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11924 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11925 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11926
11927 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11928
11929
11930 \(fn)" nil nil)
11931
11932 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
11933 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11934 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11935
11936 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11937
11938 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11939 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11940
11941 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11942
11943 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11944
11945 ;;;***
11946 \f
11947 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11948 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11949 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
11950 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11951
11952 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
11953 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11954 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11955 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11956 group parameters.
11957
11958 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11959 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11960 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11961 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11962
11963 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11964 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11965 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11966 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11967 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11968 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11969 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11970 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11971 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11972 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11973
11974 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11975
11976 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
11977 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11978 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11979 nil CATCH-ALL).
11980
11981 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
11982 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
11983
11984 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11985
11986 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
11987 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11988 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11989
11990 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
11991
11992 \(fn)" nil nil)
11993
11994 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
11995 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11996 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11997
11998 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11999
12000 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12001 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12002 existing groups are considered.
12003
12004 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12005 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12006 returned.
12007
12008 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12009 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12010 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12011 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12012 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12013 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12014 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12015 clauses will be generated.
12016
12017 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12018 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12019 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12020 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12021 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12022 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12023
12024 For example, given the following group parameters:
12025
12026 nnml:mail.bar:
12027 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12028 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12029 nnml:mail.foo:
12030 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12031 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12032 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12033 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12034 nnml:mail.others:
12035 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12036
12037 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12038
12039 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12040 \"mail.bar\")
12041 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12042 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12043 \"mail.others\")
12044
12045 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12046
12047 ;;;***
12048 \f
12049 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12050 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20207 7484))
12051 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12052
12053 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12054 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12055 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12056 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12057
12058 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12059
12060 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12061 Mail to ADDRESS.
12062
12063 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12064
12065 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12066 Like `message-reply'.
12067
12068 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12069
12070 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12071
12072 ;;;***
12073 \f
12074 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12075 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12076 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
12077 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12078
12079 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12080 Display picons in the From header.
12081 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12082
12083 \(fn)" t nil)
12084
12085 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12086 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12087 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12088
12089 \(fn)" t nil)
12090
12091 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12092 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12093 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12094
12095 \(fn)" t nil)
12096
12097 ;;;***
12098 \f
12099 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12100 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12101 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12102 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12103 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (19845 45374))
12104 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12105
12106 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12107 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12108 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12109 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12110
12111 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12112
12113 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12114 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12115 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12116 LIST1 is modified.
12117
12118 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12119
12120 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12121 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12122 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12123
12124 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12125
12126 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12127
12128
12129 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12130
12131 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12132 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12133 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12134
12135 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12136
12137 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12138 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12139 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12140
12141 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12142
12143 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12144
12145 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12146 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12147 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12148
12149 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12150
12151 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12152 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12153 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12154
12155 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12156
12157 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12158 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12159 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12160
12161 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12162
12163 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12164 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12165
12166 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12167
12168 ;;;***
12169 \f
12170 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12171 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20143 51029))
12172 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12173
12174 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12175 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12176
12177 \(fn)" t nil)
12178
12179 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12180 Install the registry hooks.
12181
12182 \(fn)" t nil)
12183
12184 ;;;***
12185 \f
12186 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12187 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (19845
12188 ;;;;;; 45374))
12189 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12190
12191 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12192 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12193 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12194 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12195 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12196 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12197
12198 \(fn)" t nil)
12199
12200 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12201 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12202 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12203 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12204 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12205
12206 \(fn)" t nil)
12207
12208 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12209
12210
12211 \(fn)" t nil)
12212
12213 ;;;***
12214 \f
12215 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12216 ;;;;;; (20207 7484))
12217 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12218
12219 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12220 Update the format specification near point.
12221
12222 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12223
12224 ;;;***
12225 \f
12226 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
12227 ;;;;;; (20176 51947))
12228 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12229
12230 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12231 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12232
12233 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12234
12235 ;;;***
12236 \f
12237 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
12238 ;;;;;; (20222 61246))
12239 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12240
12241 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12242 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12243 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12244
12245 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12246
12247 ;;;***
12248 \f
12249 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
12250 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (19845 45374))
12251 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12252
12253 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12254 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12255
12256 \(fn)" t nil)
12257
12258 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12259 Install the sync hooks.
12260
12261 \(fn)" t nil)
12262
12263 ;;;***
12264 \f
12265 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12266 ;;;;;; (20207 7484))
12267 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12268
12269 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12270 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12271
12272 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12273
12274 ;;;***
12275 \f
12276 ;;;### (autoloads (gnutls-min-prime-bits) "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el"
12277 ;;;;;; (20176 51947))
12278 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12279
12280 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits nil "\
12281 The minimum number of bits to be used in Diffie-Hellman key exchange.
12282
12283 This sets the minimum accepted size of the key to be used in a
12284 client-server handshake. If the server sends a prime with fewer than
12285 the specified number of bits the handshake will fail.
12286
12287 A value of nil says to use the default gnutls value.")
12288
12289 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12290
12291 ;;;***
12292 \f
12293 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (20178 7273))
12294 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12295
12296 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12297 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12298
12299 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12300 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12301 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12302
12303 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12304 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12305 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12306
12307 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12308 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12309
12310 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12311 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12312
12313 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12314
12315 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12316
12317 ;;;***
12318 \f
12319 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12320 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20127
12321 ;;;;;; 62865))
12322 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12323
12324 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12325
12326 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12327 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12328 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12329 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12330 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12331
12332 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12333
12334 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12335 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12336 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12337 or to send e-mail.
12338 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12339 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12340
12341 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12342 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12343
12344 \(fn)" t nil)
12345 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12346
12347 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12348 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12349
12350 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12351
12352 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12353 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12354
12355 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12356
12357 ;;;***
12358 \f
12359 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
12360 ;;;;;; "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (19845 45374))
12361 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12362
12363 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12364 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12365 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12366
12367 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12368
12369 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12370 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12371
12372 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12373
12374 ;;;***
12375 \f
12376 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12377 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12378 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20212 25403))
12379 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12380
12381 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12382 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12383
12384 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12385
12386 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12387 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12388 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12389 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12390 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12391
12392 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12393 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12394 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12395
12396 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12397
12398 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12399 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12400 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12401 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12402 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12403
12404 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12405
12406 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12407 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12408
12409 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12410
12411 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12412 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12413
12414 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12415 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12416 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12417
12418 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12419 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12420 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12421
12422 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12423 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12424 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12425 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12426
12427 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12428 How to invoke find and grep.
12429 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12430 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12431 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12432 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12433
12434 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12435
12436 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12437 History list for grep.")
12438
12439 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12440 History list for grep-find.")
12441
12442 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12443 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12444 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12445
12446 \(fn)" nil nil)
12447
12448 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12449
12450
12451 \(fn)" nil nil)
12452
12453 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12454 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12455
12456 \(fn)" nil nil)
12457
12458 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12459 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12460 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12461 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
12462 found matches.
12463
12464 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12465 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12466
12467 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12468 can easily repeat a grep command.
12469
12470 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12471 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12472 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12473 list is empty).
12474
12475 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12476
12477 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12478 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12479 Collect output in a buffer.
12480 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12481 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12482
12483 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12484 easily repeat a find command.
12485
12486 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12487
12488 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12489
12490 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12491 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12492 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12493 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12494 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12495
12496 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12497 before it is executed.
12498 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12499
12500 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12501 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12502 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12503
12504 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12505
12506 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12507
12508 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12509 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12510 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12511 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12512 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12513
12514 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12515 before it is executed.
12516 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12517
12518 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12519 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12520 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12521
12522 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12523
12524 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12525 to specify a command to run.
12526
12527 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12528
12529 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12530 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12531 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12532 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12533
12534 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12535
12536 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12537
12538 ;;;***
12539 \f
12540 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (20188 43079))
12541 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12542
12543 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12544 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12545 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12546 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12547 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12548
12549 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12550
12551 ;;;***
12552 \f
12553 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12554 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (20215 1592))
12555 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12556
12557 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12558 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12559 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12560 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12561
12562 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12563
12564 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12565 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12566 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12567 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12568
12569 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12570
12571 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12572 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12573 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12574 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12575
12576 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12577
12578 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12579 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12580 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12581 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12582
12583 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12584 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12585
12586 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12587
12588 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12589 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12590 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12591 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12592
12593 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12594
12595 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12596 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12597 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12598 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12599
12600 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12601
12602 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12603 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12604 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12605 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12606 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12607
12608 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12609 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12610 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12611 original source file access method.
12612
12613 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12614 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12615
12616 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12617
12618 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12619 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12620
12621 \(fn)" t nil)
12622
12623 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12624 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12625 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12626 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12627 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12628 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12629
12630 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12631
12632 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12633 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12634 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12635 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12636 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12637
12638 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12639
12640 ;;;***
12641 \f
12642 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (19889
12643 ;;;;;; 21967))
12644 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12645
12646 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12647 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12648 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12649 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12650
12651 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12652 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12653 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12654 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12655
12656 \(fn)" t nil)
12657
12658 ;;;***
12659 \f
12660 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12661 ;;;;;; (19981 40664))
12662 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12663
12664 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12665 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12666
12667 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12668
12669 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12670 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12671 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12672 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12673
12674 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12675
12676 \(fn)" t nil)
12677
12678 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12679 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12680 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12681 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12682 to be updated.
12683
12684 \(fn)" t nil)
12685
12686 ;;;***
12687 \f
12688 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12689 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12690 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (19845 45374))
12691 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12692
12693 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12694 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12695
12696 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12697
12698 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12699 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12700 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12701
12702 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12703
12704 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12705 Verify a hashcash payment
12706
12707 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12708
12709 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12710 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12711 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12712 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12713 `mail-add-payment-async').
12714
12715 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12716
12717 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12718 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12719 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12720 Calculation is asynchronous.
12721
12722 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12723
12724 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12725 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12726 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12727
12728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12729
12730 ;;;***
12731 \f
12732 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12733 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12734 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12735 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (19845 45374))
12736 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12737
12738 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12739 Return the help-echo string at point.
12740 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12741 property, or nil, is returned.
12742 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12743 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12744 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12745
12746 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12747
12748 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12749 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12750 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12751 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12752 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12753
12754 \(fn)" nil nil)
12755
12756 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12757 Display local help in the echo area.
12758 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12759 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12760 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12761 printed instead.
12762
12763 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12764 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12765 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12766
12767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12768
12769 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12770 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12771 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12772
12773 \(fn)" t nil)
12774
12775 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12776 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12777 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12778
12779 \(fn)" t nil)
12780
12781 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12782 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12783 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12784 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12785 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12786 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12787 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12788 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12789 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12790 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12791 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12792
12793 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12794 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12795 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12796 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12797 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12798
12799 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12800 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12801 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12802 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12803 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12804 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12805 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12806 The default is `never'.")
12807
12808 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12809
12810 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12811 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12812 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12813 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12814 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12815 considered different regions.
12816
12817 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12818 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12819 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12820 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12821 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12822 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12823 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12824 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12825 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12826
12827 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12828
12829 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12830 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12831 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12832 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12833 different regions.
12834
12835 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12836 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12837 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12838 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12839 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12840 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12841 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12842 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12843
12844 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12845 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12846 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12847 rarely happens in practice.
12848
12849 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12850
12851 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12852 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12853 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12854 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12855 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12856 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12857
12858 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12859
12860 ;;;***
12861 \f
12862 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
12863 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
12864 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
12865 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20161 45793))
12866 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12867
12868 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12869 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12870
12871 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12872
12873 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12874 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12875 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12876
12877 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12878
12879 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12880 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12881 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12882 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12883 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
12884 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
12885 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12886 search for a function definition.
12887
12888 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12889 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12890 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12891 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12892 suitable file is found, return nil.
12893
12894 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12895
12896 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12897
12898
12899 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12900
12901 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12902 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12903 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12904 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12905
12906 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12907
12908 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12909 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12910 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12911 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12912 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12913 it is displayed along with the global value.
12914
12915 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12916
12917 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12918 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12919 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12920 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12921
12922 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12923
12924 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12925 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12926 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12927 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12928 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12929
12930 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12931
12932 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
12933 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
12934
12935 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12936
12937 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
12938 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
12939
12940 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12941
12942 ;;;***
12943 \f
12944 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12945 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
12946 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12947
12948 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12949 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12950 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12951 window listing and describing the options.
12952 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12953 gives the window that lists the options.")
12954
12955 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12956
12957 ;;;***
12958 \f
12959 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12960 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12961 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (20167
12962 ;;;;;; 36967))
12963 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12964
12965 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
12966 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12967 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12968 Commands:
12969 \\{help-mode-map}
12970
12971 \(fn)" t nil)
12972
12973 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
12974
12975
12976 \(fn)" nil nil)
12977
12978 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
12979
12980
12981 \(fn)" nil nil)
12982
12983 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
12984 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12985
12986 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12987 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12988 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12989 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12990
12991 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12992 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12993 restore it properly when going back.
12994
12995 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12996
12997 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
12998 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
12999 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13000 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13001 from `help-mode'.
13002 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13003 it does not already exist.
13004
13005 \(fn)" nil nil)
13006
13007 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13008 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13009
13010 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13011 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13012 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13013 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13014 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13015 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13016 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13017 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13018
13019 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13020 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13021 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13022 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13023
13024 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13025 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13026 that.
13027
13028 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13029
13030 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13031 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13032 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13033 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13034 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13035 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13036
13037 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13038
13039 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13040 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13041 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13042 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13043 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13044
13045 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13046
13047 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13048 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13049
13050 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13051
13052 ;;;***
13053 \f
13054 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13055 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (19845 45374))
13056 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13057
13058 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13059 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13060
13061 \(fn)" t nil)
13062
13063 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13064 Provide help for current mode.
13065
13066 \(fn)" t nil)
13067
13068 ;;;***
13069 \f
13070 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13071 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (19865 50420))
13072 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13073
13074 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13075 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13076 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13077 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13078 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13079
13080 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13081 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13082
13083 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13084 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13085 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13086 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13087
13088 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13089 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13090 periods.
13091
13092 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13093 in hexl format.
13094
13095 A sample format:
13096
13097 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13098 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13099 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13100 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13101 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13102 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13103 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13104 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13105 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13106 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13107 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13108 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13109 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13110 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13111 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13112
13113 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13114 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13115 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13116
13117 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13118 also supported.
13119
13120 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13121
13122 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13123 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13124 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13125
13126 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13127 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13128 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13129
13130 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13131 into the buffer at the current point.
13132
13133 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13134 into the buffer at the current point.
13135
13136 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13137 into the buffer at the current point.
13138
13139 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13140
13141 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13142 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13143
13144 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13145
13146 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13147
13148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13149
13150 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13151 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13152 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13153 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13154
13155 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13156
13157 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13158 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13159 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13160
13161 \(fn)" t nil)
13162
13163 ;;;***
13164 \f
13165 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13166 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13167 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13168 ;;;;;; (20127 62865))
13169 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13170
13171 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13172 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13173 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13174 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13175 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13176
13177 Issuing one the highlighting commands listed below will
13178 automatically enable Hi Lock mode. To enable Hi Lock mode in all
13179 buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode' or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1)
13180 to your init file. When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp
13181 Highlighting\" submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The
13182 commands in the submenu, which can be called interactively, are:
13183
13184 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13185 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13186
13187 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13188 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13189 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13190 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13191
13192 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13193 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13194
13195 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13196 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13197
13198 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13199 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13200 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13201 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13202 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13203 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13204 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13205 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13206 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13207 function returns t.
13208
13209 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13210 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13211
13212 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13213 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13214 form:
13215 Hi-lock: FOO
13216 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13217 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13218 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13219 Patterns will be read until
13220 Hi-lock: end
13221 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13222
13223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13224
13225 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13226 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13227 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13228 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13229 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13230 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13231
13232 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13233
13234 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13235 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13236 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13237 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13238 ARG is omitted or nil.
13239
13240 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13241 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13242 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13243
13244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13245
13246 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13247
13248 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13249 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13250
13251 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13252 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13253 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13254 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13255 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13256
13257 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13258
13259 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13260
13261 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13262 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13263
13264 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13265 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13266 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13267 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13268 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13269
13270 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13271
13272 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13273
13274 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13275 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13276
13277 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13278 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13279
13280 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13281
13282 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13283
13284 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13285 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13286
13287 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13288 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13289 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13290 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13291 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13292
13293 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13294
13295 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13296 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13297
13298 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13299 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13300 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13301
13302 \(fn)" t nil)
13303
13304 ;;;***
13305 \f
13306 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13307 ;;;;;; (20197 58064))
13308 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13309
13310 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13311 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13312 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13313 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13314 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13315
13316 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13317 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13318 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13319 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13320
13321 `hide-ifdef-env'
13322 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13323 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13324 is used.
13325
13326 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13327 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13328 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13329 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13330 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13331
13332 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13333 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13334 #endif lines when hiding.
13335
13336 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13337 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13338 is activated.
13339
13340 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13341 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13342 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13343
13344 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13345
13346 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13347
13348 ;;;***
13349 \f
13350 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13351 ;;;;;; (20172 54913))
13352 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13353
13354 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13355 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13356 Each element has the form
13357 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13358
13359 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13360 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13361
13362 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13363 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13364
13365 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13366 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13367 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13368 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13369 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13370 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13371
13372 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13373 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13374
13375 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13376 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13377
13378 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13379 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13380 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13381
13382 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13383 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13384 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13385 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13386 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13387
13388 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13389 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13390 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13391
13392 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13393 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13394
13395 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13396
13397 Key bindings:
13398 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13399
13400 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13401
13402 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13403 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13404
13405 \(fn)" nil nil)
13406
13407 ;;;***
13408 \f
13409 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13410 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13411 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13412 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13413 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20188
13414 ;;;;;; 43079))
13415 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13416
13417 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13418 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13419 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13420 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13421 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13422
13423 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13424 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13425 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles
13426 this on and off.
13427
13428 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13429 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13430 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13431 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13432 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13433 through various faces.
13434 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13435 buffer with the contents of a file
13436 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13437
13438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13439
13440 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13441 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13442 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13443 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13444 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13445
13446 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13447 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13448 in a distinctive face.
13449
13450 The default value can be customized with variable
13451 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13452
13453 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13454
13455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13456
13457 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13458 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13459 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13460
13461 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13462
13463 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13464 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13465
13466 \(fn)" t nil)
13467
13468 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13469 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13470
13471 \(fn)" t nil)
13472
13473 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13474 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13475
13476 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13477 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13478 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13479 shown in the last face in the list.
13480
13481 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13482 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13483 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13484
13485 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13486
13487 \(fn)" t nil)
13488
13489 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13490 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13491
13492 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13493
13494 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13495 to save the file.
13496
13497 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13498 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13499
13500 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13501 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13502 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13503
13504 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13505
13506 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13507 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13508
13509 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13510 this function is called interactively.
13511
13512 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13513 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13514 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13515
13516 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13517 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13518 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13519
13520 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13521
13522 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13523 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13524 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13525 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13526 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13527 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13528
13529 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13530
13531 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13532 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13533 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13534 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13535 ARG is omitted or nil.
13536
13537 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13538 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13539 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13540
13541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13542
13543 ;;;***
13544 \f
13545 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13546 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13547 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13548 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13549 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (20167 36967))
13550 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13551
13552 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13553 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13554 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13555 or insert functions in this list.")
13556
13557 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13558
13559 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13560 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13561
13562 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13563
13564 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13565 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13566
13567 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13568
13569 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13570 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13571
13572 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13573
13574 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13575 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13576
13577 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13578
13579 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13580 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13581 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13582
13583 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13584
13585 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode) "\
13586 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13587 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13588 \(as atoms)")
13589
13590 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13591
13592 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13593 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13594 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13595 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13596 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13597
13598 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13599
13600 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13601 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13602 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13603 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13604 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13605 expansions.
13606 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13607 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13608 undoes the expansion.
13609
13610 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13611
13612 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13613 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13614 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13615 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13616
13617 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13618
13619 ;;;***
13620 \f
13621 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13622 ;;;;;; (20127 62865))
13623 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13624
13625 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13626 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13627 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13628 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13629 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13630
13631 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13632 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13633 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13634 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13635 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13636 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13637
13638 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13639 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13640 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13641 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13642
13643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13644
13645 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13646 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13647 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13648 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13649 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13650 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13651
13652 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13653
13654 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13655 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13656 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13657 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13658 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13659
13660 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13661 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13662 windows.
13663
13664 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13665 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13666
13667 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13668
13669 ;;;***
13670 \f
13671 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13672 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13673 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13674 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13675 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (20209 49217))
13676 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13677
13678 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13679
13680 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13681 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13682 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13683
13684 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13685
13686 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13687
13688 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13689
13690 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13691 Oriental holidays.
13692 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13693
13694 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13695
13696 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13697
13698 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13699
13700 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13701 Local holidays.
13702 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13703
13704 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13705
13706 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13707
13708 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13709
13710 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13711 User defined holidays.
13712 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13713
13714 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13715
13716 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13717
13718 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13719 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13720
13721 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13722
13723 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13724 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13725
13726 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13727
13728 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13729 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13730
13731 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13732
13733 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13734 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13735
13736 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13737
13738 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13739
13740 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13741 Jewish holidays.
13742 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13743
13744 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13745
13746 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13747
13748 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13749
13750 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13751 Christian holidays.
13752 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13753
13754 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13755
13756 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13757
13758 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13759
13760 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13761 Islamic holidays.
13762 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13763
13764 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13765
13766 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13767
13768 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13769
13770 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))))) "\
13771 Baha'i holidays.
13772 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13773
13774 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13775
13776 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13777
13778 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13779
13780 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
13781 Sun-related holidays.
13782 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13783
13784 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13785
13786 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13787
13788 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13789
13790 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13791 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13792 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13793 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13794
13795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13796
13797 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13798 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13799 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13800 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13801 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13802
13803 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13804 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13805
13806 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13807 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13808
13809 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13810 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13811 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13812 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13813 of a holiday list.
13814
13815 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13816
13817 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13818
13819 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13820
13821 ;;;***
13822 \f
13823 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20164
13824 ;;;;;; 60780))
13825 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13826
13827 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13828 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13829
13830 \(fn)" t nil)
13831
13832 ;;;***
13833 \f
13834 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
13835 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (20188 43079))
13836 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
13837
13838 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
13839 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
13840 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
13841 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
13842 as possible.
13843
13844 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
13845 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
13846 fontified display.
13847
13848 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
13849 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
13850
13851 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
13852 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
13853 hyperlinks as appropriate.
13854
13855 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
13856
13857 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
13858 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
13859 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
13860
13861 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
13862
13863 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
13864
13865 ;;;***
13866 \f
13867 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13868 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (19845
13869 ;;;;;; 45374))
13870 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13871
13872 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
13873 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13874
13875 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13876 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13877 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13878
13879 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13880 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13881 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13882 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13883 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13884 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13885
13886 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13887 title of the column.
13888
13889 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13890 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13891 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13892 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13893 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13894
13895 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13896
13897 (put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
13898
13899 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
13900 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13901 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13902 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13903 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13904
13905 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13906 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13907 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13908
13909 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13910
13911 (put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13912
13913 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
13914 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13915 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13916 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13917 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13918 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13919
13920 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13921 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13922 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13923 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13924 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13925 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13926 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13927 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13928 values are:
13929 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13930 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13931 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13932 buffer's modification flag.
13933 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13934 prompted before performing this operation.
13935 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13936 operation is complete, in the form:
13937 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13938 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13939 confirmation message, in the form:
13940 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13941 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13942 macro for exactly what it does.
13943
13944 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13945
13946 (put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13947
13948 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
13949 Define a filter named NAME.
13950 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13951 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13952 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13953
13954 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13955 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13956 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13957 bound to the current value of the filter.
13958
13959 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13960
13961 (put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13962
13963 ;;;***
13964 \f
13965 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13966 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (20197 58671))
13967 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13968
13969 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
13970 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13971 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13972 buffers which are visiting a file.
13973
13974 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13975
13976 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
13977 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13978 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13979 buffers which are visiting a file.
13980
13981 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13982
13983 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
13984 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13985 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13986
13987 All arguments are optional.
13988 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13989 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13990 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13991 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13992 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13993 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13994 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13995 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13996 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13997 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13998 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13999 that value locally in this buffer.
14000
14001 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14002
14003 ;;;***
14004 \f
14005 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14006 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14007 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (20164 29468))
14008 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14009
14010 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14011 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14012 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14013 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14014
14015 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14016
14017 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14018 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14019 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14020 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14021 ICAL-FILENAME.
14022 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14023 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14024 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14025
14026 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14027
14028 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14029 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14030 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14031 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14032 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14033 non-marking or not.
14034
14035 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14036
14037 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14038 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14039
14040 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14041 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14042 DIARY-FILE.
14043
14044 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14045 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14046 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14047
14048 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14049 non-marking.
14050
14051 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14052 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14053 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14054
14055 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14056
14057 ;;;***
14058 \f
14059 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (20127
14060 ;;;;;; 62865))
14061 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14062
14063 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14064 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14065 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14066 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14067 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14068 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14069
14070 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14071
14072 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14073 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14074 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14075 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14076 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14077
14078 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14079
14080 ;;;***
14081 \f
14082 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (19890 42850))
14083 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14084
14085 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14086 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14087 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14088 Tab indents for Icon code.
14089 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14090 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14091 \\{icon-mode-map}
14092 Variables controlling indentation style:
14093 icon-tab-always-indent
14094 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14095 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14096 icon-auto-newline
14097 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14098 inserted in Icon code.
14099 icon-indent-level
14100 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14101 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14102 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14103 icon-continued-statement-offset
14104 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14105 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14106 icon-continued-brace-offset
14107 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14108 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14109 icon-brace-offset
14110 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14111 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14112 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14113 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14114
14115 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14116 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14117
14118 \(fn)" t nil)
14119
14120 ;;;***
14121 \f
14122 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14123 ;;;;;; (20178 7273))
14124 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14125
14126 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14127 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14128 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14129 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14130
14131 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14132 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14133 separate frames.
14134
14135 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14136 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14137
14138 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14139 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14140 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14141
14142 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14143
14144 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14145
14146 ;;;***
14147 \f
14148 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14149 ;;;;;; (20221 40442))
14150 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14151
14152 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14153 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14154
14155 The main features of this mode are
14156
14157 1. Indentation and Formatting
14158 --------------------------
14159 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14160 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14161
14162 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14163 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14164 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14165 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14166
14167 Comments are indented as follows:
14168
14169 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14170 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14171 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14172
14173 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14174
14175 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14176 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14177 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14178 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14179 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14180 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14181
14182 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14183 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14184 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14185 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14186
14187 2. Routine Info
14188 ------------
14189 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14190 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14191 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14192 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14193 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14194 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14195 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14196 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14197 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14198 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14199
14200 3. Online IDL Help
14201 ---------------
14202
14203 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14204 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14205 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14206 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14207
14208 4. Completion
14209 ----------
14210 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14211 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14212 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14213 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14214 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14215 upper case.
14216
14217 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14218 --------------------------------
14219 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14220 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14221
14222 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14223 \\fu FUNCTION template
14224 \\c CASE statement template
14225 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14226 \\f FOR loop template
14227 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14228 \\w WHILE loop template
14229 \\i IF statement template
14230 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14231 \\b BEGIN
14232
14233 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14234 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14235
14236 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14237 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14238 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14239 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14240
14241 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14242 -------------------------
14243 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14244 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14245
14246 7. Automatic END completion
14247 ------------------------
14248 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14249 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14250
14251 8. Hooks
14252 -----
14253 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14254 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14255
14256 9. Documentation and Customization
14257 -------------------------------
14258 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14259 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14260 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14261 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14262 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14263
14264 10.Keybindings
14265 -----------
14266 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14267 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14268 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14269
14270 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14271
14272 \(fn)" t nil)
14273
14274 ;;;***
14275 \f
14276 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14277 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14278 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14279 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14280 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14281 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14282 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14283 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (20203
14284 ;;;;;; 10426))
14285 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14286
14287 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14288 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14289 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14290 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14291 displaying...)
14292 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14293 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14294 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14295
14296 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14297 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14298
14299 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14300
14301 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14302 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14303 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14304 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14305 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14306 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14307 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14308 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14309 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14310
14311 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14312
14313 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14314 Switch to another buffer.
14315 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14316 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14317 in another frame.
14318
14319 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14320 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14321 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14322 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14323 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14324
14325 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14326 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14327
14328 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14329 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14330
14331 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14332 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14333 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14334 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14335 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14336 in a separate window.
14337 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14338 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14339 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14340 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14341 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14342 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14343 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14344 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14345 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14346
14347 \(fn)" t nil)
14348
14349 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14350 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14351 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14352 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14353
14354 \(fn)" t nil)
14355
14356 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14357 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14358 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14359 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14360
14361 \(fn)" t nil)
14362
14363 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14364 Kill a buffer.
14365 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14366 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14367
14368 \(fn)" t nil)
14369
14370 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14371 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14372 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14373 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14374
14375 \(fn)" t nil)
14376
14377 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14378 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14379 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14380 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14381
14382 \(fn)" t nil)
14383
14384 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14385 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14386
14387 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14388
14389 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14390 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14391 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14392 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14393 visible in another frame.
14394
14395 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14396 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14397 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14398 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14399 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14400 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14401
14402 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14403 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14404
14405 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14406 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14407
14408 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14409 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14410 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14411 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14412 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14413 in a separate window.
14414 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14415 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14416 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14417 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14418 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14419 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14420 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14421 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14422 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14423 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14424 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14425 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14426 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14427 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14428 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14429
14430 \(fn)" t nil)
14431
14432 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14433 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14434 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14435 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14436
14437 \(fn)" t nil)
14438
14439 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14440 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14441 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14442 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14443
14444 \(fn)" t nil)
14445
14446 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14447 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14448 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14449 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14450
14451 \(fn)" t nil)
14452
14453 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14454 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14455 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14456 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14457
14458 \(fn)" t nil)
14459
14460 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14461 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14462 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14463 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14464
14465 \(fn)" t nil)
14466
14467 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14468 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14469 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14470 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14471
14472 \(fn)" t nil)
14473
14474 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14475 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14476 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14477 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14478
14479 \(fn)" t nil)
14480
14481 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14482 Write current buffer to a file.
14483 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14484 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14485
14486 \(fn)" t nil)
14487
14488 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14489 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14490 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14491 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14492
14493 \(fn)" t nil)
14494
14495 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14496 Call `dired' the ido way.
14497 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14498 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14499
14500 \(fn)" t nil)
14501
14502 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14503 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14504 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14505 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14506 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14507 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14508
14509 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14510
14511 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14512 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14513 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14514 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14515
14516 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14517
14518 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14519 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14520 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14521 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14522
14523 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14524
14525 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14526 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14527 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14528 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14529 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14530 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14531 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14532 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14533 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14534 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14535 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14536 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14537 with point positioned at the end.
14538 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14539 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14540
14541 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14542
14543 ;;;***
14544 \f
14545 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (20077 56412))
14546 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14547
14548 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14549 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14550 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14551
14552 \(fn)" t nil)
14553
14554 ;;;***
14555 \f
14556 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (19845 45374))
14557 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14558
14559 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14560
14561 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14562 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14563
14564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14565
14566 ;;;***
14567 \f
14568 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types defimage find-image
14569 ;;;;;; remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image
14570 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14571 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14572 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14573 ;;;;;; (20084 29660))
14574 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14575
14576 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14577 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14578 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14579 be determined.
14580
14581 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14582
14583 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14584 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14585 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14586 be determined.
14587
14588 \(fn)" nil nil)
14589
14590 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14591 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14592 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14593 be determined.
14594
14595 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14596
14597 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14598 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14599 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14600 be determined.
14601
14602 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14603
14604 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14605 Determine and return image type.
14606 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14607 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14608 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14609 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14610 use its file extension as image type.
14611 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14612
14613 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14614
14615 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14616 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14617 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14618
14619 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14620
14621 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14622 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14623 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14624
14625 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14626 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14627 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14628 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14629 must be available.
14630
14631 \(fn)" nil nil)
14632
14633 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14634 Create an image.
14635 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14636 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14637 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14638 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14639 use its file extension as image type.
14640 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14641 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14642 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14643 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14644
14645 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14646
14647 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14648 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14649 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14650
14651 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14652
14653 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14654 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14655 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14656 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14657 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14658 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14659 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14660 POS may be an integer or marker.
14661 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14662 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14663 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14664 means display it in the right marginal area.
14665
14666 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14667
14668 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14669 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14670 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14671 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14672 defaults to the empty string if you omit it.
14673 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14674 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14675 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14676 means display it in the right marginal area.
14677 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14678 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14679 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14680 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14681 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14682
14683 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14684
14685 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14686 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14687 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14688 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14689 defaulted if you omit it.
14690 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14691 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14692 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14693 means display it in the right marginal area.
14694 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14695
14696 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14697
14698 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14699 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14700 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14701 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14702
14703 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14704
14705 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14706 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14707
14708 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14709
14710 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14711 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14712 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14713 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14714 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14715 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14716 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14717 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14718 satisfied.
14719
14720 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14721
14722 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14723
14724 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14725
14726 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14727 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14728
14729 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14730 documentation string.
14731
14732 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14733 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14734 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14735 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14736 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14737 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14738 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14739 define SYMBOL.
14740
14741 Example:
14742
14743 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14744 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14745
14746 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14747
14748 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
14749
14750 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
14751 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
14752 This adds the file types returned by `imagemagick-types'
14753 \(excluding the ones in `imagemagick-types-inhibit') to
14754 `auto-mode-alist' and `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that
14755 Emacs visits them in Image mode.
14756
14757 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, do nothing.
14758
14759 \(fn)" nil nil)
14760
14761 ;;;***
14762 \f
14763 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14764 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14765 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14766 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14767 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14768 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14769 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
14770 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20168 57844))
14771 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14772
14773 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14774 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
14775 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
14776 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
14777 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
14778 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
14779
14780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14781
14782 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
14783 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14784
14785 Convenience command that:
14786
14787 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14788 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14789 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14790
14791 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14792 image files in dired and type
14793 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14794
14795 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14796
14797 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14798 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14799
14800 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
14801
14802 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14803 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14804 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14805 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14806 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14807 another one).
14808
14809 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14810 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14811 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14812
14813 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14814 instead of erasing it first.
14815
14816 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14817 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14818 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14819 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14820 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14821 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14822
14823 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
14824
14825 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
14826 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14827 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14828 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14829 displayed.
14830
14831 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14832
14833 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14834
14835 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14836
14837 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
14838 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14839
14840 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14841
14842 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
14843 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14844 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14845
14846 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14847
14848 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
14849 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14850
14851 \(fn)" t nil)
14852
14853 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
14854 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14855 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14856 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14857
14858 \(fn)" t nil)
14859
14860 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
14861 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14862
14863 \(fn)" t nil)
14864
14865 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
14866 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14867
14868 \(fn)" t nil)
14869
14870 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
14871 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14872
14873 \(fn)" t nil)
14874
14875 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
14876 Display current image file.
14877 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14878 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14879
14880 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14881
14882 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
14883 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14884
14885 \(fn)" t nil)
14886
14887 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
14888 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14889 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14890 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14891 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14892 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14893 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14894
14895 \(fn)" t nil)
14896
14897 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
14898 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14899 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14900 easy-to-use form.
14901
14902 \(fn)" t nil)
14903
14904 ;;;***
14905 \f
14906 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14907 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14908 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (20127 62865))
14909 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14910
14911 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
14912 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14913 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14914 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14915
14916 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14917 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14918 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14919 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14920
14921 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
14922
14923 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14924 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14925 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14926 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14927
14928 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14929 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14930 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14931 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14932
14933 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
14934
14935 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
14936 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14937
14938 \(fn)" nil nil)
14939
14940 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
14941 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14942 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14943 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14944
14945 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14946
14947 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14948 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14949 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14950 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14951 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14952 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14953
14954 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
14955
14956 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
14957 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
14958 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
14959 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14960 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14961
14962 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
14963 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14964 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14965
14966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14967
14968 ;;;***
14969 \f
14970 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
14971 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (20160 63745))
14972 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14973
14974 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
14975 Major mode for image files.
14976 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14977 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14978
14979 \(fn)" t nil)
14980
14981 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
14982 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
14983 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
14984 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14985 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14986
14987 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
14988 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
14989 actual image.
14990
14991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14992
14993 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
14994 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
14995 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
14996 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
14997 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14998 to display an image file as the actual image.
14999
15000 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15001 to display an image file as text initially.
15002
15003 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15004 on these modes.
15005
15006 \(fn)" t nil)
15007
15008 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15009
15010
15011 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15012
15013 ;;;***
15014 \f
15015 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15016 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (19845 45374))
15017 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15018
15019 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15020 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15021
15022 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15023
15024 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15025 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15026 in the buffer.
15027
15028 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15029
15030 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15031 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15032 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15033
15034 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15035
15036 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15037 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15038
15039 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15040 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15041 pattern's structure.
15042
15043 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15044 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15045 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15046 during matching.")
15047 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15048
15049 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15050
15051 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15052 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15053
15054 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15055 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15056 called within a `save-excursion'.
15057
15058 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15059
15060 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15061
15062 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15063 Function for finding the next index position.
15064
15065 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15066 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15067 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15068 file.
15069
15070 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15071 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15072
15073 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15074
15075 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15076 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15077
15078 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15079 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15080 It should return the name for that index item.")
15081
15082 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15083
15084 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15085 Function to compare string with index item.
15086
15087 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15088 non-nil if they match.
15089
15090 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15091 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15092 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15093 arguments match\".")
15094
15095 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15096
15097 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15098 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15099 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15100
15101 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15102 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15103
15104 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15105
15106 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15107
15108 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15109 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15110 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15111 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15112
15113 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15114
15115 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15116 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15117
15118 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15119
15120 \(fn)" t nil)
15121
15122 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15123 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15124 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15125 for more information.
15126
15127 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15128
15129 ;;;***
15130 \f
15131 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15132 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15133 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20097 41737))
15134 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15135
15136 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15137 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15138
15139 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15140
15141 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15142
15143
15144 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15145
15146 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15147
15148
15149 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15150
15151 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15152
15153
15154 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15155
15156 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15157 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15158
15159 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15160
15161 ;;;***
15162 \f
15163 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15164 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15165 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (20197 58064))
15166 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15167
15168 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp (purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
15169 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15170 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15171 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15172 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15173
15174 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
15175
15176 (defvar inferior-lisp-program (purecopy "lisp") "\
15177 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15178
15179 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
15180
15181 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command (purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
15182 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15183 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15184 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15185 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15186 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15187 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15188 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15189
15190 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
15191
15192 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt (purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
15193 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15194 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15195 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15196 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15197
15198 This variable is only used if the variable
15199 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15200
15201 More precise choices:
15202 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15203 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15204 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15205
15206 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15207
15208 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
15209
15210 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
15211 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
15212
15213 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15214 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15215 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15216 to that buffer.
15217 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15218 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15219 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15220 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15221
15222 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15223
15224 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15225
15226 ;;;***
15227 \f
15228 ;;;### (autoloads (info-display-manual Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser
15229 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
15230 ;;;;;; Info-mode info-finder info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
15231 ;;;;;; Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15232 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (20184 46008))
15233 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15234
15235 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15236 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15237
15238 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15239 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15240
15241 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15242 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15243 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15244 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15245 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15246 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15247 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15248 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15249 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15250 with the top-level Info directory.
15251
15252 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15253 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15254 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15255 appended to the Info buffer name.
15256
15257 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15258 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15259 in all the directories in that path.
15260
15261 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15262
15263 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15264
15265 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15266 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15267
15268 \(fn)" t nil)
15269
15270 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15271 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15272 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15273 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15274
15275 \(fn)" nil nil)
15276
15277 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15278 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15279 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15280 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15281
15282 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15283
15284 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15285 Go to the Info directory node.
15286
15287 \(fn)" t nil)
15288
15289 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15290 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15291 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15292 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15293 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15294 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15295
15296 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15297
15298 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15299 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15300 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15301
15302 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15303
15304 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15305 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15306 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15307 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15308 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15309
15310 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15311
15312 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15313 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15314 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15315 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15316 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15317
15318 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15319 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15320
15321 Selecting other nodes:
15322 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15323 Follow a node reference you click on.
15324 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15325 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15326 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15327 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15328 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15329 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15330 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15331 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15332 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15333 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15334 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15335 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15336 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15337 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15338 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15339 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15340 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15341 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15342 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15343 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15344
15345 Moving within a node:
15346 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15347 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15348 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15349 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15350 move up to the parent node.
15351 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15352 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15353 if there is none.
15354 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15355
15356 Advanced commands:
15357 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15358 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15359 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15360 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15361 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15362 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15363 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15364 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15365 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15366 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15367 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15368 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15369 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15370 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15371 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15372 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15373
15374 \(fn)" t nil)
15375 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15376
15377 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15378 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15379 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15380 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15381 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15382 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15383
15384 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15385 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15386
15387 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15388 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15389 KEY is a string.
15390 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15391 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15392 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15393 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15394
15395 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15396
15397 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15398 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15399 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15400
15401 \(fn)" t nil)
15402
15403 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15404 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15405 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15406
15407 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15408
15409 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15410 Go to Info buffer that displays MANUAL, creating it if none already exists.
15411
15412 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15413
15414 ;;;***
15415 \f
15416 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15417 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15418 ;;;;;; (19984 16846))
15419 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15420
15421 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15422 Throw away all cached data.
15423 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15424 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15425 system.
15426
15427 \(fn)" t nil)
15428 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15429
15430 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15431 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15432 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15433 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15434 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15435 one found at point.
15436
15437 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15438
15439 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15440 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15441
15442 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15443 Display the documentation of a file.
15444 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15445 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15446 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15447 The default file name is the one found at point.
15448
15449 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15450
15451 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15452
15453 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15454 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15455
15456 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15457
15458 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15459 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15460
15461 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15462
15463 ;;;***
15464 \f
15465 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15466 ;;;;;; info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15467 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
15468 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15469
15470 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15471 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15472 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15473 current info file is the default.
15474
15475 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15476 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15477 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15478 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15479 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15480
15481 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15482 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15483 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15484 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15485 mistake in the reference.
15486
15487 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15488 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15489 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15490
15491 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15492 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15493 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15494 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15495
15496 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15497
15498 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15499 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15500 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15501 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15502 checked.
15503
15504 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15505 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15506 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15507 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15508 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15509 should be harmless.
15510
15511 \(fn)" t nil)
15512
15513 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15514 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15515 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15516 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15517
15518 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15519 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15520 and can take a long time.
15521
15522 \(fn)" t nil)
15523
15524 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15525 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15526 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15527
15528 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15529
15530 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15531 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15532
15533 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15534 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15535 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15536 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15537 all builtins).
15538
15539 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15540 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15541 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15542 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15543 the sources handy.
15544
15545 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15546
15547 ;;;***
15548 \f
15549 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15550 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (19886 45771))
15551 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15552
15553 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15554 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15555
15556 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15557
15558 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15559 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15560
15561 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15562
15563 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15564 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15565 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15566 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15567
15568 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15569 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15570 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15571
15572 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15573 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15574 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15575 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15576
15577 \(fn)" t nil)
15578
15579 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15580 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15581 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15582
15583 \(fn)" t nil)
15584
15585 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15586 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15587 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15588 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15589 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15590
15591 \(fn)" nil nil)
15592
15593 ;;;***
15594 \f
15595 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15596 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15597 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15598 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15599
15600 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15601 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15602
15603 \(fn)" t nil)
15604
15605 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15606 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15607
15608 \(fn)" t nil)
15609
15610 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15611
15612
15613 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15614
15615 ;;;***
15616 \f
15617 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (19845
15618 ;;;;;; 45374))
15619 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15620
15621 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15622 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15623 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15624 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15625 accessed via isearchb.
15626
15627 \(fn)" t nil)
15628
15629 ;;;***
15630 \f
15631 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15632 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15633 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15634 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (19845 45374))
15635 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15636
15637 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15638 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15639 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15640 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15641 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15642
15643 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15644
15645 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15646 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15647 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15648 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15649 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15650
15651 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15652
15653 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15654 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15655 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15656 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15657 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15658
15659 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15660
15661 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15662 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15663 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15664 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15665 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15666
15667 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15668
15669 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15670 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15671 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15672 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15673 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15674
15675 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15676
15677 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15678 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15679 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15680 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15681 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15682
15683 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15684
15685 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15686 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15687 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15688 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15689 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15690
15691 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15692
15693 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15694 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15695 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15696 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15697
15698 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15699
15700 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15701 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15702 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15703 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15704
15705 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15706
15707 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15708 Warn that format is read-only.
15709
15710 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15711
15712 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15713 Warn that format is write-only.
15714
15715 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15716
15717 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15718 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15719
15720 \(fn)" t nil)
15721
15722 ;;;***
15723 \f
15724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15725 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
15726 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15727 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15728 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15729 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15730
15731 ;;;***
15732 \f
15733 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15734 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15735 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15736 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15737 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (20187 22214))
15738 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15739
15740 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15741
15742 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15743 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15744 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15745 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15746 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15747
15748 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
15749
15750 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15751
15752 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15753 Key map for ispell menu.")
15754
15755 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15756 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15757 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15758 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15759
15760 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
15761
15762 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15763
15764 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15765
15766 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
15767
15768 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15769 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15770 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15771 Valid forms include:
15772 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15773 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15774 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15775 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15776
15777 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15778 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15779 First list is used raw.
15780 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15781
15782 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15783 for skipping in latex mode.")
15784
15785 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15786 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15787 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15788 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15789 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15790 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
15791 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15792
15793 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
15794 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15795 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15796 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15797
15798 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15799 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15800 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15801 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15802 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15803
15804 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15805 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15806
15807 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15808 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15809
15810 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15811 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15812
15813 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15814 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15815
15816 Return values:
15817 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15818 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15819 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15820 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15821 quit spell session exited.
15822
15823 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
15824
15825 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
15826 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15827 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15828
15829 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15830
15831 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
15832 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15833
15834 Selections are:
15835
15836 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15837 SPC: Accept word this time.
15838 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15839 `a': Accept word for this session.
15840 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15841 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15842 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15843 `?': Show these commands.
15844 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15845 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15846 the aborted check to be completed later.
15847 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15848 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15849 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15850 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15851 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15852 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15853 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15854
15855 \(fn)" nil nil)
15856
15857 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
15858 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15859 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15860
15861 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15862
15863 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
15864 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15865 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15866 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15867
15868 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15869
15870 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15871
15872 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
15873 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15874 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15875 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15876
15877 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15878
15879 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
15880 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15881
15882 \(fn)" t nil)
15883
15884 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
15885 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15886
15887 \(fn)" t nil)
15888
15889 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
15890 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15891
15892 \(fn)" t nil)
15893
15894 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
15895 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15896 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15897 sequence inside of a word.
15898
15899 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15900
15901 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15902
15903 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
15904 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15905
15906 \(fn)" t nil)
15907
15908 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
15909 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15910 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15911 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15912
15913 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15914 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15915 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15916 available on the net.
15917
15918 \(fn)" t nil)
15919
15920 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
15921 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
15922 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
15923 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15924 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15925
15926 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local mior mode. When enabled,
15927 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
15928 spelled.
15929
15930 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
15931 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
15932 SPC.
15933
15934 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
15935 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
15936
15937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15938
15939 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
15940 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15941 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15942 Don't check included messages.
15943
15944 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15945 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15946 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15947
15948 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15949 in your .emacs file:
15950 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15951 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15952 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15953 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15954
15955 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15956 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15957 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15958
15959 \(fn)" t nil)
15960
15961 ;;;***
15962 \f
15963 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (20168
15964 ;;;;;; 57844))
15965 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15966
15967 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15968 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15969 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15970 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15971 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15972 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15973
15974 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
15975
15976 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
15977 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
15978 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
15979 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15980 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15981
15982 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
15983 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
15984
15985 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15986
15987 ;;;***
15988 \f
15989 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15990 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15991 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15992 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (19845 45374))
15993 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15994
15995 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
15996
15997
15998 \(fn)" nil nil)
15999
16000 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16001 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16002 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16003 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16004 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16005 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16006 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16007 necessary to represent OBJ.
16008
16009 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16010
16011 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16012 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16013 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16014 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16015
16016 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16017
16018 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16019 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16020 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16021 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16022 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16023
16024 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16025
16026 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16027 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16028 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16029 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16030
16031 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16032
16033 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16034 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16035 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16036 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16037
16038 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16039
16040 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16041 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16042
16043 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16044
16045 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16046 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16047 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16048 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16049 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16050
16051 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16052
16053 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16054 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16055 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16056 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16057 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16058
16059 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16060
16061 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16062 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16063 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16064
16065 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16066
16067 ;;;***
16068 \f
16069 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16070 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (20000 30139))
16071 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16072
16073 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16074 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16075 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16076 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16077
16078 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16079
16080
16081 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16082
16083 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16084 Uninstall jka-compr.
16085 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16086 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16087 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16088
16089 \(fn)" nil nil)
16090
16091 ;;;***
16092 \f
16093 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (20222 61246))
16094 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16095
16096 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16097 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16098
16099 \(fn)" t nil)
16100
16101 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16102
16103 ;;;***
16104 \f
16105 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16106 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16107 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
16108 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16109
16110 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16111 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16112 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16113 decimal key must be specified.")
16114
16115 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16116
16117 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16118 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16119 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16120 decimal key must be specified.")
16121
16122 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16123
16124 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16125 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16126 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16127 decimal key must be specified.")
16128
16129 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16130
16131 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16132 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16133 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16134 decimal key must be specified.")
16135
16136 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16137
16138 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16139 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16140 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16141 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16142 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16143 keys are bound.
16144
16145 Setup Binding
16146 -------------------------------------------------------------
16147 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16148 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16149 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16150 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16151 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16152 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16153 in the global and local keymaps.
16154
16155 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16156 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16157
16158 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16159
16160 ;;;***
16161 \f
16162 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16163 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
16164 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16165
16166 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16167 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16168 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16169
16170 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16171 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16172 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16173 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16174 shorter.
16175
16176 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16177 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16178 the context of text formatting.
16179
16180 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16181
16182 ;;;***
16183 \f
16184 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (19845
16185 ;;;;;; 45374))
16186 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16187
16188 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16189 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16190 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16191 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16192 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16193 positions that contains the current selection.")
16194
16195 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16196 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16197 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16198 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16199 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16200 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16201 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16202
16203 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16204
16205 ;;;***
16206 \f
16207 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16208 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16209 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16210 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (20187 22214))
16211 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16212 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16213 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16214 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16215 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16216 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16217 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16218 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16219
16220 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16221 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16222
16223 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16224
16225 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16226 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16227 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16228 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16229 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16230
16231 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16232
16233 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16234 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16235 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16236
16237 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16238 defining the macro.
16239
16240 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16241 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16242 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16243
16244 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16245 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16246
16247 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16248
16249 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16250 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16251 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16252 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16253 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16254 under that name.
16255
16256 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16257 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16258 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16259
16260 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16261
16262 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16263 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16264 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16265
16266 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16267 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16268 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16269 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16270
16271 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16272 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16273
16274 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16275
16276 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16277 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16278 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16279
16280 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16281 macro.
16282
16283 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16284 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16285
16286 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16287 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16288 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16289
16290 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16291 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16292
16293 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16294
16295 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16296 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16297 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16298 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16299
16300 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16301
16302 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16303 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16304 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16305 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16306
16307 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16308 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16309
16310 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16311
16312 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16313 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16314 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16315
16316 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16317
16318 ;;;***
16319 \f
16320 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16321 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (19845 45374))
16322 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16323
16324 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16325 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16326 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16327
16328 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16329
16330
16331 \(fn)" nil nil)
16332
16333 ;;;***
16334 \f
16335 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16336 ;;;;;; (20178 7273))
16337 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16338
16339 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16340
16341 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16342 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16343
16344 \(fn)" t nil)
16345
16346 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16347 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16348 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16349 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16350
16351 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16352 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16353 none / 1 | yes | no
16354 2 | yes | yes
16355 3 | no | yes
16356 4 | no | no
16357
16358 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16359 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16360 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16361
16362 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16363
16364 ;;;***
16365 \f
16366 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16367 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16368 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20188 43079))
16369 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16370
16371 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16372
16373
16374 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16375
16376 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16377 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16378 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16379 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16380 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16381 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16382
16383 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16384 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16385
16386 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16387
16388 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16389 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16390
16391 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16392
16393 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16394
16395
16396 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16397
16398 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16399
16400
16401 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16402
16403 ;;;***
16404 \f
16405 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16406 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16407 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (19845 45374))
16408 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16409
16410 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16411 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16412 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16413 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16414
16415 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16416
16417 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16418 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16419 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16420
16421 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16422
16423 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16424 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16425 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16426
16427 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16428
16429 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16430 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16431 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16432 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16433
16434 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16435
16436 ;;;***
16437 \f
16438 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16439 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (19845 45374))
16440 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16441
16442 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16443 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16444 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16445 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16446 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16447 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16448 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16449 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16450
16451 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16452 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16453
16454 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16455 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16456
16457 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16458
16459 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16460 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16461 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16462 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16463 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16464 `latin1-display-setup'.
16465
16466 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16467
16468 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16469 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16470 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16471 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16472
16473 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16474 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16475
16476 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16477
16478 ;;;***
16479 \f
16480 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16481 ;;;;;; (19961 55377))
16482 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16483
16484 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16485 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16486
16487 \(fn)" t nil)
16488
16489 ;;;***
16490 \f
16491 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16492 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
16493 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16494
16495 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16496 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16497
16498 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16499 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16500
16501 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16502 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16503
16504 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16505 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16506 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16507 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16508 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16509 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16510 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16511 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16512 and transmit saved text.
16513
16514 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16515 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16516 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16517
16518 \(fn)" t nil)
16519
16520 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16521
16522
16523 \(fn)" nil nil)
16524
16525 ;;;***
16526 \f
16527 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (19845 45374))
16528 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16529
16530 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16531 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16532 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16533 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16534 generations (this defaults to 1).
16535
16536 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16537
16538 ;;;***
16539 \f
16540 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16541 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (20127 62865))
16542 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16543
16544 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16545 Format used to display line numbers.
16546 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16547 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16548 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
16549 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
16550
16551 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
16552
16553 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16554 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16555 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16556 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16557 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16558
16559 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16560
16561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16562
16563 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16564 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16565 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16566 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16567 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16568 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16569
16570 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16571
16572 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16573 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16574 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16575 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16576 ARG is omitted or nil.
16577
16578 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16579 `linum-on' would do it.
16580 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16581
16582 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16583
16584 ;;;***
16585 \f
16586 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (20203
16587 ;;;;;; 10426))
16588 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16589
16590 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16591 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16592 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16593 is nil, raise an error.
16594
16595 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16596 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16597 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16598 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16599 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16600 defined by the library.
16601
16602 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16603 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16604 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16605 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16606 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16607 proceeds.
16608
16609 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16610 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16611 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16612 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16613
16614 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16615
16616 ;;;***
16617 \f
16618 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16619 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (19886 45771))
16620 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16621
16622 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16623 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16624 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16625
16626 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16627
16628 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16629 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16630 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16631 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16632
16633 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16634 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16635 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16636 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16637 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16638 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16639 the version.)
16640
16641 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16642 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16643
16644 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16645 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16646
16647 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16648 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16649
16650 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16651
16652 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16653 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16654 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16655 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16656 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16657 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16658 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16659 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16660 to constrain a big search.
16661
16662 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16663
16664 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16665 except that FILTER is not optional.
16666
16667 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16668
16669 ;;;***
16670 \f
16671 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (20138 33157))
16672 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16673
16674 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16675 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16676 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode'
16677 if MODE is nil.
16678 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16679 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16680 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16681 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16682 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16683
16684 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16685 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16686 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16687 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16688 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16689
16690 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16691 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16692 uses the current buffer.
16693
16694 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16695
16696 ;;;***
16697 \f
16698 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (19946
16699 ;;;;;; 1612))
16700 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16701
16702 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16703 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16704
16705 \(fn)" t nil)
16706
16707 ;;;***
16708 \f
16709 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (20127
16710 ;;;;;; 62865))
16711 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16712
16713 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16714 Toggle Long Lines mode in this buffer.
16715 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Long Lines mode if ARG is
16716 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16717 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16718
16719 When Long Lines mode is enabled, long lines are wrapped if they
16720 extend beyond `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line
16721 wrapping will not show up when the text is yanked or saved to
16722 disk.
16723
16724 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are
16725 automatically wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can
16726 always call `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16727
16728 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard
16729 newlines are indicated with a symbol.
16730
16731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16732
16733 ;;;***
16734 \f
16735 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16736 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (20174
16737 ;;;;;; 10230))
16738 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16739
16740 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16741 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16742
16743 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16744 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16745
16746 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16747 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16748 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16749
16750 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16751 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16752
16753 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16754 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16755 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16756 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16757 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16758 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16759 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16760
16761 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16762
16763 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16764 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16765 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16766 switch on this list.
16767 See `lpr-command'.")
16768
16769 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16770
16771 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16772 Name of program for printing a file.
16773
16774 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16775 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16776 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16777 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16778 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16779 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16780 argument.")
16781
16782 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16783
16784 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16785 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16786 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16787 for customization of the printer command.
16788
16789 \(fn)" t nil)
16790
16791 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16792 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16793
16794 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16795 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16796 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16797 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16798
16799 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16800 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16801
16802 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16803 for further customization of the printer command.
16804
16805 \(fn)" t nil)
16806
16807 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16808 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16809 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16810 for customization of the printer command.
16811
16812 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16813
16814 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16815 Paginate and print the region contents.
16816
16817 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16818 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16819 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16820 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16821
16822 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16823 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16824
16825 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16826 for further customization of the printer command.
16827
16828 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16829
16830 ;;;***
16831 \f
16832 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16833 ;;;;;; (19886 45771))
16834 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16835
16836 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16837 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16838 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16839
16840 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16841
16842 ;;;***
16843 \f
16844 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (19845
16845 ;;;;;; 45374))
16846 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16847
16848 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16849 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16850 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16851 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16852
16853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16854
16855 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16856
16857 ;;;***
16858 \f
16859 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (19845
16860 ;;;;;; 45374))
16861 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16862
16863 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16864 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16865
16866 \(fn)" t nil)
16867
16868 ;;;***
16869 \f
16870 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16871 ;;;;;; (19930 13389))
16872 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16873
16874 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
16875 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16876 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16877 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16878 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16879
16880 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16881
16882 ;;;***
16883 \f
16884 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16885 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (19886 45771))
16886 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16887
16888 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16889 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16890 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16891 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16892 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16893
16894 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16895
16896 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16897 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16898 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16899 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16900
16901 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16902 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16903 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16904 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16905 bindings.
16906
16907 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16908 use this command, and then save the file.
16909
16910 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16911
16912 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16913 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16914 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16915 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16916 each time the macro executes.
16917 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16918 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16919 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16920 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16921 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16922 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16923 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16924
16925 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16926
16927 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
16928 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16929 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16930 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16931
16932 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16933 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16934 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16935 execute.
16936
16937 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16938 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16939
16940 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16941 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16942 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16943 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16944 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16945
16946 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16947 looked like this:
16948
16949 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16950 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16951 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16952
16953 You could enter the names in this format:
16954
16955 foo
16956 bar
16957 baz
16958
16959 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16960
16961 \\C-x (
16962 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16963 \\C-x )
16964
16965 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16966 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16967
16968 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16969 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16970
16971 ;;;***
16972 \f
16973 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16974 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (20160 63745))
16975 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16976
16977 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
16978 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16979 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16980 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16981 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16982 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16983
16984 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16985 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16986 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16987 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16988 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16989
16990 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16991 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16992 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16993 consing a string.)
16994
16995 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16996
16997 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
16998 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16999
17000 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17001
17002 ;;;***
17003 \f
17004 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17005 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17006 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17007 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17008
17009 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17010 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17011
17012 \(fn)" nil nil)
17013
17014 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17015
17016
17017 \(fn)" nil nil)
17018
17019 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17020 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17021
17022 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17023
17024 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17025 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17026 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17027 message.
17028
17029 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17030
17031 \(fn)" nil nil)
17032
17033 ;;;***
17034 \f
17035 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17036 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17037 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-dont-reply-to-names mail-use-rfc822)
17038 ;;;;;; "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (19922 19303))
17039 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17040
17041 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17042 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17043 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17044 often correct parser.")
17045
17046 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17047
17048 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17049 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17050 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17051 a value which excludes your own email address.
17052
17053 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17054 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17055
17056 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17057
17058 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17059 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17060
17061 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17062
17063 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17064 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17065 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17066 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17067
17068 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17069
17070 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17071 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17072 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17073 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17074
17075 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17076
17077 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17078 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17079 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17080 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17081
17082 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17083
17084 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17085 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17086 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17087 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17088 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17089 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17090 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17091 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17092 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17093 as Rmail does.
17094
17095 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17096
17097 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17098 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17099 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17100 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17101 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17102 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17103 matches may be returned from the message body.
17104
17105 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17106
17107 ;;;***
17108 \f
17109 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17110 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20127
17111 ;;;;;; 62865))
17112 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17113
17114 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17115 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17116 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17117 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17118 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17119 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17120
17121 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17122
17123 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17124 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17125 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17126 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17127 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17128
17129 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17130 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17131 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17132 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17133
17134 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17135
17136 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17137 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17138
17139 \(fn)" nil nil)
17140
17141 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17142 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17143 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17144
17145 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17146
17147 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17148 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17149 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17150
17151 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17152 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17153 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17154 double-quotes.
17155
17156 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17157
17158 ;;;***
17159 \f
17160 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete mail-completion-at-point-function
17161 ;;;;;; define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases mail-complete-style)
17162 ;;;;;; "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (19881 27850))
17163 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17164
17165 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17166 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17167 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17168 king@grassland.com
17169 If `parens', they look like:
17170 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17171 If `angles', they look like:
17172 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17173
17174 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17175
17176 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17177 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17178 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17179 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17180 their `Resent-' variants.
17181
17182 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17183 removed from alias expansions.
17184
17185 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17186
17187 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17188 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17189 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17190
17191 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17192 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17193 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17194 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17195
17196 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17197
17198 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17199 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17200 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17201
17202 \(fn)" nil nil)
17203
17204 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17205 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17206 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17207 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17208
17209 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17210
17211 ;;;***
17212 \f
17213 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17214 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
17215 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17216
17217 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17218 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17219 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17220 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17221
17222 \(fn)" nil nil)
17223
17224 ;;;***
17225 \f
17226 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17227 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17228 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (20199 13366))
17229 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17230
17231 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17232 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17233
17234 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17235 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17236 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17237 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17238 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17239 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17240
17241 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17242 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17243 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17244 dependency, despite the colon.
17245
17246 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17247
17248 In the browser, use the following keys:
17249
17250 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17251
17252 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17253
17254 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17255 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17256
17257 `makefile-target-colon':
17258 The string that gets appended to all target names
17259 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17260 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17261
17262 `makefile-macro-assign':
17263 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17264 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17265 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17266 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17267 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17268 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17269
17270 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17271 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17272 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17273
17274 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17275 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17276
17277 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17278 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17279 up or down in the browser.
17280
17281 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17282 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17283
17284 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17285 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17286
17287 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17288 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17289 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17290 has been selected in the browser.
17291
17292 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17293 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17294 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17295 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17296 filenames are omitted.
17297
17298 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17299 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17300 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17301 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17302 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17303 the backslash itself intact.
17304 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17305 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17306
17307 `makefile-browser-hook':
17308 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17309 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17310
17311 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17312 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17313 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17314 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17315
17316 \(fn)" t nil)
17317
17318 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17319 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17320
17321 \(fn)" t nil)
17322
17323 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17324 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17325
17326 \(fn)" t nil)
17327
17328 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17329 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17330
17331 \(fn)" t nil)
17332
17333 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17334 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17335
17336 \(fn)" t nil)
17337
17338 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17339 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17340
17341 \(fn)" t nil)
17342
17343 ;;;***
17344 \f
17345 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (19886
17346 ;;;;;; 45771))
17347 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17348
17349 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17350 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17351 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17352
17353 \(fn)" t nil)
17354
17355 ;;;***
17356 \f
17357 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
17358 ;;;;;; (20203 10426))
17359 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17360
17361 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17362
17363 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17364 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17365 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17366 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17367 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17368 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17369 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17370 page, it will display immediately.
17371
17372 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17373 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17374 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17375
17376 cat(1)
17377 1 cat
17378
17379 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17380 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17381 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17382 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17383
17384 -a chmod
17385
17386 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17387 otherwise look like a page name.
17388
17389 /my/file/name.1.gz
17390 -l somefile.1
17391
17392 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17393 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17394 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17395
17396 -k pattern
17397
17398 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17399
17400 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17401 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17402
17403 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17404
17405 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17406 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17407
17408 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17409
17410 ;;;***
17411 \f
17412 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (20127 62865))
17413 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17414
17415 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17416 Toggle Master mode.
17417 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17418 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17419 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17420
17421 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17422 using the following commands:
17423
17424 \\{master-mode-map}
17425
17426 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17427 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17428 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17429
17430 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17431
17432 ;;;***
17433 \f
17434 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17435 ;;;;;; (20127 62865))
17436 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17437
17438 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17439 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17440 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17441 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17442 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17443 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17444
17445 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17446
17447 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17448 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17449 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17450 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17451 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17452
17453 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17454 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17455 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17456 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17457
17458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17459
17460 ;;;***
17461 \f
17462 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17463 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17464 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17465 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17466 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17467 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17468 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (20222 61246))
17469 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17470
17471 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17472
17473 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17474 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17475 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17476 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17477 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17478 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17479 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17480 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17481 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17482 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17483 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17484 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17485 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17486 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17487 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17488 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17489 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17490 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17491 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17492 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17493 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17494 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17495 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17496 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17497 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17498 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17499 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17500 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17501 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17502 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17503 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17504 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17505 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17506 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17507 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17508 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17509 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17510 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17511
17512 \(fn)" t nil)
17513
17514 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17515 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17516 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17517 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17518 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17519
17520 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17521
17522 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17523 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17524
17525 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17526
17527 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17528 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17529
17530 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17531
17532 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17533 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17534
17535 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17536
17537 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17538 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17539 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17540
17541 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17542
17543 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17544 Cancel an article you posted.
17545 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17546
17547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17548
17549 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17550 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17551 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17552 header line with the old Message-ID.
17553
17554 \(fn)" t nil)
17555
17556 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17557 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17558
17559 \(fn)" t nil)
17560
17561 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17562 Forward the current message via mail.
17563 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17564 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17565
17566 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17567
17568 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17569
17570
17571 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17572
17573 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17574
17575
17576 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17577
17578 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17579 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17580
17581 \(fn)" t nil)
17582
17583 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17584 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17585
17586 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17587
17588 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17589 Re-mail the current message.
17590 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17591 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17592 you.
17593
17594 \(fn)" t nil)
17595
17596 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17597 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17598
17599 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17600
17601 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17602 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17603
17604 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17605
17606 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17607 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17608
17609 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17610
17611 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17612 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17613
17614 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17615
17616 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17617 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17618 Works by overstriking characters.
17619 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17620 which specify the range to operate on.
17621
17622 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17623
17624 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17625 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17626 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17627 which specify the range to operate on.
17628
17629 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17630
17631 ;;;***
17632 \f
17633 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17634 ;;;;;; (20222 61246))
17635 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17636
17637 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17638 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17639
17640 \(fn)" t nil)
17641
17642 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17643 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17644
17645 \(fn)" t nil)
17646
17647 ;;;***
17648 \f
17649 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17650 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17651 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
17652 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17653
17654 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17655 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17656 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17657
17658 \(fn)" t nil)
17659
17660 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17661 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17662 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17663 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17664 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17665 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17666 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17667
17668 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17669
17670 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17671 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17672 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17673 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17674 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17675 means current).
17676 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17677 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17678
17679 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17680
17681 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17682 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17683 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17684 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17685 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17686 means current).
17687 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17688 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17689
17690 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17691
17692 ;;;***
17693 \f
17694 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17695 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17696 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20160 63745))
17697 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17698
17699 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17700 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17701 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17702
17703 \(fn)" t nil)
17704
17705 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17706 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17707 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17708
17709 \(fn)" t nil)
17710
17711 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17712 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17713
17714 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17715 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17716 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17717
17718 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17719 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17720
17721 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17722 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17723
17724 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17725
17726 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17727
17728 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17729 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17730 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17731 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17732 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17733 as `compose-mail'.
17734
17735 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17736 initial Subject field, respectively.
17737
17738 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17739 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17740 are strings.
17741
17742 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17743 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17744
17745 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17746
17747 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17748 Save draft and send message.
17749
17750 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17751 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17752 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17753 Mail Delivery*\".
17754
17755 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17756 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17757 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17758
17759 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17760 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17761 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17762 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17763 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17764 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17765
17766 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17767 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17768
17769 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17770 message and scan line.
17771
17772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17773
17774 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17775 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17776
17777 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17778 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17779 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17780 delete the draft message.
17781
17782 \(fn)" t nil)
17783
17784 ;;;***
17785 \f
17786 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20222 61246))
17787 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17788
17789 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17790
17791 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17792
17793 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17794
17795 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17796 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17797
17798 \(fn)" t nil)
17799
17800 ;;;***
17801 \f
17802 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17803 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20004 2139))
17804 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17805
17806 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17807 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17808 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17809
17810 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17811 the MH mail system.
17812
17813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17814
17815 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17816 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17817 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17818
17819 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17820 the MH mail system.
17821
17822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17823
17824 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17825 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17826
17827 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17828 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17829 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17830 separate command.
17831
17832 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17833 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17834 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17835 format.
17836
17837 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17838
17839 Ranges
17840 ======
17841 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17842 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17843 can be used in several ways.
17844
17845 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17846 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17847 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17848 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17849 page):
17850
17851 <num1>-<num2>
17852 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17853 The range must be nonempty.
17854
17855 <num>:N
17856 <num>:+N
17857 <num>:-N
17858 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17859 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17860 last.
17861
17862 first:N
17863 prev:N
17864 next:N
17865 last:N
17866 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17867
17868 all
17869 All of the messages.
17870
17871 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17872 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17873
17874 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17875 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17876 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17877
17878 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17879
17880 \(fn)" t nil)
17881
17882 ;;;***
17883 \f
17884 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17885 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (19853 59245))
17886 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17887
17888 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17889 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17890 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17891 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17892 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17893 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17894 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17895 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17896 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17897 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17898 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17899
17900 \(fn)" t nil)
17901
17902 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
17903 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17904 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17905 to its second argument TM.
17906
17907 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17908
17909 ;;;***
17910 \f
17911 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17912 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (20127 62865))
17913 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17914
17915 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17916 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17917 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17918 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17919 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17920 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17921
17922 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17923
17924 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
17925 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17926 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
17927 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17928 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17929
17930 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
17931 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
17932 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
17933 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
17934 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
17935 is modified to remove the default indication.
17936
17937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17938
17939 ;;;***
17940 \f
17941 ;;;### (autoloads (list-dynamic-libraries butterfly) "misc" "misc.el"
17942 ;;;;;; (19968 28627))
17943 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
17944
17945 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
17946 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
17947 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
17948 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
17949 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
17950 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
17951 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
17952 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
17953 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
17954
17955 \(fn)" t nil)
17956
17957 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
17958 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
17959 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
17960 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
17961 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
17962 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
17963 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
17964 The return value is always nil.
17965
17966 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
17967
17968 ;;;***
17969 \f
17970 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
17971 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
17972 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (20168 57844))
17973 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
17974 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
17975
17976 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
17977 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
17978
17979 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
17980 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
17981 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
17982 next occurrence.
17983
17984 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
17985 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
17986 end of the search space).
17987
17988 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
17989 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
17990 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
17991 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
17992 should return the previous buffer to search.
17993
17994 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
17995 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
17996 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
17997
17998 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
17999 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18000 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18001 Isearch starts.")
18002
18003 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18004 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18005 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18006
18007 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18008 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18009 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18010
18011 \(fn)" nil nil)
18012
18013 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18014 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18015 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18016 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18017 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18018 whose names match the specified regexp.
18019
18020 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18021
18022 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18023 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18024 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18025 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18026 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18027 whose names match the specified regexp.
18028
18029 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18030
18031 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18032 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18033 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18034 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18035 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18036 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18037 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18038
18039 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18040
18041 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18042 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18043 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18044 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18045 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18046 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18047 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18048
18049 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18050
18051 ;;;***
18052 \f
18053 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18054 ;;;;;; (20162 19074))
18055 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18056
18057 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18058 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18059
18060 \(fn)" t nil)
18061
18062 ;;;***
18063 \f
18064 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-default-file-encoding) "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
18065 ;;;;;; (20075 14682))
18066 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18067
18068 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18069 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18070
18071 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18072
18073 ;;;***
18074 \f
18075 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18076 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (19845 45374))
18077 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18078
18079 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18080 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18081
18082 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18083
18084 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18085 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18086 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18087 the entire message.
18088 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18089
18090 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18091
18092 ;;;***
18093 \f
18094 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18095 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
18096 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18097
18098 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18099 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18100 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18101 the entire message.
18102 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18103
18104 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18105
18106 ;;;***
18107 \f
18108 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18109 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (19877 30798))
18110 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18111
18112 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18113 Insert file contents of URL.
18114 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18115
18116 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18117
18118 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18119 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18120
18121 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18122
18123 ;;;***
18124 \f
18125 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18126 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (19845 45374))
18127 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18128
18129 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18130 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18131 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18132 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18133 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18134
18135 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18136
18137 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18138 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18139 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18140
18141 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18142
18143 ;;;***
18144 \f
18145 ;;;### (autoloads (mml-attach-file mml-to-mime) "mml" "gnus/mml.el"
18146 ;;;;;; (20183 25152))
18147 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18148
18149 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18150 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18151
18152 \(fn)" nil nil)
18153
18154 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18155 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18156 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18157 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]'.
18158
18159 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18160 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18161 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18162 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18163 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18164 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18165
18166 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18167
18168 ;;;***
18169 \f
18170 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18171 ;;;;;; (20124 236))
18172 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18173
18174 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18175
18176
18177 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18178
18179 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18180
18181
18182 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18183
18184 ;;;***
18185 \f
18186 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18187 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18188 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (20124 236))
18189 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18190
18191 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18192
18193
18194 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18195
18196 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18197
18198
18199 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18200
18201 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18202
18203
18204 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18205
18206 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18207
18208
18209 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18210
18211 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18212
18213
18214 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18215
18216 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18217
18218
18219 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18220
18221 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18222
18223
18224 \(fn)" nil nil)
18225
18226 ;;;***
18227 \f
18228 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20159
18229 ;;;;;; 42847))
18230 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18231
18232 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18233
18234 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18235 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18236 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18237 followed by the first character of the construct.
18238 \\<m2-mode-map>
18239 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18240 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18241 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18242 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18243 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18244 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18245 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18246 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18247 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18248 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18249 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18250 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18251 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18252 \\[m2-link] link
18253
18254 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18255 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18256 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18257
18258 \(fn)" t nil)
18259
18260 ;;;***
18261 \f
18262 ;;;### (autoloads (denato-region nato-region unmorse-region morse-region)
18263 ;;;;;; "morse" "play/morse.el" (19869 36706))
18264 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18265
18266 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18267 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18268
18269 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18270
18271 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18272 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18273
18274 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18275
18276 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18277 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18278
18279 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18280
18281 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18282 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18283
18284 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18285
18286 ;;;***
18287 \f
18288 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18289 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (19890 42850))
18290 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18291
18292 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18293 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18294
18295 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18296 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18297 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18298
18299 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18300 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18301 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18302
18303 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18304 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18305
18306 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18307 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18308 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18309 hemisphere you're in.)
18310
18311 To test this function, evaluate:
18312 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18313
18314 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18315
18316 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18317 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18318
18319 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18320 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18321
18322 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18323 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18324 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18325
18326 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18327 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18328
18329 To test this function, evaluate:
18330 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18331
18332 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18333
18334 ;;;***
18335 \f
18336 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (20168
18337 ;;;;;; 57844))
18338 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18339
18340 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18341 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18342 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18343 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18344 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18345 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18346
18347 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18348
18349 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18350 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18351 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mouse Sel mode if ARG is
18352 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
18353 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18354
18355 Mouse Sel mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, mouse
18356 selection is enhanced in various ways:
18357
18358 - Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18359 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18360 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18361 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18362 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18363
18364 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18365 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18366 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18367 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18368 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18369
18370 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18371 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18372
18373 - mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection to the
18374 kill ring; mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18375
18376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18377
18378 ;;;***
18379 \f
18380 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (20222 61246))
18381 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18382
18383 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18384 Main entry point for MPC.
18385
18386 \(fn)" t nil)
18387
18388 ;;;***
18389 \f
18390 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (19890 42850))
18391 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18392
18393 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18394 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18395
18396 \(fn)" t nil)
18397
18398 ;;;***
18399 \f
18400 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (20127 62865))
18401 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18402
18403 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18404 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18405 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18406 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18407 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18408 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18409
18410 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18411
18412 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18413 Toggle Msb mode.
18414 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18415 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18416 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18417
18418 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18419 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18420
18421 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18422
18423 ;;;***
18424 \f
18425 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18426 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18427 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18428 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18429 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18430 ;;;;;; (20160 63745))
18431 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18432
18433 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18434 Display a list of all character sets.
18435
18436 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18437 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18438 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18439 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18440 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18441
18442 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18443 but still shows the full information.
18444
18445 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18446
18447 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18448 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18449 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18450
18451 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18452 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18453 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18454 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18455 meanings of these arguments.
18456
18457 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18458
18459 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18460 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18461
18462 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18463
18464 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18465 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18466
18467 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18468
18469 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18470 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18471
18472 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18473
18474 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18475 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18476
18477 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18478 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18479 in place of `..':
18480 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18481 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18482 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18483 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18484 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18485 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18486 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18487 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18488 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18489 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18490 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18491 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18492 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18493 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18494 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18495 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18496
18497 \(fn)" t nil)
18498
18499 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18500 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18501
18502 \(fn)" t nil)
18503
18504 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18505 Display a list of all coding systems.
18506 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18507
18508 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18509 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18510
18511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18512
18513 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18514 Display a list of all coding categories.
18515
18516 \(fn)" nil nil)
18517
18518 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18519 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18520 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18521
18522 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18523
18524 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18525 Display information about FONTSET.
18526 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18527
18528 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18529
18530 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18531 Display a list of all fontsets.
18532 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18533 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18534 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18535
18536 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18537
18538 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18539 Display information about all input methods.
18540
18541 \(fn)" t nil)
18542
18543 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18544 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18545
18546 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18547 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18548 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18549 system which uses fontsets).
18550
18551 \(fn)" t nil)
18552
18553 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18554 Show log of font listing and opening.
18555 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18556 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18557
18558 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18559
18560 ;;;***
18561 \f
18562 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18563 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18564 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18565 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18566 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18567 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (20197 58064))
18568 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18569
18570 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18571 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18572 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18573
18574 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18575
18576 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18577
18578 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18579 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18580
18581 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18582 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18583
18584 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18585 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18586
18587 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18588
18589 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18590 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18591 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18592 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18593 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18594 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18595 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18596
18597 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18598 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18599 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18600 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18601 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18602 middle of a character in STR.
18603
18604 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18605 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18606
18607 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18608 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18609 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18610 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18611 defaults to \"...\".
18612
18613 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18614
18615 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18616 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18617
18618 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18619 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18620 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18621
18622 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18623 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18624 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18625
18626 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18627 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18628 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18629 are considered.
18630 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18631 longer than KEYSEQ.
18632 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18633
18634 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18635
18636 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18637 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18638 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18639 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18640 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18641 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18642 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18643 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18644 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18645 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18646 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18647
18648 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18649
18650 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18651 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18652
18653 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18654
18655 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18656 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18657
18658 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18659
18660 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18661 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18662
18663 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18664
18665 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18666 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18667
18668 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18669
18670 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18671 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18672 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18673 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18674 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18675
18676 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18677 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18678
18679 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18680 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18681 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18682 coding systems ordered by priority.
18683
18684 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18685
18686 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18687 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18688 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18689 language environment LANG-ENV.
18690
18691 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18692
18693 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18694 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18695 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18696 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18697 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18698 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18699
18700 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18701
18702 ;;;***
18703 \f
18704 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18705 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18706 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18707 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (19845
18708 ;;;;;; 45374))
18709 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18710
18711 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18712 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18713
18714 \(fn)" t nil)
18715
18716 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18717 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18718
18719 \(fn)" t nil)
18720
18721 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18722 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18723
18724 \(fn)" t nil)
18725
18726 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18727 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18728
18729 \(fn)" t nil)
18730
18731 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18732 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18733
18734 \(fn)" t nil)
18735
18736 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18737 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18738
18739 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18740
18741 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18742 Ping HOST.
18743 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18744 `ping-program-options'.
18745
18746 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18747
18748 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18749 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18750
18751 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18752
18753 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18754 Run nslookup program.
18755
18756 \(fn)" t nil)
18757
18758 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18759 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18760
18761 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18762
18763 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18764 Run dig program.
18765
18766 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18767
18768 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18769 Run ftp program.
18770
18771 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18772
18773 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18774 Finger USER on HOST.
18775
18776 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18777
18778 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18779 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18780 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18781 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18782
18783 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18784
18785 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18786
18787
18788 \(fn)" t nil)
18789
18790 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18791 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18792
18793 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18794
18795 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18796 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18797
18798 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18799
18800 ;;;***
18801 \f
18802 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (20188
18803 ;;;;;; 43079))
18804 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18805
18806 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18807 Return a user name/password pair.
18808 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18809 listed in the PORTS list.
18810
18811 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18812
18813 ;;;***
18814 \f
18815 ;;;### (autoloads (open-network-stream) "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el"
18816 ;;;;;; (20188 43079))
18817 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18818
18819 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18820 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18821 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18822 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18823 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18824 closes it.
18825
18826 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18827 make it unique.
18828 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18829 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18830 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18831 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18832 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18833 a port number to connect to.
18834
18835 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18836 values:
18837
18838 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18839 nil or `network'
18840 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18841 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18842 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18843 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
18844 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18845 an unencrypted connection.
18846 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
18847 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
18848 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
18849 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
18850 returned object is a killed process.
18851 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
18852 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
18853 `shell' -- A shell connection.
18854
18855 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
18856 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
18857 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
18858 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
18859 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
18860 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
18861 or nil if none could be found.
18862 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
18863 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
18864
18865 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
18866
18867 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
18868 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
18869 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
18870
18871 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
18872 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
18873 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
18874
18875 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
18876 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
18877 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
18878
18879 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
18880 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
18881 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
18882 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
18883
18884 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
18885 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
18886
18887 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
18888 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
18889 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
18890 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
18891 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
18892 or STARTTLS connections.
18893
18894 If :use-starttls-if-possible is non-nil, do opportunistic
18895 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS
18896 functionality.
18897
18898 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
18899 asynchronously, if possible.
18900
18901 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
18902
18903 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
18904
18905 ;;;***
18906 \f
18907 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18908 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18909 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18910 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18911 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18912 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (20087 5852))
18913 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18914
18915 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18916
18917 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18918
18919 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18920
18921 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18922
18923 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18924 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18925 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18926 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18927 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18928 Major modes should set this variable.")
18929
18930 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18931 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18932 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18933 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18934 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18935 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18936
18937 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18938 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18939
18940 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18941 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18942 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18943
18944 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18945 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18946 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18947 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18948 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18949
18950 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18951 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything back to its body.")
18952 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18953
18954 (defvar comment-end (purecopy "") "\
18955 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18956 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18957 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18958
18959 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18960 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18961 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18962 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18963 column indentation or nil.
18964 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18965
18966 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18967 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18968 The function has no args.
18969
18970 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18971 comments always start in column zero.")
18972
18973 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
18974 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18975 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18976
18977 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
18978
18979 (defvar comment-padding (purecopy " ") "\
18980 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18981 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18982 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18983
18984 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18985 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18986
18987 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
18988
18989 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18990 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18991 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18992 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18993 customize this variable.
18994
18995 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18996 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18997
18998 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
18999
19000 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
19001 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19002 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19003 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19004 the variables are properly set.
19005
19006 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19007
19008 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
19009 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19010
19011 \(fn)" nil nil)
19012
19013 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
19014 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19015 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19016
19017 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19018
19019 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
19020 Set the comment column based on point.
19021 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19022 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19023 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19024 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19025
19026 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19027
19028 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
19029 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
19030 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19031
19032 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19033
19034 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19035 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19036 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19037 comment markers.
19038
19039 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19040
19041 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
19042 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19043 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19044 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19045 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19046
19047 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
19048 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
19049 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
19050
19051 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
19052 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
19053 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
19054 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
19055 changed with `comment-style'.
19056
19057 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19058
19059 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
19060 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19061 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19062 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19063
19064 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19065
19066 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19067 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19068 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19069 is passed on to the respective function.
19070
19071 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19072
19073 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
19074 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19075 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19076 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19077 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19078 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
19079 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
19080 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19081 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19082 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19083
19084 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19085
19086 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19087 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19088 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19089
19090 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
19091
19092 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
19093 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19094 This indents the body of the continued comment
19095 under the previous comment line.
19096
19097 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19098 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19099 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19100
19101 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19102 or comment indentation.
19103
19104 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19105 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19106
19107 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19108
19109 ;;;***
19110 \f
19111 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19112 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (19918 22236))
19113 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19114
19115 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19116 Check whether newsticker is running.
19117 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19118 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19119
19120 \(fn)" nil nil)
19121
19122 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19123 Start the newsticker.
19124 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19125 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19126 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19127 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19128
19129 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19130
19131 ;;;***
19132 \f
19133 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19134 ;;;;;; (20167 36967))
19135 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19136
19137 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19138 Start newsticker plainview.
19139
19140 \(fn)" t nil)
19141
19142 ;;;***
19143 \f
19144 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19145 ;;;;;; (20094 65493))
19146 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19147
19148 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19149 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19150
19151 \(fn)" t nil)
19152
19153 ;;;***
19154 \f
19155 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19156 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (19845 45374))
19157 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19158
19159 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19160 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19161 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19162 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19163 empty.
19164
19165 \(fn)" nil nil)
19166
19167 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19168 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19169 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19170 running already.
19171
19172 \(fn)" t nil)
19173
19174 ;;;***
19175 \f
19176 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19177 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
19178 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19179
19180 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19181 Start newsticker treeview.
19182
19183 \(fn)" t nil)
19184
19185 ;;;***
19186 \f
19187 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19188 ;;;;;; (20221 40442))
19189 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19190
19191 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19192 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19193
19194 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19195
19196 ;;;***
19197 \f
19198 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (19845
19199 ;;;;;; 45374))
19200 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19201
19202 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19203 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19204 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19205 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19206 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19207 symbol in the alist.
19208
19209 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19210
19211 ;;;***
19212 \f
19213 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19214 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19215 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19216
19217 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19218 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19219 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19220
19221 \(fn)" t nil)
19222
19223 ;;;***
19224 \f
19225 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19226 ;;;;;; (20178 7273))
19227 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19228
19229 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19230 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19231
19232 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19233
19234 ;;;***
19235 \f
19236 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19237 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (19845 45374))
19238 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19239
19240 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19241 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19242 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19243
19244 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19245
19246 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19247
19248
19249 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19250
19251 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19252 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19253 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19254 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19255 to future sessions.
19256
19257 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19258
19259 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19260 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19261 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19262 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19263 to future sessions.
19264
19265 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19266
19267 ;;;***
19268 \f
19269 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19270 ;;;;;; (20127 62865))
19271 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19272
19273 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19274 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19275 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19276 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19277 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19278 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19279
19280 \(fn)" t nil)
19281
19282 ;;;***
19283 \f
19284 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19285 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
19286 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19287
19288 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19289 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19290 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19291 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19292
19293 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19294
19295 ;;;***
19296 \f
19297 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (19927
19298 ;;;;;; 37225))
19299 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19300
19301 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19302 Major mode for editing XML.
19303
19304 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19305 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19306 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19307 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19308 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19309 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19310 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19311
19312 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19313
19314 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19315 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19316
19317 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19318 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19319 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19320 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19321 instead of C-c.
19322
19323 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19324 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19325 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19326 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19327 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19328 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19329
19330 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19331 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19332 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19333
19334 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19335 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19336 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19337
19338 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19339 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19340 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19341 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19342 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19343 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19344 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19345 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19346 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19347
19348 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19349
19350 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19351 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19352
19353 \(fn)" t nil)
19354
19355 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19356
19357 ;;;***
19358 \f
19359 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19360 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (19845 45374))
19361 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19362
19363 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19364 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19365 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19366 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19367
19368 \(fn)" t nil)
19369
19370 ;;;***
19371 \f
19372 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-mark-block org-babel-previous-src-block
19373 ;;;;;; org-babel-next-src-block org-babel-goto-named-result org-babel-goto-named-src-block
19374 ;;;;;; org-babel-goto-src-block-head org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe
19375 ;;;;;; org-babel-sha1-hash org-babel-execute-subtree org-babel-execute-buffer
19376 ;;;;;; org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks org-babel-map-src-blocks
19377 ;;;;;; org-babel-open-src-block-result org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code
19378 ;;;;;; org-babel-switch-to-session org-babel-initiate-session org-babel-load-in-session
19379 ;;;;;; org-babel-check-src-block org-babel-expand-src-block org-babel-execute-src-block
19380 ;;;;;; org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe org-babel-load-in-session-maybe
19381 ;;;;;; org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe org-babel-view-src-block-info
19382 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-maybe org-babel-execute-safely-maybe) "ob"
19383 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" (20189 63932))
19384 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob.el
19385
19386 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-safely-maybe "ob" "\
19387
19388
19389 \(fn)" nil nil)
19390
19391 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-maybe "ob" "\
19392
19393
19394 \(fn)" t nil)
19395
19396 (autoload 'org-babel-view-src-block-info "ob" "\
19397 Display information on the current source block.
19398 This includes header arguments, language and name, and is largely
19399 a window into the `org-babel-get-src-block-info' function.
19400
19401 \(fn)" t nil)
19402
19403 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe "ob" "\
19404 Conditionally expand a source block.
19405 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19406 then run `org-babel-expand-src-block'.
19407
19408 \(fn)" t nil)
19409
19410 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session-maybe "ob" "\
19411 Conditionally load a source block in a session.
19412 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19413 then run `org-babel-load-in-session'.
19414
19415 \(fn)" t nil)
19416
19417 (autoload 'org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe "ob" "\
19418 Conditionally pop to a session.
19419 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19420 then run `org-babel-pop-to-session'.
19421
19422 \(fn)" t nil)
19423
19424 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-src-block "ob" "\
19425 Execute the current source code block.
19426 Insert the results of execution into the buffer. Source code
19427 execution and the collection and formatting of results can be
19428 controlled through a variety of header arguments.
19429
19430 With prefix argument ARG, force re-execution even if an
19431 existing result cached in the buffer would otherwise have been
19432 returned.
19433
19434 Optionally supply a value for INFO in the form returned by
19435 `org-babel-get-src-block-info'.
19436
19437 Optionally supply a value for PARAMS which will be merged with
19438 the header arguments specified at the front of the source code
19439 block.
19440
19441 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19442
19443 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block "ob" "\
19444 Expand the current source code block.
19445 Expand according to the source code block's header
19446 arguments and pop open the results in a preview buffer.
19447
19448 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19449
19450 (autoload 'org-babel-check-src-block "ob" "\
19451 Check for misspelled header arguments in the current code block.
19452
19453 \(fn)" t nil)
19454
19455 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session "ob" "\
19456 Load the body of the current source-code block.
19457 Evaluate the header arguments for the source block before
19458 entering the session. After loading the body this pops open the
19459 session.
19460
19461 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19462
19463 (autoload 'org-babel-initiate-session "ob" "\
19464 Initiate session for current code block.
19465 If called with a prefix argument then resolve any variable
19466 references in the header arguments and assign these variables in
19467 the session. Copy the body of the code block to the kill ring.
19468
19469 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19470
19471 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session "ob" "\
19472 Switch to the session of the current code block.
19473 Uses `org-babel-initiate-session' to start the session. If called
19474 with a prefix argument then this is passed on to
19475 `org-babel-initiate-session'.
19476
19477 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19478
19479 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code "ob" "\
19480 Switch to code buffer and display session.
19481
19482 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19483
19484 (autoload 'org-babel-open-src-block-result "ob" "\
19485 If `point' is on a src block then open the results of the
19486 source code block, otherwise return nil. With optional prefix
19487 argument RE-RUN the source-code block is evaluated even if
19488 results already exist.
19489
19490 \(fn &optional RE-RUN)" t nil)
19491
19492 (autoload 'org-babel-map-src-blocks "ob" "\
19493 Evaluate BODY forms on each source-block in FILE.
19494 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19495 buffer. During evaluation of BODY the following local variables
19496 are set relative to the currently matched code block.
19497
19498 full-block ------- string holding the entirety of the code block
19499 beg-block -------- point at the beginning of the code block
19500 end-block -------- point at the end of the matched code block
19501 lang ------------- string holding the language of the code block
19502 beg-lang --------- point at the beginning of the lang
19503 end-lang --------- point at the end of the lang
19504 switches --------- string holding the switches
19505 beg-switches ----- point at the beginning of the switches
19506 end-switches ----- point at the end of the switches
19507 header-args ------ string holding the header-args
19508 beg-header-args -- point at the beginning of the header-args
19509 end-header-args -- point at the end of the header-args
19510 body ------------- string holding the body of the code block
19511 beg-body --------- point at the beginning of the body
19512 end-body --------- point at the end of the body
19513
19514 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19515
19516 (put 'org-babel-map-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19517
19518 (autoload 'org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks "ob" "\
19519 Evaluate BODY forms on each inline source-block in FILE.
19520 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19521 buffer.
19522
19523 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
19524
19525 (put 'org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19526
19527 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-buffer "ob" "\
19528 Execute source code blocks in a buffer.
19529 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19530 the current buffer.
19531
19532 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19533
19534 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-subtree "ob" "\
19535 Execute source code blocks in a subtree.
19536 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19537 the current subtree.
19538
19539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19540
19541 (autoload 'org-babel-sha1-hash "ob" "\
19542 Generate an sha1 hash based on the value of info.
19543
19544 \(fn &optional INFO)" t nil)
19545
19546 (autoload 'org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe "ob" "\
19547 Toggle visibility of result at point.
19548
19549 \(fn)" t nil)
19550
19551 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-src-block-head "ob" "\
19552 Go to the beginning of the current code block.
19553
19554 \(fn)" t nil)
19555
19556 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-src-block "ob" "\
19557 Go to a named source-code block.
19558
19559 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
19560
19561 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-result "ob" "\
19562 Go to a named result.
19563
19564 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
19565
19566 (autoload 'org-babel-next-src-block "ob" "\
19567 Jump to the next source block.
19568 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump forward ARG many source blocks.
19569
19570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19571
19572 (autoload 'org-babel-previous-src-block "ob" "\
19573 Jump to the previous source block.
19574 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump backward ARG many source blocks.
19575
19576 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19577
19578 (autoload 'org-babel-mark-block "ob" "\
19579 Mark current src block
19580
19581 \(fn)" t nil)
19582
19583 ;;;***
19584 \f
19585 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-describe-bindings) "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
19586 ;;;;;; (20045 30710))
19587 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
19588
19589 (autoload 'org-babel-describe-bindings "ob-keys" "\
19590 Describe all keybindings behind `org-babel-key-prefix'.
19591
19592 \(fn)" t nil)
19593
19594 ;;;***
19595 \f
19596 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-lob-get-info org-babel-lob-execute-maybe
19597 ;;;;;; org-babel-lob-ingest) "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el" (20045 31431))
19598 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
19599
19600 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-ingest "ob-lob" "\
19601 Add all named source-blocks defined in FILE to
19602 `org-babel-library-of-babel'.
19603
19604 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
19605
19606 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-execute-maybe "ob-lob" "\
19607 Execute a Library of Babel source block, if appropriate.
19608 Detect if this is context for a Library Of Babel source block and
19609 if so then run the appropriate source block from the Library.
19610
19611 \(fn)" t nil)
19612
19613 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-get-info "ob-lob" "\
19614 Return a Library of Babel function call as a string.
19615
19616 \(fn)" nil nil)
19617
19618 ;;;***
19619 \f
19620 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-tangle org-babel-tangle-file org-babel-load-file
19621 ;;;;;; org-babel-tangle-lang-exts) "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
19622 ;;;;;; (20045 30712))
19623 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
19624
19625 (defvar org-babel-tangle-lang-exts '(("emacs-lisp" . "el")) "\
19626 Alist mapping languages to their file extensions.
19627 The key is the language name, the value is the string that should
19628 be inserted as the extension commonly used to identify files
19629 written in this language. If no entry is found in this list,
19630 then the name of the language is used.")
19631
19632 (custom-autoload 'org-babel-tangle-lang-exts "ob-tangle" t)
19633
19634 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "ob-tangle" "\
19635 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19636 This function exports the source code using
19637 `org-babel-tangle' and then loads the resulting file using
19638 `load-file'.
19639
19640 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
19641
19642 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle-file "ob-tangle" "\
19643 Extract the bodies of source code blocks in FILE.
19644 Source code blocks are extracted with `org-babel-tangle'.
19645 Optional argument TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default
19646 export file for all source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be
19647 used to limit the exported source code blocks by language.
19648
19649 \(fn FILE &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19650
19651 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle "ob-tangle" "\
19652 Write code blocks to source-specific files.
19653 Extract the bodies of all source code blocks from the current
19654 file into their own source-specific files. Optional argument
19655 TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default export file for all
19656 source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be used to limit the
19657 exported source code blocks by language.
19658
19659 \(fn &optional ONLY-THIS-BLOCK TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19660
19661 ;;;***
19662 \f
19663 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19664 ;;;;;; (20135 56947))
19665 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19666
19667 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19668 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19669 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19670
19671 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19672
19673 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19674 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19675
19676 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19677 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19678 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19679
19680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19681
19682 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19683
19684 ;;;***
19685 \f
19686 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19687 ;;;;;; (20135 56947))
19688 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19689
19690 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19691 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19692
19693 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19694 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19695 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19696 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19697
19698 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19699 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19700 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19701 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19702 is why you need this mode!).
19703
19704 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19705 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19706 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19707
19708 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19709
19710 Keybindings
19711 ===========
19712
19713 \\{octave-mode-map}
19714
19715 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19716 ==============================================
19717
19718 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19719 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19720 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19721
19722 `octave-block-offset'
19723 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19724 Default is 2.
19725
19726 `octave-continuation-offset'
19727 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19728 Default is 4.
19729
19730 `octave-continuation-string'
19731 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19732 Default is a backslash.
19733
19734 `octave-send-echo-input'
19735 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19736 command to the inferior Octave process.
19737
19738 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19739 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19740 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19741
19742 `octave-send-echo-input'
19743 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19744
19745 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19746
19747 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19748 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19749
19750 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19751
19752 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19753 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19754
19755 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19756 (lambda ()
19757 (abbrev-mode 1)
19758 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19759
19760 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19761 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19762 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19763 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19764
19765 \(fn)" t nil)
19766
19767 ;;;***
19768 \f
19769 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
19770 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb
19771 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
19772 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
19773 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
19774 ;;;;;; org-mode org-babel-do-load-languages) "org" "org/org.el"
19775 ;;;;;; (20197 58064))
19776 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19777
19778 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19779 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19780
19781 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19782
19783 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19784 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19785 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19786
19787 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19788 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19789 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19790 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19791 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19792 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19793 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19794 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19795 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19796 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19797
19798 The following commands are available:
19799
19800 \\{org-mode-map}
19801
19802 \(fn)" t nil)
19803
19804 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
19805
19806 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19807 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19808 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19809 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19810
19811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19812
19813 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19814 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19815 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19816 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19817 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19818 defined by Org-mode).
19819
19820 M-up Move entry/item up
19821 M-down Move entry/item down
19822 M-left Promote
19823 M-right Demote
19824 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19825 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19826 M-S-left Promote subtree
19827 M-S-right Demote subtree
19828 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19829 C-c ^ Sort entries
19830 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19831 TAB Cycle item visibility
19832 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19833 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19834 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19835
19836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19837
19838 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19839 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19840
19841 \(fn)" nil nil)
19842
19843 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19844 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19845
19846 \(fn)" nil nil)
19847
19848 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19849 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19850 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19851 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19852 call CMD.
19853
19854 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19855
19856 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19857 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19858 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19859 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19860
19861 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19862 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19863 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19864
19865 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19866
19867 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19868 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19869 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19870
19871 \(fn)" t nil)
19872
19873 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19874 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19875 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19876 Org-mode syntax.
19877
19878 \(fn)" t nil)
19879
19880 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19881 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19882
19883 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19884
19885 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
19886 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
19887
19888 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
19889 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
19890 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
19891 returned as a list.
19892
19893 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
19894 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
19895 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
19896 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
19897 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
19898 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
19899 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
19900 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
19901 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
19902 position.
19903
19904 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
19905 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
19906 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
19907 visited by the iteration.
19908
19909 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
19910
19911 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
19912 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
19913 region The entries within the active region, if any
19914 file The current buffer, without restriction
19915 file-with-archives
19916 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
19917 agenda All agenda files
19918 agenda-with-archives
19919 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
19920 \(file1 file2 ...)
19921 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
19922
19923 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
19924 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
19925
19926 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
19927 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
19928 function or Emacs Lisp form:
19929 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
19930 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
19931 entry and search will continue from the point where the
19932 function leaves it.
19933
19934 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
19935 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
19936 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
19937 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
19938 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
19939 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
19940 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
19941 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
19942
19943 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
19944
19945 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19946 Switch between Org buffers.
19947 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19948 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19949
19950 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19951 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19952
19953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19954
19955 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19956
19957 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19958
19959 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19960 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19961 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19962 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19963
19964 \(fn)" t nil)
19965
19966 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19967 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19968
19969 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19970
19971 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19972 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19973 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19974
19975 \(fn)" t nil)
19976
19977 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
19978
19979
19980 \(fn)" t nil)
19981
19982 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19983 Reload all org lisp files.
19984 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19985
19986 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19987
19988 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19989 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19990
19991 \(fn)" t nil)
19992
19993 ;;;***
19994 \f
19995 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
19996 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19997 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19998 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19999 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (20187 22214))
20000 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
20001
20002 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20003 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
20004 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
20005 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
20006
20007 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
20008 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
20009 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
20010 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
20011 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
20012 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
20013 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
20014 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
20015 e Export views to associated files.
20016 s Search entries for keywords.
20017 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
20018 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20019 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
20020 Press several times to get the desired effect.
20021 > Remove a previous restriction.
20022 # List \"stuck\" projects.
20023 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
20024 C Configure custom agenda commands.
20025
20026 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
20027 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
20028 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
20029
20030 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
20031 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
20032 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
20033 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
20034 \(if active).
20035
20036 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
20037
20038 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20039 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20040 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20041 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20042 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20043 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20044 before running the agenda command.
20045
20046 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20047
20048 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
20049 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20050 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20051 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20052 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20053 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20054 before running the agenda command.
20055
20056 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
20057 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
20058
20059 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
20060
20061 category The category of the item
20062 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
20063 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
20064 todo selected in TODO match
20065 tagsmatch selected in tags match
20066 diary imported from diary
20067 deadline a deadline on given date
20068 scheduled scheduled on given date
20069 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
20070 closed entry was closed on given date
20071 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
20072 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
20073 block entry has date block including g. date
20074 todo The todo keyword, if any
20075 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
20076 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
20077 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
20078 extra Sting with extra planning info
20079 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
20080 priority-n The computed numerical priority
20081 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
20082
20083 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20084
20085 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20086
20087
20088 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20089
20090 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20091 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20092
20093 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
20094
20095 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
20096 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20097 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20098 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20099
20100 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20101 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
20102 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
20103
20104 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20105 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20106
20107 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
20108
20109 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
20110 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
20111
20112 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
20113 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20114 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20115 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20116 EDIT-AT.
20117
20118 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20119 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20120 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
20121 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20122 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20123 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
20124
20125 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20126 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20127 including newlines.
20128
20129 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20130 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20131 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
20132 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
20133 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20134 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20135 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20136
20137 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20138 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20139 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20140 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20141
20142 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20143 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20144 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20145 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20146 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20147 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20148 Boolean search must match as full words.
20149
20150 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20151 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20152
20153 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20154
20155 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20156 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20157 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20158 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20159 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20160 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20161
20162 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20163
20164 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20165 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20166 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20167
20168 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20169
20170 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20171 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20172 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20173 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20174 `org-stuck-projects'.
20175
20176 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20177
20178 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20179 Return diary information from org-files.
20180 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20181 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20182 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20183 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20184 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20185
20186 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20187
20188 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20189
20190 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20191 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20192
20193 &%%(org-diary)
20194
20195 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
20196 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
20197 So the example above may also be written as
20198
20199 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20200
20201 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20202 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20203 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20204
20205 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20206
20207 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20208 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20209
20210 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20211
20212 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20213 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20214 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20215
20216 \(fn)" t nil)
20217
20218 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20219 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20220 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20221 appointments.
20222
20223 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20224 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20225
20226 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20227 for filtering entries out.
20228
20229 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20230 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20231
20232 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20233 (category \"Work\"))
20234
20235 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20236 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20237
20238 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
20239
20240 ;;;***
20241 \f
20242 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
20243 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
20244 ;;;;;; (20045 30713))
20245 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
20246
20247 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
20248 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
20249 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
20250
20251 \(fn)" t nil)
20252
20253 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
20254 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
20255 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
20256
20257 \(fn)" t nil)
20258
20259 ;;;***
20260 \f
20261 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
20262 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer
20263 ;;;;;; org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer org-export-as-utf8 org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer
20264 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latin1) "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (20045
20265 ;;;;;; 30713))
20266 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
20267
20268 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1 "org-ascii" "\
20269 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use latin1 encoding for special symbols.
20270
20271 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20272
20273 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20274 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use latin1 encoding for symbols.
20275
20276 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20277
20278 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8 "org-ascii" "\
20279 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use encoding for special symbols.
20280
20281 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20282
20283 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20284 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use utf8 encoding for symbols.
20285
20286 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20287
20288 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20289 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
20290 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
20291
20292 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20293
20294 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20295 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
20296 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20297 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
20298 command to convert it.
20299
20300 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20301
20302 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20303 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
20304 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20305 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20306 cut-and-paste operations.
20307 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20308 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20309 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20310 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20311
20312 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
20313
20314 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20315 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20316
20317 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20318
20319 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20320 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
20321 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20322 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20323 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20324 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
20325 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20326 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20327 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20328 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20329 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20330 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20331 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20332 publishing directory.
20333
20334 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20335
20336 ;;;***
20337 \f
20338 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (20045
20339 ;;;;;; 30713))
20340 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
20341
20342 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
20343 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
20344 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
20345
20346 \(fn)" t nil)
20347
20348 ;;;***
20349 \f
20350 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
20351 ;;;;;; (20164 29468))
20352 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
20353
20354 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
20355 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
20356
20357 \(fn)" nil nil)
20358
20359 ;;;***
20360 \f
20361 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture-insert-template-here
20362 ;;;;;; org-capture) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20168 57844))
20363 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20364
20365 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20366 Capture something.
20367 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20368 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20369 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20370 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20371 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20372 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20373
20374 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20375 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20376 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20377 stored.
20378
20379 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20380
20381 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template in
20382 `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection will be
20383 bypassed.
20384
20385 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20386
20387 (autoload 'org-capture-insert-template-here "org-capture" "\
20388
20389
20390 \(fn)" nil nil)
20391
20392 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20393 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20394
20395 \(fn)" t nil)
20396
20397 ;;;***
20398 \f
20399 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
20400 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (20187 22214))
20401 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
20402
20403 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
20404 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
20405 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
20406 fontified, and then returned.
20407
20408 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
20409
20410 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
20411 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
20412
20413 \(fn)" nil nil)
20414
20415 ;;;***
20416 \f
20417 ;;;### (autoloads (org-datetree-find-date-create) "org-datetree"
20418 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (20045 30713))
20419 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
20420
20421 (autoload 'org-datetree-find-date-create "org-datetree" "\
20422 Find or create an entry for DATE.
20423 If KEEP-RESTRICTION is non-nil, do not widen the buffer.
20424 When it is nil, the buffer will be widened to make sure an existing date
20425 tree can be found.
20426
20427 \(fn DATE &optional KEEP-RESTRICTION)" nil nil)
20428
20429 ;;;***
20430 \f
20431 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
20432 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
20433 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
20434 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (20045 30713))
20435 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
20436
20437 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
20438 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
20439 This function can be used in batch processing.
20440
20441 For example:
20442
20443 $ emacs --batch
20444 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20445 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
20446
20447 \(fn)" nil nil)
20448
20449 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
20450 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
20451 No file is created.
20452
20453 \(fn)" t nil)
20454
20455 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20456 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
20457 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20458 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20459 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
20460 then use this command to convert it.
20461
20462 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20463
20464 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20465 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
20466 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
20467 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20468 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
20469 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
20470 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
20471 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
20472 could call this function in the following way:
20473
20474 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
20475
20476 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20477 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20478
20479 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20480
20481 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
20482 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
20483
20484 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20485
20486 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
20487 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
20488
20489 \(fn)" t nil)
20490
20491 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20492 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
20493 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
20494 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
20495 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
20496 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
20497 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
20498 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
20499 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
20500 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
20501 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
20502 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20503 publishing directory.
20504
20505 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20506
20507 ;;;***
20508 \f
20509 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
20510 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
20511 ;;;;;; (20221 40442))
20512 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
20513
20514 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
20515 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
20516 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
20517 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
20518 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20519
20520 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
20521 ARG is a double universal prefix \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], that means to inverse the
20522 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20523
20524 If `org-export-initial-scope' is set to 'subtree, try to export
20525 the current subtree, otherwise try to export the whole buffer.
20526 Pressing `1' will switch between these two options.
20527
20528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20529
20530 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
20531 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
20532 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
20533 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also selects the export command in
20534 the \\<org-mode-map>\\[org-export] export dispatcher.
20535 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
20536 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
20537 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
20538 command.
20539
20540 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
20541
20542 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
20543 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
20544 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
20545 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
20546 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
20547
20548 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
20549 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
20550 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
20551 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
20552
20553 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
20554 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
20555 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
20556
20557 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20558 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20559 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20560 directory.
20561
20562 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20563
20564 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
20565 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
20566
20567 \(fn)" t nil)
20568
20569 ;;;***
20570 \f
20571 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
20572 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (20065
20573 ;;;;;; 65310))
20574 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
20575
20576 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
20577 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
20578
20579 \(fn)" t nil)
20580
20581 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
20582 Get inbox items from FEED.
20583 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
20584 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
20585
20586 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
20587
20588 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
20589 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
20590
20591 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
20592
20593 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
20594 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
20595
20596 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
20597
20598 ;;;***
20599 \f
20600 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
20601 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (20161 45793))
20602 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
20603
20604 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
20605 Do the right thing for footnotes.
20606
20607 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition.
20608
20609 When at a definition, jump to the references if they exist, offer
20610 to create them otherwise.
20611
20612 When neither at definition or reference, create a new footnote,
20613 interactively.
20614
20615 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
20616
20617 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
20618
20619 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
20620 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
20621
20622 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
20623 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
20624 Org-mode exporters.
20625
20626 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
20627 referenced sequence.
20628
20629 If Org is amidst an export process, EXPORT-PROPS will hold the
20630 export properties of the buffer.
20631
20632 When EXPORT-PROPS is non-nil, the default action is to insert
20633 normalized footnotes towards the end of the pre-processing buffer.
20634 Some exporters like docbook, odt, etc. expect that footnote
20635 definitions be available before any references to them. Such
20636 exporters can let bind `org-footnote-insert-pos-for-preprocessor' to
20637 symbol 'point-min to achieve the desired behavior.
20638
20639 Additional note on `org-footnote-insert-pos-for-preprocessor':
20640 1. This variable has not effect when FOR-PREPROCESSOR is nil.
20641 2. This variable (potentially) obviates the need for extra scan
20642 of pre-processor buffer as witnessed in
20643 `org-export-docbook-get-footnotes'.
20644
20645 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY EXPORT-PROPS)" nil nil)
20646
20647 ;;;***
20648 \f
20649 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
20650 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
20651 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
20652 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (20172 54913))
20653 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
20654
20655 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
20656 Export the current buffer as a Freemind file.
20657 If there is an active region, export only the region. HIDDEN is
20658 obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20659 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20660 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20661 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20662 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20663 buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML as a string.
20664 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20665 simply return the content of the document (all top level
20666 sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20667 directory.
20668
20669 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20670
20671 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20672
20673 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
20674 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
20675
20676 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
20677
20678 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
20679 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20680 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20681
20682 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20683
20684 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20685 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20686 All the nodes will be opened or closed in Freemind just as you
20687 have them in `org-mode'.
20688
20689 Note that exporting to Freemind also gives you an alternative way
20690 to export from `org-mode' to html. You can create a dynamic html
20691 version of the your org file, by first exporting to Freemind and
20692 then exporting from Freemind to html. The 'As
20693 XHTML (JavaScript)' version in Freemind works very well (and you
20694 can use a CSS stylesheet to style it).
20695
20696 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20697
20698 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
20699 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20700
20701 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
20702
20703 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20704 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
20705
20706 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
20707
20708 ;;;***
20709 \f
20710 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
20711 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
20712 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
20713 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (20065 65310))
20714 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
20715
20716 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20717
20718 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20719
20720 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20721
20722 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
20723 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
20724 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20725 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20726 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
20727
20728 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20729
20730 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
20731 Call the function `org-export-as-html'.
20732 This function can be used in batch processing as:
20733 emacs --batch
20734 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20735 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20736 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
20737
20738 \(fn)" nil nil)
20739
20740 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
20741 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
20742 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
20743
20744 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20745
20746 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
20747 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
20748 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20749 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
20750 command to convert it.
20751
20752 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20753
20754 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
20755 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
20756 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20757 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20758 cut-and-paste operations.
20759 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20760 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20761 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20762 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20763
20764 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
20765
20766 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20767 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20768
20769 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20770
20771 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
20772 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
20773 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20774 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20775 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20776 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20777 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20778 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20779 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20780 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20781 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20782 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20783 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
20784 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
20785 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20786
20787 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20788
20789 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
20790 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
20791 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
20792 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
20793 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
20794 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
20795 need into your CSS file.
20796
20797 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
20798 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
20799 that uses these same face definitions.
20800
20801 \(fn)" t nil)
20802
20803 ;;;***
20804 \f
20805 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
20806 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
20807 ;;;;;; (20164 29468))
20808 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
20809
20810 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
20811 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20812 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20813 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20814
20815 \(fn)" t nil)
20816
20817 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20818 Export all files in the variable `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20819 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20820 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20821
20822 \(fn)" t nil)
20823
20824 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20825 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20826 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20827
20828 \(fn)" t nil)
20829
20830 ;;;***
20831 \f
20832 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-store-link org-id-find-id-file org-id-find
20833 ;;;;;; org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion
20834 ;;;;;; org-id-get org-id-copy org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
20835 ;;;;;; (20065 65310))
20836 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
20837
20838 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
20839 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
20840 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
20841 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
20842
20843 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20844
20845 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
20846 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
20847 Create an ID if necessary.
20848
20849 \(fn)" t nil)
20850
20851 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
20852 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
20853 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
20854 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
20855 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
20856 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
20857 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
20858
20859 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
20860
20861 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
20862 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20863 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
20864 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
20865 eligible.
20866 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20867
20868 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20869
20870 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
20871 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20872 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
20873 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20874
20875 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20876
20877 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
20878 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
20879 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
20880
20881 \(fn ID)" t nil)
20882
20883 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
20884 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
20885 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
20886 if there is no entry with that ID.
20887 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
20888
20889 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
20890
20891 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
20892 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
20893
20894 \(fn ID)" nil nil)
20895
20896 (autoload 'org-id-store-link "org-id" "\
20897 Store a link to the current entry, using its ID.
20898
20899 \(fn)" t nil)
20900
20901 ;;;***
20902 \f
20903 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
20904 ;;;;;; (20045 30716))
20905 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
20906
20907 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
20908 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
20909
20910 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' properties to all non-headlines.
20911 These properties are updated locally in idle time.
20912 FIXME: How to update when broken?
20913
20914 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20915
20916 ;;;***
20917 \f
20918 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
20919 ;;;;;; (20065 65310))
20920 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
20921
20922 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
20923 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
20924
20925 \(fn)" nil nil)
20926
20927 ;;;***
20928 \f
20929 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
20930 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20931 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
20932 ;;;;;; (20164 29468))
20933 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
20934
20935 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
20936 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
20937 For example:
20938
20939 emacs --batch
20940 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20941 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20942 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20943
20944 \(fn)" nil nil)
20945
20946 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
20947 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20948 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20949
20950 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20951
20952 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
20953 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20954 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20955 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20956 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20957 then use this command to convert it.
20958
20959 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20960
20961 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20962 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20963 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20964 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20965 cut-and-paste operations.
20966 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20967 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20968 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
20969 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20970
20971 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20972
20973 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20974 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20975
20976 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20977
20978 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20979 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20980 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20981 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20982 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20983 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20984 convert them as description lists.
20985 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20986 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20987 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20988 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20989 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20990 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20991 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20992 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20993 simply return the content of \\begin{document}...\\end{document},
20994 without even the \\begin{document} and \\end{document} commands.
20995 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20996
20997 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20998
20999 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
21000 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
21001
21002 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
21003
21004 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
21005 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
21006
21007 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21008
21009 ;;;***
21010 \f
21011 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
21012 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (20065
21013 ;;;;;; 65310))
21014 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
21015
21016 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
21017 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
21018 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
21019 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
21020
21021 \(fn)" t nil)
21022
21023 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
21024 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
21025 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
21026 agenda view showing the flagged items.
21027
21028 \(fn)" t nil)
21029
21030 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
21031 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
21032
21033 \(fn)" t nil)
21034
21035 ;;;***
21036 \f
21037 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
21038 ;;;;;; (20157 54694))
21039 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
21040
21041 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
21042 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
21043 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
21044 line directly before or after the table.
21045
21046 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
21047
21048 ;;;***
21049 \f
21050 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
21051 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
21052 ;;;;;; (20189 63932))
21053 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
21054
21055 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
21056
21057 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
21058 Publish PROJECT.
21059
21060 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21061
21062 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
21063 Publish all projects.
21064 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
21065 directory and force publishing all files.
21066
21067 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21068
21069 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
21070 Publish the current file.
21071 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
21072
21073 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21074
21075 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
21076 Publish the project associated with the current file.
21077 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
21078 the project.
21079
21080 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21081
21082 ;;;***
21083 \f
21084 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
21085 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
21086 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (20165 31925))
21087 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
21088
21089 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
21090 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
21091
21092 \(fn)" nil nil)
21093
21094 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
21095 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
21096 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
21097 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
21098 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
21099
21100 \(fn)" nil nil)
21101
21102 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
21103 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
21104 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
21105 to be run from that hook to function properly.
21106
21107 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
21108
21109 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
21110 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
21111 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
21112 of the remember buffer.
21113
21114 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
21115 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
21116 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last
21117 note stored by remember.
21118
21119 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
21120 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
21121
21122 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
21123
21124 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
21125 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
21126 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
21127 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
21128 `org-remember-default-headline'.
21129 \\<org-remember-mode-map>
21130 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
21131 is 1 (using C-1 \\[org-remember-finalize] to exit remember), an interactive
21132 process is used to select the target location.
21133
21134 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-0 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
21135 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
21136
21137 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-2 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
21138 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
21139 currently running.
21140
21141 When \\[universal-argument] has been used as prefix argument, the
21142 note is stored and Emacs moves point to the new location of the
21143 note, so that editing can be continued there (similar to
21144 inserting \"%&\" into the template).
21145
21146 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
21147 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
21148 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
21149 some additional data.
21150
21151 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
21152 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
21153 \(i.e. after the stars).
21154
21155 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
21156
21157 \(fn)" nil nil)
21158
21159 ;;;***
21160 \f
21161 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
21162 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (20222 61246))
21163 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
21164
21165 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
21166 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
21167
21168 \(fn)" nil nil)
21169
21170 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
21171 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
21172
21173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21174
21175 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
21176 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
21177 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
21178 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
21179 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
21180
21181 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
21182
21183 ;;;***
21184 \f
21185 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open org-export-as-taskjuggler)
21186 ;;;;;; "org-taskjuggler" "org/org-taskjuggler.el" (20187 22214))
21187 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-taskjuggler.el
21188
21189 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler "org-taskjuggler" "\
21190 Export parts of the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file.
21191 The exporter looks for a tree with tag, property or todo that
21192 matches `org-export-taskjuggler-project-tag' and takes this as
21193 the tasks for this project. The first node of this tree defines
21194 the project properties such as project name and project period.
21195 If there is a tree with tag, property or todo that matches
21196 `org-export-taskjuggler-resource-tag' this three is taken as
21197 resources for the project. If no resources are specified, a
21198 default resource is created and allocated to the project. Also
21199 the taskjuggler project will be created with default reports as
21200 defined in `org-export-taskjuggler-default-reports'.
21201
21202 \(fn)" t nil)
21203
21204 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open "org-taskjuggler" "\
21205 Export the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file and open it
21206 with the TaskJuggler GUI.
21207
21208 \(fn)" t nil)
21209
21210 ;;;***
21211 \f
21212 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
21213 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
21214 ;;;;;; (20045 30718))
21215 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
21216
21217 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
21218 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
21219 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
21220 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
21221 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
21222 without user interaction.
21223 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
21224 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
21225 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
21226 the region 0:00:00.
21227
21228 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
21229
21230 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
21231 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
21232 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
21233 a \\[universal-argument] prefix, force restarting the timer.
21234 When used with a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument], change all the timer string
21235 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
21236 that was not started at the correct moment.
21237
21238 If NO-INSERT-P is non-nil, return the string instead of inserting
21239 it in the buffer.
21240
21241 \(fn &optional RESTART NO-INSERT-P)" t nil)
21242
21243 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
21244 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
21245
21246 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
21247
21248 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
21249 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
21250
21251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21252
21253 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
21254 Prompt for a duration and set a timer.
21255
21256 If `org-timer-default-timer' is not zero, suggest this value as
21257 the default duration for the timer. If a timer is already set,
21258 prompt the user if she wants to replace it.
21259
21260 Called with a numeric prefix argument, use this numeric value as
21261 the duration of the timer.
21262
21263 Called with a `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
21264 without prompting the user for a duration.
21265
21266 With two `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
21267 without prompting the user for a duration and automatically
21268 replace any running timer.
21269
21270 \(fn &optional OPT)" t nil)
21271
21272 ;;;***
21273 \f
21274 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
21275 ;;;;;; (20045 30719))
21276 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
21277
21278 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
21279 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
21280 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
21281
21282 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21283
21284 ;;;***
21285 \f
21286 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
21287 ;;;;;; (20162 63140))
21288 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
21289 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21290 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21291
21292 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
21293 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
21294 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
21295 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
21296
21297 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
21298 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
21299 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
21300 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
21301
21302 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
21303 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
21304 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
21305 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
21306 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
21307 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
21308
21309 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
21310 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
21311 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
21312
21313 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
21314 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
21315 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
21316 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
21317 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
21318 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
21319 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
21320 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
21321 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
21322 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
21323 The subheadings remain visible.
21324 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
21325
21326 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
21327 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
21328 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
21329
21330 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
21331 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
21332
21333 \(fn)" t nil)
21334
21335 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
21336 Toggle Outline minor mode.
21337 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
21338 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
21339 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
21340
21341 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
21342
21343 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21344 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
21345
21346 ;;;***
21347 \f
21348 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
21349 ;;;;;; package-refresh-contents package-install-file package-install-from-buffer
21350 ;;;;;; package-install package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
21351 ;;;;;; (20189 63932))
21352 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
21353
21354 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
21355 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
21356 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
21357 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
21358 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
21359
21360 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
21361 activate the package system at any time.")
21362
21363 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
21364
21365 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
21366 Install the package named NAME.
21367 NAME should be the name of one of the available packages in an
21368 archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for NAME.
21369
21370 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
21371
21372 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
21373 Install a package from the current buffer.
21374 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
21375 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
21376 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
21377
21378 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
21379 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
21380 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
21381
21382 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
21383
21384 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
21385 Install a package from a file.
21386 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
21387
21388 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
21389
21390 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
21391 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
21392 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
21393 makes them available for download.
21394
21395 \(fn)" t nil)
21396
21397 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
21398 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
21399 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
21400 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
21401
21402 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
21403
21404 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
21405 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
21406
21407 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
21408
21409 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
21410 Display a list of packages.
21411 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
21412 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
21413 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
21414
21415 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
21416
21417 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
21418
21419 ;;;***
21420 \f
21421 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (20127 62865))
21422 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
21423
21424 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
21425 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
21426 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
21427 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21428 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21429 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
21430
21431 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
21432
21433 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
21434 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
21435 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
21436 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
21437 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
21438
21439 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
21440 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
21441 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
21442
21443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21444
21445 ;;;***
21446 \f
21447 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
21448 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
21449 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
21450 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
21451
21452 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
21453 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
21454 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
21455 unknown are returned as nil.
21456
21457 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21458
21459 ;;;***
21460 \f
21461 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20200
21462 ;;;;;; 34235))
21463 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
21464
21465 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
21466 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
21467 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21468
21469 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
21470 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
21471
21472 Other useful functions are:
21473
21474 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
21475 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
21476 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
21477 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
21478 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
21479 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
21480 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
21481 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
21482 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
21483
21484 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
21485
21486 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
21487 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
21488 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
21489 Indentation for case statements.
21490 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
21491 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
21492 mark after an end.
21493 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
21494 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
21495 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
21496 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
21497 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21498 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
21499 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
21500 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
21501 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
21502 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
21503
21504 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
21505 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
21506
21507 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
21508 no args, if that value is non-nil.
21509
21510 \(fn)" t nil)
21511
21512 ;;;***
21513 \f
21514 ;;;### (autoloads (password-in-cache-p password-cache-expiry password-cache)
21515 ;;;;;; "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20089 47591))
21516 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
21517
21518 (defvar password-cache t "\
21519 Whether to cache passwords.")
21520
21521 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
21522
21523 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
21524 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
21525 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
21526
21527 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
21528
21529 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
21530 Check if KEY is in the cache.
21531
21532 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
21533
21534 ;;;***
21535 \f
21536 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
21537 ;;;;;; (20222 61246))
21538 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
21539
21540 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
21541 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
21542 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
21543
21544 UPatterns can take the following forms:
21545 _ matches anything.
21546 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
21547 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
21548 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
21549 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
21550 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
21551 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
21552 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
21553 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
21554 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
21555
21556 QPatterns can take the following forms:
21557 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
21558 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
21559 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
21560 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
21561 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
21562
21563 PRED can take the form
21564 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
21565 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with N+1 arguments.
21566 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
21567 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
21568 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
21569 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
21570 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
21571
21572 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil (quote macro))
21573
21574 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21575
21576 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
21577 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21578 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21579 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21580
21581 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21582
21583 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21584
21585 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
21586 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21587 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21588 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21589
21590 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
21591
21592 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21593
21594 ;;;***
21595 \f
21596 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20100
21597 ;;;;;; 17869))
21598 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
21599
21600 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
21601 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
21602
21603 \(fn)" nil nil)
21604
21605 ;;;***
21606 \f
21607 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
21608 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20193 60993))
21609 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
21610
21611 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21612 Completion for `gzip'.
21613
21614 \(fn)" nil nil)
21615
21616 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21617 Completion for `bzip2'.
21618
21619 \(fn)" nil nil)
21620
21621 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21622 Completion for GNU `make'.
21623
21624 \(fn)" nil nil)
21625
21626 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21627 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
21628
21629 \(fn)" nil nil)
21630
21631 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
21632
21633 ;;;***
21634 \f
21635 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
21636 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (19986 58615))
21637 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
21638
21639 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
21640 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
21641
21642 \(fn)" nil nil)
21643
21644 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21645 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
21646
21647 \(fn)" nil nil)
21648
21649 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21650 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
21651
21652 \(fn)" nil nil)
21653
21654 ;;;***
21655 \f
21656 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (19961
21657 ;;;;;; 55377))
21658 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
21659
21660 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
21661 Completion for the `rpm' command.
21662
21663 \(fn)" nil nil)
21664
21665 ;;;***
21666 \f
21667 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
21668 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
21669 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20121 24048))
21670 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
21671
21672 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
21673 Completion for `cd'.
21674
21675 \(fn)" nil nil)
21676
21677 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
21678
21679 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
21680 Completion for `rmdir'.
21681
21682 \(fn)" nil nil)
21683
21684 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
21685 Completion for `rm'.
21686
21687 \(fn)" nil nil)
21688
21689 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
21690 Completion for `xargs'.
21691
21692 \(fn)" nil nil)
21693
21694 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
21695
21696 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
21697 Completion for `which'.
21698
21699 \(fn)" nil nil)
21700
21701 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
21702 Completion for the `chown' command.
21703
21704 \(fn)" nil nil)
21705
21706 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21707 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
21708
21709 \(fn)" nil nil)
21710
21711 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
21712 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
21713
21714 \(fn)" nil nil)
21715
21716 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21717 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
21718 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
21719
21720 \(fn)" nil nil)
21721
21722 ;;;***
21723 \f
21724 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
21725 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
21726 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20106
21727 ;;;;;; 17429))
21728 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
21729
21730 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
21731 Support extensible programmable completion.
21732 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
21733 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
21734
21735 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
21736
21737 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
21738 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
21739
21740 \(fn)" t nil)
21741
21742 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
21743 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21744 This will modify the current buffer.
21745
21746 \(fn)" t nil)
21747
21748 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
21749 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
21750
21751 \(fn)" t nil)
21752
21753 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
21754 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21755 This will modify the current buffer.
21756
21757 \(fn)" t nil)
21758
21759 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
21760 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
21761
21762 \(fn)" t nil)
21763
21764 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
21765 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
21766
21767 \(fn)" t nil)
21768
21769 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
21770 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
21771 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
21772 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
21773 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
21774
21775 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
21776
21777 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
21778 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
21779
21780 \(fn)" nil nil)
21781
21782 ;;;***
21783 \f
21784 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
21785 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
21786 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (20187 22214))
21787 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
21788
21789 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
21790 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
21791 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
21792 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21793
21794 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
21795
21796 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
21797
21798 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
21799 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
21800 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21801 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21802 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21803 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21804 FLAGS is ignored.
21805
21806 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21807
21808 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21809 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21810 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21811 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21812 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21813 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21814 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21815 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21816
21817 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21818
21819 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21820 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21821 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21822 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21823 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21824 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21825 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21826 passed to cvs.
21827
21828 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21829
21830 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21831 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21832 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21833 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21834 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21835 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21836 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21837
21838 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21839
21840 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21841 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21842 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21843
21844 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21845
21846 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21847 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21848 A value of nil means never do it.
21849 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21850 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21851 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21852
21853 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21854
21855 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21856 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21857 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21858
21859 ;;;***
21860 \f
21861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (20174 10230))
21862 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
21863
21864 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
21865 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
21866
21867 ;;;***
21868 \f
21869 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
21870 ;;;;;; (20108 12033))
21871 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21872 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21873 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21874 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21875 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21876 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21877 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21878
21879 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21880 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21881 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21882 Tab indents for Perl code.
21883 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21884 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21885 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21886 \\{perl-mode-map}
21887 Variables controlling indentation style:
21888 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21889 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21890 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21891 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21892 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21893 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21894 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21895 `perl-nochange'
21896 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21897 `perl-indent-level'
21898 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21899 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21900 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21901 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21902 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21903 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21904 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21905 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21906 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21907 `perl-brace-offset'
21908 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21909 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21910 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21911 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21912 `perl-label-offset'
21913 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21914 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21915 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21916
21917 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21918 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21919 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21920 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21921 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21922 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21923 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21924
21925 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21926
21927 \(fn)" t nil)
21928
21929 ;;;***
21930 \f
21931 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
21932 ;;;;;; (20188 43079))
21933 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21934
21935 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21936 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21937 \\<picture-mode-map>
21938 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21939 afterwards settable by these commands:
21940
21941 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21942 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21943 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21944 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21945
21946 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21947 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21948 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21949 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21950
21951 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21952 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21953 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21954 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21955
21956 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21957 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21958 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21959 with these commands:
21960
21961 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21962 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21963 Move to column following last
21964 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21965 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21966 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21967 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21968 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21969 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21970
21971 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21972
21973 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21974 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21975 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21976 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21977 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21978 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21979
21980 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21981 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21982 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
21983 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21984 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21985 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21986 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21987
21988 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21989 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21990 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21991 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21992 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21993 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21994 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21995 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21996
21997 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21998 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21999 by supplying an argument.
22000
22001 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
22002
22003 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
22004 they are not by default assigned to keys.
22005
22006 \(fn)" t nil)
22007
22008 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
22009
22010 ;;;***
22011 \f
22012 ;;;### (autoloads (plstore-open) "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (20197
22013 ;;;;;; 58064))
22014 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
22015
22016 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
22017 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
22018
22019 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
22020
22021 ;;;***
22022 \f
22023 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
22024 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
22025 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
22026
22027 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
22028 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
22029 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
22030
22031 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
22032
22033 ;;;***
22034 \f
22035 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (19845 45374))
22036 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
22037
22038 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
22039 Play pong and waste time.
22040 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
22041 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
22042
22043 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
22044
22045 \\{pong-mode-map}
22046
22047 \(fn)" t nil)
22048
22049 ;;;***
22050 \f
22051 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20178 7273))
22052 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
22053
22054 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
22055 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
22056 Use streaming commands.
22057
22058 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
22059
22060 ;;;***
22061 \f
22062 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
22063 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
22064 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
22065 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
22066
22067 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
22068 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
22069 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
22070 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
22071
22072 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
22073
22074 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
22075 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
22076
22077 \(fn)" nil nil)
22078
22079 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
22080 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
22081 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
22082 can handle, whenever this is possible.
22083 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
22084
22085 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
22086
22087 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
22088 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
22089 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
22090
22091 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
22092
22093 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
22094 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
22095
22096 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
22097
22098 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
22099 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
22100 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
22101 Ignores leading comment characters.
22102
22103 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22104
22105 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
22106 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
22107 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
22108 Ignores leading comment characters.
22109
22110 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22111
22112 ;;;***
22113 \f
22114 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
22115 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
22116 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
22117 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
22118 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
22119 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
22120 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
22121 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
22122 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
22123 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
22124 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
22125 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
22126 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
22127 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
22128 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
22129 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
22130 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
22131 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
22132 ;;;;;; (20201 55112))
22133 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
22134
22135 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
22136 Activate the printing interface buffer.
22137
22138 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
22139
22140 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
22141
22142 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22143
22144 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
22145 Preview directory using ghostview.
22146
22147 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22148 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22149 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22150 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22151
22152 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22153 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22154 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22155 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22156 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22157 file name.
22158
22159 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22160
22161 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22162
22163 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22164 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
22165
22166 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22167 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22168 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22169 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22170
22171 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22172 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22173 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22174 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22175 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22176 file name.
22177
22178 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22179
22180 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22181
22182 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
22183 Print directory using PostScript printer.
22184
22185 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22186 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22187 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22188 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22189
22190 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22191 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22192 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22193 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22194 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22195 file name.
22196
22197 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22198
22199 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22200
22201 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
22202 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22203
22204 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
22205
22206 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22207 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22208 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22209 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22210
22211 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22212 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22213 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22214 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22215 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22216 file name.
22217
22218 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22219
22220 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22221
22222 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
22223 Preview buffer using ghostview.
22224
22225 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22226 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22227 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22228
22229 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22230 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
22231 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
22232 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22233
22234 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22235
22236 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22237 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
22238
22239 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22240 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22241 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22242
22243 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22244 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22245 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22246 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22247
22248 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22249
22250 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
22251 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
22252
22253 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22254 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22255 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22256
22257 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22258 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22259 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22260 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22261
22262 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22263
22264 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
22265 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22266
22267 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
22268
22269 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22270 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22271 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22272
22273 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22274 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22275 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22276 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22277
22278 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22279
22280 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
22281 Preview region using ghostview.
22282
22283 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22284
22285 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22286
22287 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22288 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
22289
22290 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22291
22292 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22293
22294 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
22295 Print region using PostScript printer.
22296
22297 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22298
22299 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22300
22301 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
22302 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22303
22304 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22305
22306 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22307
22308 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
22309 Preview major mode using ghostview.
22310
22311 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22312
22313 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22314
22315 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22316 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
22317
22318 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22319
22320 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22321
22322 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
22323 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
22324
22325 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22326
22327 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22328
22329 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
22330 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
22331
22332 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22333
22334 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22335
22336 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
22337 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
22338 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22339 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22340
22341 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22342 matching.
22343
22344 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22345 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22346
22347 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22348
22349 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22350
22351 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
22352 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
22353 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22354 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22355
22356 \(fn)" t nil)
22357
22358 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
22359 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
22360 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22361 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22362
22363 \(fn)" t nil)
22364
22365 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
22366 Print directory using text printer.
22367
22368 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22369 matching.
22370
22371 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22372 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22373
22374 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22375
22376 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22377
22378 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
22379 Print buffer using text printer.
22380
22381 \(fn)" t nil)
22382
22383 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
22384 Print region using text printer.
22385
22386 \(fn)" t nil)
22387
22388 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
22389 Print major mode using text printer.
22390
22391 \(fn)" t nil)
22392
22393 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
22394 Preview spooled PostScript.
22395
22396 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22397 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22398 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22399
22400 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22401 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22402 PostScript image in a file with that name.
22403
22404 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22405
22406 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22407 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
22408
22409 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22410 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22411 instead of sending it to the printer.
22412
22413 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22414 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22415 image in a file with that name.
22416
22417 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22418
22419 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
22420 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22421
22422 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22423 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22424 instead of sending it to the printer.
22425
22426 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22427 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22428 image in a file with that name.
22429
22430 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22431
22432 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
22433 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22434
22435 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22436 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22437 instead of sending it to the printer.
22438
22439 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22440 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22441 image in a file with that name.
22442
22443 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22444
22445 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
22446 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22447
22448 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22449
22450 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
22451 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22452
22453 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22454
22455 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22456 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
22457
22458 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22459
22460 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
22461 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
22462
22463 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22464
22465 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
22466 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22467
22468 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22469
22470 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
22471 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
22472
22473 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
22474 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22475 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
22476 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22477
22478 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22479 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
22480 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
22481 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
22482 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
22483 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
22484 file name.
22485
22486 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22487
22488 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
22489 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
22490
22491 \(fn)" t nil)
22492
22493 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
22494 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
22495
22496 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22497 right.
22498 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22499 bottom.
22500
22501 \(fn)" t nil)
22502
22503 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
22504 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
22505
22506 \(fn)" t nil)
22507
22508 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
22509 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
22510
22511 \(fn)" t nil)
22512
22513 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
22514 Toggle printing with faces.
22515
22516 \(fn)" t nil)
22517
22518 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
22519 Toggle spooling.
22520
22521 \(fn)" t nil)
22522
22523 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
22524 Toggle duplex.
22525
22526 \(fn)" t nil)
22527
22528 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
22529 Toggle tumble.
22530
22531 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22532 right.
22533 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22534 bottom.
22535
22536 \(fn)" t nil)
22537
22538 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
22539 Toggle landscape.
22540
22541 \(fn)" t nil)
22542
22543 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
22544 Toggle upside-down.
22545
22546 \(fn)" t nil)
22547
22548 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
22549 Toggle line number.
22550
22551 \(fn)" t nil)
22552
22553 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
22554 Toggle zebra stripes.
22555
22556 \(fn)" t nil)
22557
22558 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
22559 Toggle printing header.
22560
22561 \(fn)" t nil)
22562
22563 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
22564 Toggle printing header frame.
22565
22566 \(fn)" t nil)
22567
22568 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
22569 Toggle menu lock.
22570
22571 \(fn)" t nil)
22572
22573 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
22574 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
22575
22576 \(fn)" t nil)
22577
22578 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
22579 Toggle auto mode.
22580
22581 \(fn)" t nil)
22582
22583 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
22584 Customization of the `printing' group.
22585
22586 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22587
22588 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
22589 Customization of the `lpr' group.
22590
22591 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22592
22593 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
22594 Help for the printing package.
22595
22596 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22597
22598 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
22599 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
22600
22601 \(fn)" t nil)
22602
22603 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
22604 Interactively select a text printer.
22605
22606 \(fn)" t nil)
22607
22608 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
22609 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
22610
22611 \(fn)" t nil)
22612
22613 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
22614 Show current ps-print settings.
22615
22616 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22617
22618 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
22619 Show current printing settings.
22620
22621 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22622
22623 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
22624 Show current lpr settings.
22625
22626 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22627
22628 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
22629 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
22630
22631 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22632 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22633 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22634 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
22635
22636
22637 Interactively, you have the following situations:
22638
22639 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22640 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
22641 immediately be done using the current active printer.
22642
22643 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22644 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22645 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
22646 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
22647 current active printer.
22648
22649 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22650 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
22651 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22652 printer.
22653
22654 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22655 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
22656 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
22657 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
22658 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22659
22660
22661 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
22662 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
22663
22664 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
22665
22666 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
22667 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
22668 be done using the new current active printer.
22669
22670 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
22671 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22672 printer.
22673
22674 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
22675 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
22676 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
22677 instead of sending it to the printer.
22678
22679 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
22680 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
22681 printer.
22682
22683 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
22684
22685
22686 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22687 are both set to t.
22688
22689 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
22690
22691 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
22692 Fast fire function for text printing.
22693
22694 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22695 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22696 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22697 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
22698
22699 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22700 user for a new active text printer.
22701
22702 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
22703
22704 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
22705
22706 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
22707 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
22708 printer.
22709
22710 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
22711
22712 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22713 are both set to t.
22714
22715 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
22716
22717 ;;;***
22718 \f
22719 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (20197 58064))
22720 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
22721
22722 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
22723 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
22724 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
22725 information will be displayed but not selected.
22726 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
22727
22728 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
22729
22730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22731
22732 ;;;***
22733 \f
22734 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
22735 ;;;;;; "progmodes/prolog.el" (20221 40442))
22736 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22737
22738 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22739 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
22740
22741 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
22742 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
22743
22744 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
22745
22746 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
22747 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
22748
22749 Commands:
22750 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22751 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
22752 if that value is non-nil.
22753
22754 \(fn)" t nil)
22755
22756 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
22757 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
22758 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
22759
22760 \(fn)" t nil)
22761
22762 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
22763 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22764 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
22765
22766 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22767
22768 ;;;***
22769 \f
22770 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (19845
22771 ;;;;;; 45374))
22772 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22773
22774 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22775 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22776 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22777
22778 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22779
22780 ;;;***
22781 \f
22782 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20167
22783 ;;;;;; 36967))
22784 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22785
22786 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22787 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22788
22789 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22790
22791 The following variables hold user options, and can
22792 be set through the `customize' command:
22793
22794 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
22795 `ps-mode-tab'
22796 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22797 `ps-mode-print-function'
22798 `ps-run-prompt'
22799 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22800 `ps-run-x'
22801 `ps-run-dumb'
22802 `ps-run-init'
22803 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22804 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
22805
22806 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22807
22808
22809 \\{ps-mode-map}
22810
22811
22812 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22813 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22814 The keymap for this second window is:
22815
22816 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22817
22818
22819 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22820 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22821 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22822 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22823 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22824
22825 \(fn)" t nil)
22826
22827 ;;;***
22828 \f
22829 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
22830 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
22831 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
22832 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
22833 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
22834 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (20222
22835 ;;;;;; 61437))
22836 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22837
22838 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22839 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22840 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22841
22842 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22843
22844 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22845 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22846 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22847 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22848
22849 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22850
22851 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22852 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22853
22854 Valid values are:
22855
22856 nil Do not print colors.
22857
22858 t Print colors.
22859
22860 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22861 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22862
22863 Any other value is treated as t.")
22864
22865 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22866
22867 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22868 Customization of ps-print group.
22869
22870 \(fn)" t nil)
22871
22872 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22873 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22874
22875 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22876 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22877 sending it to the printer.
22878
22879 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22880 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22881 image in a file with that name.
22882
22883 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22884
22885 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22886 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22887 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22888 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22889 so it has a way to determine color values.
22890
22891 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22892
22893 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22894 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22895 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22896
22897 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22898
22899 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22900 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22901 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22902 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22903 so it has a way to determine color values.
22904
22905 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22906
22907 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22908 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22909 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22910 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22911
22912 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22913
22914 \(fn)" t nil)
22915
22916 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22917 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22918 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22919 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22920 so it has a way to determine color values.
22921
22922 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22923
22924 \(fn)" t nil)
22925
22926 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22927 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22928 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22929
22930 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22931
22932 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22933
22934 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22935 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22936 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22937 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22938 so it has a way to determine color values.
22939
22940 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22941
22942 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22943
22944 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22945 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22946
22947 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22948 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22949 instead of sending it to the printer.
22950
22951 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22952 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22953 image in a file with that name.
22954
22955 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22956
22957 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22958 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22959 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22960 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22961 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22962
22963 \(fn)" t nil)
22964
22965 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22966 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22967 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22968
22969 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22970
22971 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22972 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22973 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22974
22975 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22976
22977 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22978 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22979
22980 \(fn)" nil nil)
22981
22982 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22983 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22984
22985 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22986 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22987
22988 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22989 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22990
22991 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22992
22993 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22994
22995 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22996
22997 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22998 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22999
23000 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
23001 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
23002
23003 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
23004 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
23005
23006 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
23007
23008 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
23009
23010 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
23011
23012 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
23013 foreground and background colors respectively.
23014
23015 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
23016 bold - use bold font.
23017 italic - use italic font.
23018 underline - put a line under text.
23019 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
23020 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
23021 shadow - text will have a shadow.
23022 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
23023 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
23024
23025 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
23026
23027 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
23028
23029 ;;;***
23030 \f
23031 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode python-after-info-look
23032 ;;;;;; run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el" (20204 31303))
23033 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
23034
23035 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
23036
23037 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
23038
23039 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
23040
23041 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
23042 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
23043 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't
23044 show the buffer automatically.
23045
23046 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for the initial
23047 Python command line (default is `python-command').
23048
23049 A new process is started if one isn't running attached to
23050 `python-buffer', or if called from Lisp with non-nil arg NEW.
23051 Otherwise, if a process is already running in `python-buffer',
23052 switch to that buffer.
23053
23054 This command runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
23055 running `comint-mode-hook'. Type \\[describe-mode] in the
23056 process buffer for a list of commands.
23057
23058 By default, Emacs inhibits the loading of Python modules from the
23059 current working directory, for security reasons. To disable this
23060 behavior, change `python-remove-cwd-from-path' to nil.
23061
23062 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
23063
23064 (autoload 'python-after-info-look "python" "\
23065 Set up info-look for Python.
23066 Used with `eval-after-load'.
23067
23068 \(fn)" nil nil)
23069
23070 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
23071 Major mode for editing Python files.
23072 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
23073 for correct parsing of the source.
23074 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
23075 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
23076 commands for running Python under Emacs.
23077
23078 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
23079 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
23080 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
23081 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
23082 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
23083 \\<python-mode-map>
23084 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
23085 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
23086 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
23087 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
23088 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
23089 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
23090
23091 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
23092 effect outside them.
23093
23094 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
23095 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
23096 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
23097 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
23098 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
23099 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
23100 form x.y only works if the components are literal
23101 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
23102 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
23103
23104 \\{python-mode-map}
23105
23106 \(fn)" t nil)
23107
23108 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
23109 Major mode for editing Jython files.
23110 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
23111 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
23112
23113 \(fn)" t nil)
23114
23115 ;;;***
23116 \f
23117 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
23118 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23119 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
23120
23121 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
23122 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
23123 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
23124 coding-system.
23125
23126 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
23127 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
23128
23129 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
23130 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
23131 them into characters should be done separately.
23132
23133 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
23134
23135 ;;;***
23136 \f
23137 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
23138 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
23139 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
23140 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
23141 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (20201 55112))
23142 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
23143
23144 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
23145 Return the title of the current Quail package.
23146
23147 \(fn)" nil nil)
23148
23149 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
23150 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
23151 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
23152
23153 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
23154 `quail-activate', which see.
23155
23156 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
23157
23158 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
23159 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
23160 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
23161 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
23162 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
23163 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
23164 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
23165
23166 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
23167 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
23168 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
23169 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
23170 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
23171 shown.
23172 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
23173
23174 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
23175 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
23176 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
23177 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
23178 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
23179 list of candidates.
23180
23181 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
23182 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
23183 command to be called.
23184
23185 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
23186 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
23187 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
23188 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
23189
23190 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
23191 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
23192 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
23193 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
23194 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
23195 to t.
23196
23197 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
23198 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
23199 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
23200 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
23201
23202 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
23203 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
23204 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
23205 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
23206
23207 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
23208 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
23209 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
23210 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
23211 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
23212 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
23213
23214 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
23215 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
23216 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
23217 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
23218 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
23219 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
23220
23221 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
23222 covers Quail translation region.
23223
23224 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
23225 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
23226 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
23227 for it) is inserted.
23228
23229 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
23230 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
23231 vs. corresponding command to be called.
23232
23233 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
23234 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
23235 non-Quail commands.
23236
23237 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
23238
23239 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
23240 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
23241
23242 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
23243 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
23244 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
23245 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
23246 you type is correctly handled.
23247
23248 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
23249
23250 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
23251 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
23252
23253 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
23254 keyboard type.
23255
23256 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
23257
23258 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
23259 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
23260 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
23261 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23262 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
23263 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23264 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23265 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23266 for the translation.
23267 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23268
23269 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23270 it is used to handle KEY.
23271
23272 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
23273 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
23274 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
23275 the following annotation types are supported.
23276
23277 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
23278 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
23279
23280 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
23281 candidate list.
23282
23283 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
23284 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
23285 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
23286 inserted.
23287
23288 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
23289 generated for the following translations.
23290
23291 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23292
23293 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
23294 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
23295
23296 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23297 which to install MAP.
23298
23299 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
23300
23301 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23302
23303 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
23304 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
23305
23306 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23307 which to install MAP.
23308
23309 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
23310
23311 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23312
23313 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
23314 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
23315 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23316 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
23317 a function, or a cons.
23318 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23319 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23320 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23321 for the translation.
23322 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
23323 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
23324 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
23325 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
23326 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23327
23328 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23329 it is used to handle KEY.
23330
23331 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
23332 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
23333 current Quail package.
23334
23335 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
23336 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23337
23338 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
23339
23340 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
23341 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
23342
23343 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
23344 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23345
23346 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
23347
23348 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
23349 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
23350
23351 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
23352
23353 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
23354 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
23355 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
23356 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
23357 of the Emacs source tree.
23358
23359 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
23360 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
23361
23362 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
23363 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
23364 of each directory.
23365
23366 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
23367
23368 ;;;***
23369 \f
23370 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
23371 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
23372 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (20168
23373 ;;;;;; 57844))
23374 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
23375
23376 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
23377 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
23378 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
23379 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
23380
23381 To make use of this do something like:
23382
23383 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
23384
23385 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
23386
23387 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
23388 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
23389
23390 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
23391 buffer, this default action can be modified via
23392 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23393
23394 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23395
23396 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
23397 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
23398
23399 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23400
23401 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
23402 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
23403
23404 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
23405 is decided.
23406
23407 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
23408
23409 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
23410 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
23411
23412 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
23413 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
23414 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23415
23416 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23417
23418 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
23419 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
23420
23421 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23422
23423 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
23424 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
23425
23426 \(fn)" t nil)
23427
23428 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
23429 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
23430
23431 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
23432
23433 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
23434
23435 \(fn)" t nil)
23436
23437 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
23438 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
23439
23440 \(fn)" t nil)
23441
23442 ;;;***
23443 \f
23444 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
23445 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (20170 13157))
23446 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
23447
23448 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
23449 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
23450
23451 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
23452
23453 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
23454
23455 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23456
23457 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
23458
23459 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
23460
23461
23462 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
23463
23464 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
23465 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
23466 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23467 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23468 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23469 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
23470
23471 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
23472
23473 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
23474 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
23475
23476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23477
23478 ;;;***
23479 \f
23480 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (19845
23481 ;;;;;; 45374))
23482 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
23483
23484 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
23485 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
23486 See \\[compile].
23487
23488 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
23489
23490 ;;;***
23491 \f
23492 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
23493 ;;;;;; (19975 1875))
23494 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
23495
23496 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
23497
23498 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
23499 Construct a regexp interactively.
23500 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
23501 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
23502 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
23503
23504 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
23505 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
23506
23507 \(fn)" t nil)
23508
23509 ;;;***
23510 \f
23511 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (20167 36967))
23512 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
23513
23514 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
23515 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
23516 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23517 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23518 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23519 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
23520
23521 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
23522
23523 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
23524 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
23525 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
23526 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23527 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23528
23529 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
23530 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
23531 were operated on recently.
23532
23533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23534
23535 ;;;***
23536 \f
23537 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
23538 ;;;;;; string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
23539 ;;;;;; insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle
23540 ;;;;;; delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle) "rect" "rect.el"
23541 ;;;;;; (19999 41597))
23542 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
23543 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
23544 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
23545 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
23546 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
23547 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
23548 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
23549 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "N" 'rectangle-number-lines)
23550
23551 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
23552 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
23553 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
23554 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
23555 ends.
23556
23557 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23558 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
23559 to be deleted.
23560
23561 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23562
23563 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23564 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23565 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23566
23567 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23568 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23569 deleted.
23570
23571 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
23572
23573 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23574 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23575 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23576
23577 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
23578
23579 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
23580 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
23581
23582 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23583 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
23584
23585 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23586 deleted.
23587
23588 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
23589 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
23590 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
23591 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
23592 even beep.)
23593
23594 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23595
23596 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
23597 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
23598
23599 \(fn)" t nil)
23600
23601 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23602 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
23603 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
23604 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
23605 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
23606 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
23607 and point is at the lower right corner.
23608
23609 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
23610
23611 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
23612 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23613
23614 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
23615 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
23616
23617 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23618 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
23619 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
23620
23621 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23622
23623 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
23624
23625 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
23626 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
23627 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
23628 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
23629 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
23630
23631 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23632 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
23633
23634 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23635
23636 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
23637 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
23638 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
23639
23640 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
23641
23642 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23643
23644 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
23645
23646 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23647 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23648
23649 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23650 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23651 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23652
23653 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23654
23655 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23656 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23657 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23658
23659 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23660 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23661 rectangle which were empty.
23662
23663 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23664
23665 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
23666 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
23667
23668 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
23669 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
23670 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
23671 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
23672
23673 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
23674
23675 ;;;***
23676 \f
23677 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20127
23678 ;;;;;; 62865))
23679 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23680
23681 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23682 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
23683 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
23684 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23685 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23686
23687 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
23688 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
23689 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
23690 auto-filling.
23691
23692 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
23693
23694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23695
23696 ;;;***
23697 \f
23698 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
23699 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20164 60780))
23700 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23701
23702 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23703 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23704
23705 \(fn)" nil nil)
23706
23707 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23708 Toggle RefTeX mode.
23709 With a prefix argument ARG, enable RefTeX mode if ARG is
23710 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23711 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23712
23713 RefTeX mode is a buffer-local minor mode with distinct support
23714 for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23715
23716 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23717 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23718
23719 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23720 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23721 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23722 \\ref macro.
23723
23724 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23725 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23726 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23727
23728 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23729 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23730 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23731
23732 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23733 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23734
23735 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23736 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23737
23738 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23739 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23740 on the menu bar.
23741
23742 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23743
23744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23745
23746 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23747 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23748 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23749
23750 \(fn)" nil nil)
23751
23752 ;;;***
23753 \f
23754 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
23755 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
23756 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
23757
23758 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
23759 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
23760 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
23761 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
23762 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
23763 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
23764
23765 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
23766
23767 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
23768
23769 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
23770 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
23771 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
23772 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
23773 `reftex-cite-format'.
23774
23775 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
23776 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
23777 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
23778 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
23779
23780 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
23781
23782 ;;;***
23783 \f
23784 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
23785 ;;;;;; (20164 60780))
23786 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
23787
23788 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
23789 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
23790 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
23791 the current TeX document.
23792
23793 With no argument, this command toggles
23794 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
23795 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23796
23797 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23798
23799 ;;;***
23800 \f
23801 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
23802 ;;;;;; (20162 63140))
23803 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
23804
23805 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
23806 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
23807 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
23808
23809 To insert new phrases, use
23810 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
23811 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
23812
23813 To index phrases use one of:
23814
23815 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
23816 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
23817 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
23818 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
23819 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
23820
23821 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
23822 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
23823
23824 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
23825
23826 Here are all local bindings.
23827
23828 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
23829
23830 \(fn)" t nil)
23831
23832 ;;;***
23833 \f
23834 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
23835 ;;;;;; (20161 45793))
23836 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
23837
23838 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
23839 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
23840 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
23841 of master file.
23842
23843 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
23844
23845 ;;;***
23846 \f
23847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (20221
23848 ;;;;;; 40442))
23849 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23850 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23851 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23852 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23853 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23854
23855 ;;;***
23856 \f
23857 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
23858 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23859 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23860
23861 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23862 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23863 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23864 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23865 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23866 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23867
23868 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23869 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23870
23871 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23872 by \\=\\< and \\>.
23873 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23874 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
23875
23876 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23877
23878 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23879 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23880 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23881 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23882
23883 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23884
23885 ;;;***
23886 \f
23887 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
23888 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
23889 ;;;;;; (20209 49217))
23890 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23891
23892 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23893 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23894 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23895 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23896
23897 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23898
23899 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23900
23901 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23902 Call `remember' in another frame.
23903
23904 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23905
23906 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23907 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23908 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
23909 application.
23910
23911 \(fn)" t nil)
23912
23913 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23914 Extract diary entries from the region.
23915
23916 \(fn)" nil nil)
23917
23918 ;;;***
23919 \f
23920 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (20172 54913))
23921 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23922
23923 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23924 Repeat most recently executed command.
23925 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
23926 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
23927 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
23928
23929 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23930 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23931 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23932 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23933
23934 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23935 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23936 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23937
23938 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23939
23940 ;;;***
23941 \f
23942 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
23943 ;;;;;; (20076 35541))
23944 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23945
23946 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23947 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23948
23949 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23950 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23951 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23952 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23953 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23954 and point is left after the salutation.
23955
23956 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23957 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23958 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23959 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23960 left after that text.
23961
23962 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23963 is non-nil.
23964
23965 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23966 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23967 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23968 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23969
23970 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23971
23972 ;;;***
23973 \f
23974 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
23975 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
23976 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23977
23978 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23979 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23980 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23981 visibility of comments that precede it.
23982 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23983 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23984 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23985 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23986 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23987 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23988 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23989 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23990 the comment lines.
23991 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23992 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23993 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23994 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23995 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23996
23997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23998
23999 ;;;***
24000 \f
24001 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
24002 ;;;;;; (20207 7484))
24003 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
24004
24005 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
24006 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
24007 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
24008 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24009 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24010
24011 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
24012 reveals invisible text around point.
24013
24014 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24015
24016 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
24017 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
24018 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24019 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24020 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24021 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
24022
24023 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
24024
24025 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
24026 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
24027 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
24028
24029 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
24030 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24031 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24032
24033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24034
24035 ;;;***
24036 \f
24037 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
24038 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24039 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
24040
24041 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
24042 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
24043
24044 \(fn X)" nil nil)
24045
24046 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
24047 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
24048
24049 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
24050
24051 ;;;***
24052 \f
24053 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20077 56412))
24054 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
24055
24056 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
24057 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
24058 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
24059 other arguments for `rlogin'.
24060
24061 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
24062
24063 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
24064 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
24065 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
24066 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
24067
24068 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
24069 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
24070
24071 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
24072 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
24073
24074 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
24075 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
24076 INPUT-ARGS.
24077
24078 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
24079 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
24080 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
24081 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
24082 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
24083
24084 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
24085 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
24086 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
24087 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
24088
24089 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
24090 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
24091 variable.
24092
24093 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24094
24095 ;;;***
24096 \f
24097 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
24098 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
24099 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
24100 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
24101 ;;;;;; rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-movemail-variant-p)
24102 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (20222 61246))
24103 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
24104
24105 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
24106 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
24107 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
24108
24109 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
24110
24111 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
24112 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
24113 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
24114 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
24115 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
24116 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
24117 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
24118
24119 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
24120 sent by you under different user names.
24121 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
24122
24123 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
24124
24125 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
24126
24127 (defvaralias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names)
24128
24129 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
24130 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
24131 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
24132 explicitly.")
24133
24134 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
24135
24136 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
24137 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
24138 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
24139 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
24140 which normally happens once for each message,
24141 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
24142 To make a change in this variable take effect
24143 for a message that you have already viewed,
24144 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
24145
24146 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
24147
24148 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
24149 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
24150 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
24151 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
24152
24153 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
24154
24155 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
24156 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
24157
24158 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
24159
24160 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
24161 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
24162 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
24163
24164 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
24165
24166 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
24167 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
24168 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
24169 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
24170 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
24171 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
24172
24173 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
24174
24175 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24176 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
24177
24178 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
24179
24180 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
24181 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
24182
24183 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
24184
24185 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
24186 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
24187
24188 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
24189 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
24190
24191 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
24192
24193 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
24194 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
24195
24196 This is set to nil by default.")
24197
24198 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
24199 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
24200 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
24201 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
24202 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
24203 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
24204 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
24205
24206 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
24207 Read and edit incoming mail.
24208 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
24209 file in RMAIL Mode.
24210 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
24211
24212 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
24213 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
24214 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
24215 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
24216
24217 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
24218
24219 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
24220
24221 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
24222 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
24223 All normal editing commands are turned off.
24224 Instead, these commands are available:
24225
24226 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
24227 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
24228 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
24229 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
24230 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
24231 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
24232 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
24233 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
24234 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
24235 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
24236 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
24237 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
24238 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
24239 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
24240 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
24241 till a deleted message is found.
24242 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
24243 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
24244 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
24245 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
24246 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
24247 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
24248 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
24249 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
24250 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
24251 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
24252 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
24253 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
24254 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
24255 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
24256 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
24257 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
24258 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
24259 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
24260 (label defaults to last one specified).
24261 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
24262 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
24263 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
24264 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
24265 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
24266 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
24267 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
24268 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
24269 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
24270
24271 \(fn)" t nil)
24272
24273 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
24274 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
24275
24276 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
24277
24278 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
24279 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
24280
24281 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
24282
24283 ;;;***
24284 \f
24285 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
24286 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20172 54913))
24287 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
24288 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
24289
24290 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
24291 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
24292 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
24293 case it writes Babyl.
24294
24295 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
24296 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
24297 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
24298 `rmail-default-file'.
24299
24300 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
24301 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
24302 buffer, updates it accordingly.
24303
24304 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
24305 the header display is currently pruned.
24306
24307 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
24308 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
24309 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
24310 messages after output.
24311
24312 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
24313 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
24314 message (if writing a file directly).
24315
24316 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
24317 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
24318
24319 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
24320
24321 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
24322 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
24323 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
24324 i) the header is output as currently seen
24325 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
24326 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
24327
24328 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
24329 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
24330 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
24331
24332 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
24333
24334 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
24335 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
24336 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
24337 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
24338 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
24339 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
24340 `rmail-default-body-file'.
24341
24342 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
24343 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
24344 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
24345
24346 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
24347
24348 ;;;***
24349 \f
24350 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
24351 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24352 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
24353
24354 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
24355 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
24356 Return a pattern.
24357
24358 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
24359
24360 ;;;***
24361 \f
24362 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
24363 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24364 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
24365
24366 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
24367 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
24368 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
24369 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
24370
24371 \(fn)" t nil)
24372
24373 ;;;***
24374 \f
24375 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
24376 ;;;;;; (20221 40442))
24377 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
24378
24379 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
24380 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
24381
24382 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
24383 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
24384 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
24385 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
24386 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
24387 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
24388 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
24389 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
24390 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
24391 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
24392
24393 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
24394 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
24395 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
24396 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
24397 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
24398 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
24399 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
24400 to use for finding the schema.
24401
24402 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
24403
24404 ;;;***
24405 \f
24406 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (19930
24407 ;;;;;; 13389))
24408 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
24409
24410 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
24411
24412 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
24413 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
24414 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
24415 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
24416 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
24417 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
24418 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
24419 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
24420 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
24421 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
24422 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
24423 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
24424 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
24425 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
24426 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
24427 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
24428 must be equal.
24429
24430 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
24431
24432 ;;;***
24433 \f
24434 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
24435 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (20209 49217))
24436 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
24437
24438 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
24439 Define a robin package.
24440
24441 NAME is the string of this robin package.
24442 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
24443 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
24444 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
24445
24446 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
24447 one replaces the old one.
24448
24449 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
24450
24451 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
24452 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
24453
24454 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
24455 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
24456 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
24457
24458 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
24459
24460 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
24461 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
24462
24463 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
24464
24465 ;;;***
24466 \f
24467 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
24468 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (20154 24929))
24469 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
24470
24471 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
24472 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
24473
24474 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
24475
24476 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
24477 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
24478
24479 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24480
24481 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
24482 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
24483
24484 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24485
24486 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
24487 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
24488 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
24489
24490 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
24491 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
24492 in ROT13.
24493
24494 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
24495
24496 \(fn)" t nil)
24497
24498 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
24499 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
24500
24501 \(fn)" t nil)
24502
24503 ;;;***
24504 \f
24505 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
24506 ;;;;;; (20221 40442))
24507 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
24508 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
24509
24510 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
24511 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
24512 \\<rst-mode-map>
24513 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
24514 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
24515 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
24516 decorations within the region (see full details below).
24517 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
24518
24519 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
24520 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
24521 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
24522 font-locking of blocks.
24523
24524 \\{rst-mode-map}
24525
24526 \(fn)" t nil)
24527
24528 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
24529 Toggle ReST minor mode.
24530 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
24531 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24532 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24533
24534 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
24535 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
24536 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
24537
24538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24539
24540 ;;;***
24541 \f
24542 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
24543 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24544 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
24545
24546 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
24547 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
24548 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
24549 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
24550 nesting into account.
24551
24552 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
24553
24554 \\{ruby-mode-map}
24555
24556 \(fn)" t nil)
24557
24558 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
24559
24560 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
24561
24562 ;;;***
24563 \f
24564 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20127
24565 ;;;;;; 62865))
24566 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
24567
24568 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
24569 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
24570 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
24571
24572 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
24573 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
24574 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
24575 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24576 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24577
24578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24579
24580 ;;;***
24581 \f
24582 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (20161
24583 ;;;;;; 45793))
24584 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
24585
24586 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
24587 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
24588 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
24589 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
24590
24591 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
24592
24593 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
24594 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
24595 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
24596
24597 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
24598 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
24599 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
24600
24601 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
24602 notation.
24603
24604 STRING
24605 matches string STRING literally.
24606
24607 CHAR
24608 matches character CHAR literally.
24609
24610 `not-newline', `nonl'
24611 matches any character except a newline.
24612
24613 `anything'
24614 matches any character
24615
24616 `(any SET ...)'
24617 `(in SET ...)'
24618 `(char SET ...)'
24619 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
24620 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
24621 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
24622
24623 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
24624 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
24625 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
24626 `word', or one of their synonyms.
24627
24628 `(not (any SET ...))'
24629 matches any character not in SET ...
24630
24631 `line-start', `bol'
24632 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
24633 in the text being matched
24634
24635 `line-end', `eol'
24636 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
24637
24638 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
24639 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24640 string being matched against.
24641
24642 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
24643 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24644 string being matched against.
24645
24646 `buffer-start'
24647 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24648 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
24649
24650 `buffer-end'
24651 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24652 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24653
24654 `point'
24655 matches the empty string, but only at point.
24656
24657 `word-start', `bow'
24658 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24659
24660 `word-end', `eow'
24661 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24662
24663 `word-boundary'
24664 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24665 word.
24666
24667 `(not word-boundary)'
24668 `not-word-boundary'
24669 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24670 word.
24671
24672 `symbol-start'
24673 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24674
24675 `symbol-end'
24676 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24677
24678 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24679 matches 0 through 9.
24680
24681 `control', `cntrl'
24682 matches ASCII control characters.
24683
24684 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24685 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24686
24687 `blank'
24688 matches space and tab only.
24689
24690 `graphic', `graph'
24691 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24692 space, and DEL.
24693
24694 `printing', `print'
24695 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24696 and DEL.
24697
24698 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24699 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24700 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24701
24702 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
24703 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24704 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24705
24706 `ascii'
24707 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
24708
24709 `nonascii'
24710 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
24711
24712 `lower', `lower-case'
24713 matches anything lower-case.
24714
24715 `upper', `upper-case'
24716 matches anything upper-case.
24717
24718 `punctuation', `punct'
24719 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24720 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24721
24722 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24723 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24724
24725 `word', `wordchar'
24726 matches anything that has word syntax.
24727
24728 `not-wordchar'
24729 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24730
24731 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
24732 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24733 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24734 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24735
24736 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24737 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24738 `word' (\\sw)
24739 `symbol' (\\s_)
24740 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24741 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24742 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24743 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24744 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24745 `escape' (\\s\\)
24746 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24747 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24748 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24749 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24750 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24751
24752 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24753 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24754
24755 `(category CATEGORY)'
24756 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24757 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24758
24759 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24760 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24761 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24762 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24763 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
24764 `symbol' (\\c5)
24765 `digit' (\\c6)
24766 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24767 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24768 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24769 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24770 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24771 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24772 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
24773 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24774 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24775 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24776 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24777 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24778 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24779 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24780 `ascii' (\\ca)
24781 `arabic' (\\cb)
24782 `chinese' (\\cc)
24783 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
24784 `greek' (\\cg)
24785 `korean' (\\ch)
24786 `indian' (\\ci)
24787 `japanese' (\\cj)
24788 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24789 `latin' (\\cl)
24790 `lao' (\\co)
24791 `tibetan' (\\cq)
24792 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24793 `thai' (\\ct)
24794 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24795 `hebrew' (\\cw)
24796 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
24797 `can-break' (\\c|)
24798
24799 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24800 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24801
24802 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24803 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24804 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24805 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24806 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24807
24808 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24809 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24810 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24811 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24812
24813 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24814 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24815 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
24816 group number N.
24817
24818 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24819 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24820 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24821 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24822 regular expression.
24823
24824 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24825 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24826 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24827 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24828 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24829
24830 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24831 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24832
24833 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24834 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24835
24836 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24837 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
24838 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24839
24840 `(* SEXP ...)'
24841 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24842 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24843
24844 `(*? SEXP ...)'
24845 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24846 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24847
24848 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24849 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
24850 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24851
24852 `(+ SEXP ...)'
24853 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24854
24855 `(+? SEXP ...)'
24856 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24857
24858 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24859 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24860 `(opt SEXP ...)'
24861 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24862
24863 `(? SEXP ...)'
24864 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24865
24866 `(?? SEXP ...)'
24867 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24868
24869 `(repeat N SEXP)'
24870 `(= N SEXP ...)'
24871 matches N occurrences.
24872
24873 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
24874 matches N or more occurrences.
24875
24876 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24877 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24878 matches N to M occurrences.
24879
24880 `(backref N)'
24881 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24882
24883 `(eval FORM)'
24884 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24885 `regexp-quote' it.
24886
24887 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24888 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24889
24890 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
24891
24892 ;;;***
24893 \f
24894 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (20127
24895 ;;;;;; 62865))
24896 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24897
24898 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24899 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24900 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24901 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24902 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24903 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24904
24905 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24906
24907 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24908 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
24909 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
24910 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24911 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24912
24913 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
24914 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
24915 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
24916 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
24917
24918 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24919 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
24920 histories, which is probably undesirable.
24921
24922 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24923
24924 ;;;***
24925 \f
24926 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
24927 ;;;;;; (20079 39251))
24928 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24929
24930 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24931 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24932 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24933
24934 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24935 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24936 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24937 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24938 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24939 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24940 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24941 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24942
24943 Commands:
24944 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24945 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24946 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24947 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
24948 if that value is non-nil.
24949
24950 \(fn)" t nil)
24951
24952 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24953 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24954 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24955
24956 Commands:
24957 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24958 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24959 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24960 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24961 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24962 that variable's value is a string.
24963
24964 \(fn)" t nil)
24965
24966 ;;;***
24967 \f
24968 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
24969 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
24970 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24971
24972 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24973 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24974 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24975
24976 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24977
24978 \(fn)" t nil)
24979
24980 ;;;***
24981 \f
24982 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
24983 ;;;;;; (20127 62865))
24984 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24985
24986 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24987 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24988 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24989 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24990 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24991 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24992
24993 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24994
24995 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24996 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
24997 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
24998 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24999 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25000
25001 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
25002 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
25003
25004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25005
25006 ;;;***
25007 \f
25008 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
25009 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25010 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
25011
25012 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
25013 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
25014 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
25015 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
25016 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
25017 during scrolling.
25018
25019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25020
25021 ;;;***
25022 \f
25023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (20175 31160))
25024 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
25025 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
25026 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
25027
25028 ;;;***
25029 \f
25030 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
25031 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (20187 22214))
25032 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
25033
25034 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
25035 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
25036 The possible elements of this list include the following:
25037
25038 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
25039 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
25040 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
25041 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
25042 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
25043 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
25044 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
25045 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
25046 keybinding for tag names.")
25047
25048 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
25049
25050 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
25051 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
25052 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25053 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25054 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25055 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
25056
25057 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
25058
25059 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
25060 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
25061 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
25062 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25063 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25064
25065 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
25066 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
25067 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
25068 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
25069 Semantic mode.
25070
25071 \\{semantic-mode-map}
25072
25073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25074
25075 ;;;***
25076 \f
25077 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
25078 ;;;;;; mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose sendmail-query-once
25079 ;;;;;; mail-default-headers mail-default-directory mail-signature-file
25080 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook
25081 ;;;;;; mail-indentation-spaces mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook
25082 ;;;;;; mail-personal-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
25083 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
25084 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
25085 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (20122 44898))
25086 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
25087
25088 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
25089 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
25090
25091 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
25092 king@grassland.com
25093 If `parens', they look like:
25094 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
25095 If `angles', they look like:
25096 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
25097
25098 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
25099 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
25100
25101 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
25102
25103 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
25104 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
25105 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
25106 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
25107
25108 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
25109 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
25110 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
25111 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
25112
25113 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
25114
25115 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
25116 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
25117 This is done when the message is initialized,
25118 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
25119
25120 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
25121
25122 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
25123 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
25124 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
25125
25126 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
25127
25128 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
25129 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
25130 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
25131 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
25132 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
25133 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
25134 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
25135
25136 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
25137
25138 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
25139 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
25140
25141 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
25142
25143 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
25144 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
25145 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
25146 be a Babyl file.")
25147
25148 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
25149
25150 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
25151 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
25152 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
25153 when you first send mail.")
25154
25155 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
25156
25157 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
25158 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
25159 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
25160 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
25161 This file need not actually exist.")
25162
25163 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
25164
25165 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
25166 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
25167
25168 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
25169
25170 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
25171 Alist of mail address aliases,
25172 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
25173 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
25174 can specify a different file name.)
25175 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
25176 alias ALIAS MEANING")
25177
25178 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
25179 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
25180 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
25181
25182 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
25183
25184 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
25185 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
25186 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
25187
25188 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
25189
25190 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
25191 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
25192 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
25193 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
25194 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
25195 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
25196 in the cited portion of the message.
25197
25198 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
25199 instead of no action.")
25200
25201 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
25202
25203 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
25204 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
25205 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
25206 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
25207 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
25208
25209 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
25210
25211 (defvar mail-signature t "\
25212 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
25213 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
25214 If a string, that string is inserted.
25215 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
25216 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
25217 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
25218 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
25219
25220 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
25221
25222 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
25223 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
25224
25225 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
25226
25227 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
25228 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
25229 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
25230
25231 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
25232 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
25233
25234 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
25235
25236 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
25237 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
25238 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
25239 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
25240
25241 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
25242
25243 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
25244 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
25245 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
25246
25247 \(fn)" nil nil)
25248
25249 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
25250
25251 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
25252
25253
25254 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
25255
25256 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
25257 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
25258 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
25259
25260 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
25261 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
25262
25263 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
25264 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
25265 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
25266 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
25267 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
25268 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
25269 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
25270 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
25271 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
25272 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
25273 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
25274 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
25275 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
25276 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
25277
25278 \(fn)" t nil)
25279
25280 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
25281 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
25282 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
25283 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
25284
25285 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
25286
25287 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
25288 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25289 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
25290 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
25291 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
25292 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25293
25294 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
25295 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25296 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
25297
25298 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
25299 User should not set this variable manually,
25300 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
25301 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
25302 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25303
25304 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
25305 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
25306 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
25307 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
25308
25309 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
25310 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
25311
25312 \\<mail-mode-map>
25313 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
25314
25315 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
25316 to move to message header fields:
25317 \\{mail-mode-map}
25318
25319 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
25320 when the message is initialized.
25321
25322 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
25323 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
25324
25325 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
25326 is inserted.
25327
25328 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
25329 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
25330
25331 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
25332 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
25333 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
25334 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
25335 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
25336 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
25337 buffer without erasing the contents.
25338
25339 The second through fifth arguments,
25340 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
25341 the initial contents of those header fields.
25342 These arguments should not have final newlines.
25343 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
25344 original message being replied to, or else an action
25345 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
25346 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
25347 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
25348 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
25349 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
25350 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
25351
25352 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
25353
25354 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
25355 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
25356
25357 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25358
25359 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
25360 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
25361
25362 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25363
25364 ;;;***
25365 \f
25366 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
25367 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (20188
25368 ;;;;;; 43079))
25369 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
25370
25371 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
25372
25373 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
25374
25375 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
25376
25377 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
25378 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
25379 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
25380 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
25381 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
25382 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
25383
25384 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
25385 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
25386
25387 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
25388 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
25389 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
25390
25391 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
25392 \\[server-start].
25393
25394 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
25395
25396 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
25397 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
25398 If server is running, it is first stopped.
25399 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
25400
25401 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25402
25403 (defvar server-mode nil "\
25404 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
25405 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25406 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25407 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25408 or call the function `server-mode'.")
25409
25410 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
25411
25412 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
25413 Toggle Server mode.
25414 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
25415 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25416 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25417
25418 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
25419 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
25420 `server-start' for details.
25421
25422 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25423
25424 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
25425 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
25426 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
25427
25428 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
25429 only these files will be asked to be saved.
25430
25431 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
25432
25433 ;;;***
25434 \f
25435 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (20207 7484))
25436 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
25437
25438 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
25439 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
25440 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
25441
25442 Key definitions:
25443 \\{ses-mode-map}
25444 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
25445 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
25446 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
25447 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
25448
25449 \(fn)" t nil)
25450
25451 ;;;***
25452 \f
25453 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
25454 ;;;;;; (20167 36967))
25455 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
25456
25457 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25458 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
25459 Makes > match <.
25460 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
25461 `sgml-quick-keys'.
25462
25463 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
25464 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
25465 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
25466
25467 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
25468 in your `.emacs' file.
25469
25470 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
25471
25472 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25473 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
25474 \\{sgml-mode-map}
25475
25476 \(fn)" t nil)
25477
25478 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25479 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
25480 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
25481 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
25482 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
25483 which this is based.
25484
25485 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25486
25487 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
25488 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
25489 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
25490 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
25491
25492 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
25493 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
25494 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
25495
25496 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
25497 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
25498 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
25499 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
25500
25501 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
25502 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
25503 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
25504 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
25505
25506 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
25507
25508 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
25509 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
25510 To work around that, do:
25511 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
25512
25513 \\{html-mode-map}
25514
25515 \(fn)" t nil)
25516
25517 ;;;***
25518 \f
25519 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
25520 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
25521 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
25522 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
25523
25524 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
25525 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
25526 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
25527 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
25528 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
25529 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
25530
25531 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
25532 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
25533 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
25534 shell-specific features.
25535
25536 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
25537 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
25538 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
25539 \\<sh-mode-map>
25540 \\[sh-case] case statement
25541 \\[sh-for] for loop
25542 \\[sh-function] function definition
25543 \\[sh-if] if statement
25544 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
25545 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
25546 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
25547 \\[sh-select] select loop
25548 \\[sh-until] until loop
25549 \\[sh-while] while loop
25550
25551 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
25552 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
25553 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
25554 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
25555 would indent to the way it currently is.
25556 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
25557 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
25558
25559
25560 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
25561 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
25562 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
25563 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
25564 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
25565 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
25566
25567 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
25568 {, (, [, ', \", `
25569 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
25570
25571 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
25572 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
25573 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
25574
25575 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
25576 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
25577
25578 \(fn)" t nil)
25579
25580 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
25581
25582 ;;;***
25583 \f
25584 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25585 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25586 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
25587
25588 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
25589 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
25590
25591 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
25592 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
25593 else prints messages listing any shadows.
25594
25595 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
25596 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
25597 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
25598 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
25599 the earlier.
25600
25601 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
25602
25603 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
25604
25605 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
25606 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
25607 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
25608
25609 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25610 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25611
25612 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25613 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25614 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25615 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25616 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25617 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
25618 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25619 Emacs version).
25620
25621 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25622 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25623 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25624 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25625 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25626
25627 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
25628 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
25629
25630 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
25631
25632 ;;;***
25633 \f
25634 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
25635 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (19886
25636 ;;;;;; 45771))
25637 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25638
25639 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25640 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25641 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25642 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25643 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25644 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25645 sites in the cluster.
25646
25647 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
25648
25649 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25650 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25651 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25652 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25653 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25654
25655 \(fn)" t nil)
25656
25657 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25658 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25659 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25660 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25661 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25662 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25663 `shadow-define-cluster').
25664
25665 \(fn)" t nil)
25666
25667 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25668 Set up file shadowing.
25669
25670 \(fn)" t nil)
25671
25672 ;;;***
25673 \f
25674 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25675 ;;;;;; (20197 58064))
25676 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25677
25678 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
25679 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25680 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25681 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25682 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25683 arguments.")
25684
25685 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25686
25687 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25688 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25689 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25690 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25691 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25692
25693 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25694 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25695 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25696 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25697 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25698 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25699 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25700 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25701 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25702 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25703 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25704
25705 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25706 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25707 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25708 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25709 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25710 `default-process-coding-system'.
25711
25712 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25713 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25714 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25715 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25716
25717 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25718
25719 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25720
25721 ;;;***
25722 \f
25723 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (20172
25724 ;;;;;; 54913))
25725 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
25726
25727 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
25728
25729
25730 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
25731
25732 ;;;***
25733 \f
25734 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
25735 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20165 31925))
25736 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25737
25738 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25739
25740
25741 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25742
25743 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25744
25745
25746 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25747
25748 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25749
25750
25751 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25752
25753 ;;;***
25754 \f
25755 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
25756 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
25757 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25758
25759 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25760 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25761 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25762 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25763 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25764
25765 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25766
25767 \(fn)" t nil)
25768
25769 ;;;***
25770 \f
25771 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (19890
25772 ;;;;;; 42850))
25773 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25774
25775 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25776 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25777 \\{simula-mode-map}
25778 Variables controlling indentation style:
25779 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25780 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25781 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25782 `simula-indent-level'
25783 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25784 `simula-substatement-offset'
25785 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25786 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25787 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25788 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25789 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25790 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25791 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25792 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25793 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
25794 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25795 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25796 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25797 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
25798 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25799 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25800 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25801 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25802 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25803 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25804 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
25805 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25806 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25807 or nil if they should not be changed.
25808 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
25809 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25810 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25811 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25812
25813 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25814 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25815
25816 \(fn)" t nil)
25817
25818 ;;;***
25819 \f
25820 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
25821 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (19845 45374))
25822 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25823
25824 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25825 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25826
25827 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25828 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25829 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25830 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25831
25832 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
25833
25834 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25835 Insert SKELETON.
25836 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25837 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25838 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25839 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25840 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25841
25842 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25843 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25844
25845 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25846
25847 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25848 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25849
25850 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25851 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25852 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25853 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25854
25855 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25856 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25857 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25858 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25859
25860 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25861 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25862 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25863
25864 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25865 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25866
25867 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25868 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25869
25870 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
25871 _ interesting point, interregion here
25872 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25873 interesting point set by _
25874 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25875 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25876 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25877 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25878 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25879 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25880 nil skipped
25881
25882 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25883 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25884
25885 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
25886 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
25887 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
25888 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25889 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
25890 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25891 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
25892 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25893
25894 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25895 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25896 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25897 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25898 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25899 available:
25900
25901 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25902 then: insert previously read string once more
25903 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25904 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25905 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25906
25907 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25908 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25909
25910 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25911
25912 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25913 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25914
25915 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25916 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25917 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25918 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25919 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25920 such as backslash.
25921
25922 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25923 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
25924 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
25925
25926 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25927
25928 ;;;***
25929 \f
25930 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
25931 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (19946 1612))
25932 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25933
25934 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25935 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25936 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25937 buffer names.
25938
25939 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25940
25941 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25942 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25943 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25944
25945 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25946
25947 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25948 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25949 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25950
25951 \(fn)" t nil)
25952
25953 ;;;***
25954 \f
25955 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
25956 ;;;;;; (19939 28373))
25957 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25958
25959 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25960 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25961 A list of images is returned.
25962
25963 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25964
25965 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25966 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25967 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25968
25969 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25970
25971 ;;;***
25972 \f
25973 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
25974 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (20168 57844))
25975 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25976
25977 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25978
25979
25980 \(fn)" nil nil)
25981
25982 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25983 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25984
25985 \(fn)" t nil)
25986
25987 ;;;***
25988 \f
25989 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (19845 45374))
25990 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25991
25992 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25993 Play the Snake game.
25994 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25995
25996 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25997
25998 Snake mode keybindings:
25999 \\<snake-mode-map>
26000 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
26001 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
26002 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26003 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
26004 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
26005 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
26006 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
26007
26008 \(fn)" t nil)
26009
26010 ;;;***
26011 \f
26012 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
26013 ;;;;;; (20161 45793))
26014 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
26015
26016 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
26017 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
26018 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
26019 Tab indents for C code.
26020 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
26021 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26022 \\{snmp-mode-map}
26023 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
26024 `snmp-mode-hook'.
26025
26026 \(fn)" t nil)
26027
26028 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
26029 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
26030 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
26031 Tab indents for C code.
26032 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
26033 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26034 \\{snmp-mode-map}
26035 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
26036 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
26037
26038 \(fn)" t nil)
26039
26040 ;;;***
26041 \f
26042 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (20188
26043 ;;;;;; 43079))
26044 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
26045
26046 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
26047 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
26048 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
26049 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
26050 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
26051
26052 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
26053
26054 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26055
26056 ;;;***
26057 \f
26058 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20165
26059 ;;;;;; 31925))
26060 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
26061
26062 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
26063 Play Solitaire.
26064
26065 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
26066 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
26067 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
26068 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
26069 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
26070 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
26071 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
26072 check after each move or undo.)
26073
26074 What is Solitaire?
26075
26076 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
26077 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
26078 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
26079
26080 Le Solitaire
26081 ============
26082
26083 o o o
26084
26085 o o o
26086
26087 o o o o o o o
26088
26089 o o o . o o o
26090
26091 o o o o o o o
26092
26093 o o o
26094
26095 o o o
26096
26097 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
26098 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
26099 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
26100 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
26101
26102 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
26103 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
26104 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
26105 this: o o .
26106
26107 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
26108 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
26109
26110 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
26111
26112 o o o
26113
26114 . o o
26115
26116 o o . o o o o
26117
26118 o . o o o o o
26119
26120 o o o o o o o
26121
26122 o o o
26123
26124 o o o
26125
26126 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
26127
26128 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
26129
26130 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26131
26132 ;;;***
26133 \f
26134 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
26135 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
26136 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (19845 45374))
26137 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
26138 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
26139
26140 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
26141 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
26142
26143 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
26144 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
26145 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
26146 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
26147 contiguous.
26148
26149 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
26150 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
26151 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26152 the sort order.
26153
26154 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
26155 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
26156
26157 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
26158 It moves point to the start of the next record.
26159 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
26160 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
26161 is called.
26162
26163 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
26164 It should move point to the end of the record.
26165
26166 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
26167 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
26168 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
26169 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
26170 starts at the beginning of the record.
26171
26172 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
26173 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
26174 same as ENDRECFUN.
26175
26176 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
26177 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
26178
26179 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
26180
26181 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
26182 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26183 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26184 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26185 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26186 the sort order.
26187
26188 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26189
26190 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
26191 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26192 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26193 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26194 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26195 the sort order.
26196
26197 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26198
26199 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
26200 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26201 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26202 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26203 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26204 the sort order.
26205
26206 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26207 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
26208
26209 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
26210 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
26211 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
26212 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
26213 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
26214 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
26215 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
26216 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26217 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
26218
26219 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
26220
26221 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
26222 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
26223 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
26224 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
26225 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26226 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
26227 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26228 the sort order.
26229
26230 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
26231
26232 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
26233 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
26234 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
26235 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
26236 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
26237 is to be used for sorting.
26238 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
26239 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
26240 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
26241 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
26242 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
26243
26244 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
26245
26246 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26247 the sort order.
26248
26249 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
26250 starting with the letter \"f\",
26251 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
26252
26253 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
26254
26255 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
26256 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
26257 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
26258 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
26259 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
26260 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
26261 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26262 the sort order.
26263
26264 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
26265 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
26266 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
26267 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
26268 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
26269
26270 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
26271
26272 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
26273 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
26274 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
26275
26276 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26277
26278 ;;;***
26279 \f
26280 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20167
26281 ;;;;;; 36967))
26282 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
26283
26284 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
26285 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
26286 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
26287 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
26288 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
26289 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
26290
26291 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
26292
26293 ;;;***
26294 \f
26295 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
26296 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
26297 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (20166 16092))
26298 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
26299
26300 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
26301 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
26302
26303 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
26304 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
26305 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
26306
26307 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
26308
26309 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
26310 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
26311 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
26312 server.
26313
26314 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26315
26316 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
26317 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
26318 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
26319
26320 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26321
26322 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
26323 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
26324 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
26325 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
26326 Agent is plugged.
26327
26328 \(fn)" t nil)
26329
26330 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
26331 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
26332 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
26333 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
26334
26335 \(fn)" t nil)
26336
26337 ;;;***
26338 \f
26339 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
26340 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (20221 40442))
26341 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
26342
26343 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
26344
26345 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
26346 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
26347 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
26348 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
26349 supported at a time.
26350 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
26351 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
26352
26353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26354
26355 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
26356 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
26357 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
26358 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
26359
26360 \(fn)" t nil)
26361
26362 ;;;***
26363 \f
26364 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (19845
26365 ;;;;;; 45374))
26366 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
26367
26368 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
26369 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
26370
26371 \(fn)" t nil)
26372
26373 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
26374 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
26375
26376 \(fn)" nil nil)
26377
26378 ;;;***
26379 \f
26380 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
26381 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
26382 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
26383 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-help sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
26384 ;;;;;; (20207 7484))
26385 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
26386
26387 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
26388 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
26389
26390 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
26391 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
26392 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
26393 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
26394 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
26395 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
26396 of the current highlighting list.
26397
26398 For example:
26399
26400 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
26401 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
26402
26403 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
26404 `_t' as data types.
26405
26406 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
26407
26408 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
26409 Show short help for the SQL modes.
26410
26411 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
26412 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
26413
26414 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
26415
26416 \\\\FREE
26417
26418 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
26419
26420 \\\\NONFREE
26421
26422 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
26423
26424 You can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the
26425 interpreter for the current `sql-product'.
26426
26427 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
26428 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
26429 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
26430 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
26431
26432 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
26433 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
26434 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
26435 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
26436
26437 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
26438 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
26439 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
26440
26441 \(fn)" t nil)
26442
26443 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
26444 Major mode to edit SQL.
26445
26446 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
26447 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
26448 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
26449
26450 \\{sql-mode-map}
26451 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
26452
26453 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
26454 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
26455 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
26456 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
26457 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
26458 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
26459
26460 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
26461 `sql-interactive-mode'.
26462
26463 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
26464 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
26465 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
26466
26467 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
26468 (lambda ()
26469 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
26470
26471 \(fn)" t nil)
26472
26473 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
26474 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
26475
26476 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
26477 their settings.
26478
26479 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
26480 is specified in the connection settings.
26481
26482 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
26483
26484 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
26485 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
26486
26487 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26488 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
26489
26490 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
26491 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
26492 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
26493 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
26494
26495 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26496
26497 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
26498
26499 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
26500 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
26501
26502 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26503 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26504 `*SQL*'.
26505
26506 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
26507 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26508 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
26509 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
26510
26511 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26512 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26513
26514 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26515 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
26516 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26517 buffer.
26518
26519 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26520 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26521 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26522 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26523 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26524 `default-process-coding-system'.
26525
26526 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26527
26528 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26529
26530 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
26531 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
26532
26533 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26534 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26535 `*SQL*'.
26536
26537 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
26538 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
26539 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26540 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
26541
26542 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26543 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26544
26545 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26546 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
26547 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26548 buffer.
26549
26550 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26551 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26552 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26553 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26554 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26555 `default-process-coding-system'.
26556
26557 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26558
26559 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26560
26561 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
26562 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
26563
26564 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26565 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26566 `*SQL*'.
26567
26568 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
26569 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26570
26571 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26572 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26573
26574 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26575 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
26576 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26577 buffer.
26578
26579 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26580 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26581 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26582 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26583 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26584 `default-process-coding-system'.
26585
26586 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26587
26588 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26589
26590 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26591 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26592
26593 SQLite is free software.
26594
26595 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26596 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26597 `*SQL*'.
26598
26599 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26600 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26601 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26602 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26603
26604 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26605 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26606
26607 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26608 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
26609 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26610 buffer.
26611
26612 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26613 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26614 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26615 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26616 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26617 `default-process-coding-system'.
26618
26619 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26620
26621 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26622
26623 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26624 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26625
26626 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26627
26628 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26629 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26630 `*SQL*'.
26631
26632 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26633 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26634 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26635 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26636
26637 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26638 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26639
26640 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26641 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
26642 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26643 buffer.
26644
26645 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26646 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26647 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26648 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26649 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26650 `default-process-coding-system'.
26651
26652 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26653
26654 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26655
26656 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26657 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26658
26659 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26660 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26661 `*SQL*'.
26662
26663 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26664 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26665 defaults, if set.
26666
26667 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26668 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26669
26670 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26671 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
26672 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26673 buffer.
26674
26675 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26676 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26677 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26678 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26679 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26680 `default-process-coding-system'.
26681
26682 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26683
26684 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26685
26686 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26687 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26688
26689 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26690 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26691 `*SQL*'.
26692
26693 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26694 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26695
26696 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26697 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26698
26699 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26700 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
26701 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26702 buffer.
26703
26704 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26705 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26706 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26707 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26708 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26709 `default-process-coding-system'.
26710
26711 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26712
26713 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26714
26715 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26716 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26717
26718 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26719 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26720 `*SQL*'.
26721
26722 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26723 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26724 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26725 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26726
26727 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26728 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26729
26730 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26731 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
26732 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26733 buffer.
26734
26735 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26736 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26737 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26738 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26739 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26740 `default-process-coding-system'.
26741
26742 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26743
26744 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26745
26746 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26747 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26748
26749 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26750 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26751 `*SQL*'.
26752
26753 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26754 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26755 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26756 `sql-postgres-options'.
26757
26758 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26759 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26760
26761 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26762 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
26763 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26764 buffer.
26765
26766 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26767 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26768 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26769 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26770 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26771 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26772 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26773 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26774
26775 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26776 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26777
26778 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26779
26780 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26781
26782 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26783 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26784
26785 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26786 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26787 `*SQL*'.
26788
26789 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26790 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26791 defaults, if set.
26792
26793 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26794 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26795
26796 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26797 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26798 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26799 buffer.
26800
26801 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26802 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26803 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26804 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26805 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26806 `default-process-coding-system'.
26807
26808 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26809
26810 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26811
26812 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26813 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26814
26815 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26816 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26817 `*SQL*'.
26818
26819 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26820 automatic login.
26821
26822 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26823 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26824
26825 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26826 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26827 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26828 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26829
26830 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26831 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26832 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26833 buffer.
26834
26835 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26836 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26837 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26838 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26839 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26840 `default-process-coding-system'.
26841
26842 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26843
26844 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26845
26846 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26847 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26848
26849 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26850 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26851 `*SQL*'.
26852
26853 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26854 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26855 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26856 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26857 parameters.
26858
26859 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26860 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26861 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26862 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26863 an empty password.
26864
26865 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26866 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26867
26868 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26869 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26870 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26871 buffer.
26872
26873 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26874
26875 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26876
26877 ;;;***
26878 \f
26879 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26880 ;;;;;; (20197 58064))
26881 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26882
26883 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26884 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26885
26886 \(fn)" t nil)
26887
26888 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26889
26890 ;;;***
26891 \f
26892 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
26893 ;;;;;; (20175 31160))
26894 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26895
26896 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26897 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26898 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26899 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26900 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26901 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26902 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26903 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26904 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26905 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26906 with any buffer
26907 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26908 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26909 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26910 GnuTLS requires a port number.
26911
26912 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26913
26914 ;;;***
26915 \f
26916 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
26917 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
26918 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
26919 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
26920 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (20127
26921 ;;;;;; 62865))
26922 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26923
26924 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26925 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26926 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
26927 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
26928 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26929 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26930
26931 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26932
26933 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26934
26935 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26936 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26937 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26938 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26939 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26940 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26941 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26942
26943 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26944
26945 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26946 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26947 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26948 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26949 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26950 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26951 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26952
26953 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26954
26955 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26956 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26957 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26958
26959 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26960
26961 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26962 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26963 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26964
26965 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26966
26967 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26968 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26969
26970 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26971
26972 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26973 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26974
26975 \(fn)" t nil)
26976
26977 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26978 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26979
26980 \(fn)" t nil)
26981
26982 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26983 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26984 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
26985 chronologically by command name.
26986 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26987
26988 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26989
26990 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26991 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26992 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26993 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26994 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26995 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26996
26997 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26998
26999 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
27000 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
27001 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
27002 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27003 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27004
27005 \\<strokes-mode-map>
27006 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
27007 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
27008 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
27009 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
27010
27011 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
27012 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
27013 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
27014 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
27015
27016 \\{strokes-mode-map}
27017
27018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27019
27020 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
27021 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
27022 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
27023 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
27024
27025 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
27026
27027 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27028 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
27029
27030 \(fn)" t nil)
27031
27032 ;;;***
27033 \f
27034 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
27035 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19845 45374))
27036 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
27037
27038 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
27039 Studlify-case the region.
27040
27041 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
27042
27043 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
27044 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
27045
27046 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
27047
27048 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
27049 Studlify-case the current buffer.
27050
27051 \(fn)" t nil)
27052
27053 ;;;***
27054 \f
27055 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
27056 ;;;;;; (20127 62865))
27057 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
27058
27059 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
27060 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
27061 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
27062 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27063 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27064
27065 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
27066 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
27067 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
27068 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
27069
27070 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
27071 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
27072 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
27073
27074 Nomenclature Subwords
27075 ===========================================================
27076 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
27077 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
27078 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
27079
27080 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
27081 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
27082 as words.
27083
27084 \\{subword-mode-map}
27085
27086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27087
27088 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
27089 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
27090 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27091 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27092 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27093 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
27094
27095 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
27096
27097 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
27098 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
27099 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
27100 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
27101 ARG is omitted or nil.
27102
27103 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
27104 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
27105 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
27106
27107 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27108
27109 ;;;***
27110 \f
27111 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
27112 ;;;;;; (19931 11784))
27113 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
27114
27115 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
27116 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
27117 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
27118 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
27119 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
27120 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
27121 original message but it does require a few things:
27122
27123 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
27124
27125 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
27126 reply buffer.
27127
27128 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
27129 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
27130 original message.
27131
27132 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
27133
27134 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
27135
27136 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
27137 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
27138 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
27139
27140 \(fn)" nil nil)
27141
27142 ;;;***
27143 \f
27144 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20127
27145 ;;;;;; 62865))
27146 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
27147
27148 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
27149
27150 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
27151 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
27152 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27153 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27154 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27155 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
27156
27157 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
27158
27159 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
27160 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
27161 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
27162 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27163 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27164
27165 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
27166 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
27167 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
27168
27169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27170
27171 ;;;***
27172 \f
27173 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (19998 49767))
27174 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
27175
27176 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
27177 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
27178 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
27179 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
27180 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
27181
27182 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27183
27184 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
27185 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
27186 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
27187 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
27188 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
27189 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
27190 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
27191
27192 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27193
27194 ;;;***
27195 \f
27196 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
27197 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
27198 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
27199 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
27200 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
27201 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
27202 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
27203 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
27204 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
27205 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
27206 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
27207 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
27208 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20189 63932))
27209 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
27210
27211 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
27212 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
27213 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
27214
27215 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
27216
27217 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
27218 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
27219
27220 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
27221
27222 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
27223 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
27224
27225 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
27226
27227 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
27228 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
27229
27230 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
27231
27232 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
27233 Insert an editable text table.
27234 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
27235 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
27236 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
27237 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
27238 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
27239 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
27240 delimiting them.
27241
27242 Examples:
27243
27244 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
27245
27246 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
27247 location of point.
27248
27249 -!-
27250
27251 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
27252 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
27253 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
27254 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
27255 first cell.
27256
27257 +-----+-----+-----+
27258 |-!- | | |
27259 +-----+-----+-----+
27260
27261 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
27262
27263 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
27264 width, which results as
27265
27266 +--------------+-----+-----+
27267 |-!- | | |
27268 +--------------+-----+-----+
27269
27270 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
27271 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
27272
27273 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27274 | | |-!- |
27275 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27276
27277 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
27278 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
27279 width information to `table-insert'.
27280
27281 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
27282
27283 instead of
27284
27285 Cell width(s): 5
27286
27287 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
27288 work all together.
27289
27290 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
27291 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
27292
27293 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27294 |-!- | | |
27295 | | | |
27296 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27297
27298 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
27299
27300 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27301 |-!- | | |
27302 | | | |
27303 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27304 | | | |
27305 | | | |
27306 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27307
27308 Move the point under the table as shown below.
27309
27310 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27311 | | | |
27312 | | | |
27313 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27314 | | | |
27315 | | | |
27316 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27317 -!-
27318
27319 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
27320 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
27321 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
27322
27323 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27324 | | | |
27325 | | | |
27326 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27327 | | | |
27328 | | | |
27329 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27330 |-!- | | |
27331 | | | |
27332 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27333
27334 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
27335 results.
27336
27337 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27338 | | | |
27339 | | | |
27340 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27341 | | |Text editing inside the table |
27342 | | |cell produces reasonably |
27343 | | |expected results.-!- |
27344 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27345 | | | |
27346 | | | |
27347 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27348
27349 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
27350
27351 \\{table-cell-map}
27352
27353 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
27354
27355 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
27356 Insert N table row(s).
27357 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
27358 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
27359 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
27360 are appended at the bottom of the table.
27361
27362 \(fn N)" t nil)
27363
27364 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
27365 Insert N table column(s).
27366 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
27367 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
27368 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
27369 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
27370
27371 \(fn N)" t nil)
27372
27373 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
27374 Insert row(s) or column(s).
27375 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
27376
27377 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
27378
27379 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
27380 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
27381 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
27382 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
27383 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
27384 all the table specific features.
27385
27386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27387
27388 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
27389
27390
27391 \(fn)" t nil)
27392
27393 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
27394 Recognize all tables within region.
27395 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
27396 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
27397 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
27398 specific features.
27399
27400 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
27401
27402 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
27403
27404
27405 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27406
27407 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
27408 Recognize a table at point.
27409 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
27410 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
27411 the table specific features.
27412
27413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27414
27415 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
27416
27417
27418 \(fn)" t nil)
27419
27420 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
27421 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
27422 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
27423 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
27424 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
27425 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
27426 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
27427
27428 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
27429
27430 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
27431
27432
27433 \(fn)" t nil)
27434
27435 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
27436 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
27437 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
27438 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
27439 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
27440 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
27441 specified.
27442
27443 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27444
27445 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
27446 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
27447 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
27448 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
27449 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
27450 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
27451 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
27452 table structure.
27453
27454 \(fn N)" t nil)
27455
27456 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
27457 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
27458 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
27459 table's rectangle structure.
27460
27461 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27462
27463 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
27464 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
27465 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
27466 table's rectangle structure.
27467
27468 \(fn N)" t nil)
27469
27470 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
27471 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
27472 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27473 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
27474 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
27475
27476 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
27477
27478 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
27479 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
27480 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
27481
27482 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
27483 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
27484 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
27485 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
27486 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
27487 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
27488 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
27489
27490 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27491 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
27492 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
27493 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
27494 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
27495 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
27496 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27497
27498 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
27499 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
27500 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
27501 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
27502 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
27503 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
27504 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
27505 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27506
27507 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
27508
27509 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
27510 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
27511 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27512 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
27513
27514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27515
27516 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
27517 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
27518 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
27519
27520 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
27521
27522 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
27523 Split current cell vertically.
27524 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
27525
27526 \(fn)" t nil)
27527
27528 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
27529 Split current cell horizontally.
27530 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
27531
27532 \(fn)" t nil)
27533
27534 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
27535 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
27536 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
27537
27538 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
27539
27540 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
27541 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
27542 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
27543 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
27544
27545 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27546
27547 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
27548 Justify cell contents.
27549 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
27550 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
27551 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
27552 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
27553
27554 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
27555
27556 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
27557 Justify cells of a row.
27558 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27559 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27560
27561 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27562
27563 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
27564 Justify cells of a column.
27565 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27566 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27567
27568 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27569
27570 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
27571 Toggle fixing width mode.
27572 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
27573 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
27574 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
27575
27576 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27577
27578 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
27579 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27580 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27581 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27582 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27583 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27584 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27585 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27586 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27587 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27588 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27589
27590 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27591
27592 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27593 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27594 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27595 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
27596 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27597 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27598 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27599 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27600 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27601 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27602 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27603 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27604 untouched.
27605
27606 References used for this implementation:
27607
27608 HTML:
27609 URL `http://www.w3.org'
27610
27611 LaTeX:
27612 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
27613
27614 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27615 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
27616 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
27617
27618 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27619
27620 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27621 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27622 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27623 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27624 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27625 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27626 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27627 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27628 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27629 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27630 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27631 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27632 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27633 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27634 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27635 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27636 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27637
27638 Example:
27639
27640 (progn
27641 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27642 (table-forward-cell 15)
27643 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27644 (table-forward-cell 16)
27645 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27646 (table-forward-cell 1)
27647 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27648
27649 (progn
27650 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27651 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27652 (table-forward-cell 1)
27653 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27654
27655 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27656
27657 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27658 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27659 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27660 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27661 consists from cells of same height.
27662
27663 \(fn N)" t nil)
27664
27665 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27666 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27667 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27668 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27669 column must consists from cells of same width.
27670
27671 \(fn N)" t nil)
27672
27673 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27674 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27675 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27676 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27677 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27678 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27679 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27680 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27681 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27682 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27683 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27684 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27685 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27686 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27687 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27688
27689
27690 Example 1:
27691
27692 1, 2, 3, 4
27693 5, 6, 7, 8
27694 , 9, 10
27695
27696 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27697 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27698 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27699 specified as 5.
27700
27701 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27702 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
27703 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27704 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
27705 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27706 | | 9 | 10 | |
27707 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27708
27709 Note:
27710
27711 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27712 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27713 of each row is optional.
27714
27715
27716 Example 2:
27717
27718 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27719 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27720 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27721 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27722 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27723
27724 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27725 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27726
27727 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27728 expression and raw delimiter regular
27729 expression, it parses the specified text
27730 area and extracts cell items from
27731 non-table text and then forms a table out
27732 of them.
27733
27734 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27735 creates a single cell table. The text in
27736 the specified region is placed in that
27737 cell.-*-
27738
27739 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27740 like this.
27741
27742 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27743 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27744 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27745 | |
27746 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27747 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27748 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27749 | area and extracts cell items from |
27750 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27751 | of them. |
27752 | |
27753 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27754 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27755 | the specified region is placed in that |
27756 | cell. |
27757 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27758
27759 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27760 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27761 independently.
27762
27763 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27764 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27765 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27766 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27767 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27768 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27769 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27770 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27771 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27772 | |of them. |
27773 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27774 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27775 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27776 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27777 | |cell. |
27778 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27779
27780 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27781 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27782 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27783
27784 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27785
27786 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27787 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27788 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
27789 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27790 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27791
27792 \(fn)" t nil)
27793
27794 ;;;***
27795 \f
27796 ;;;### (autoloads (tabulated-list-mode) "tabulated-list" "emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el"
27797 ;;;;;; (20170 13157))
27798 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el
27799
27800 (autoload 'tabulated-list-mode "tabulated-list" "\
27801 Generic major mode for browsing a list of items.
27802 This mode is usually not used directly; instead, other major
27803 modes are derived from it, using `define-derived-mode'.
27804
27805 In this major mode, the buffer is divided into multiple columns,
27806 which are labeled using the header line. Each non-empty line
27807 belongs to one \"entry\", and the entries can be sorted according
27808 to their column values.
27809
27810 An inheriting mode should usually do the following in their body:
27811
27812 - Set `tabulated-list-format', specifying the column format.
27813 - Set `tabulated-list-revert-hook', if the buffer contents need
27814 to be specially recomputed prior to `revert-buffer'.
27815 - Maybe set a `tabulated-list-entries' function (see below).
27816 - Maybe set `tabulated-list-printer' (see below).
27817 - Maybe set `tabulated-list-padding'.
27818 - Call `tabulated-list-init-header' to initialize `header-line-format'
27819 according to `tabulated-list-format'.
27820
27821 An inheriting mode is usually accompanied by a \"list-FOO\"
27822 command (e.g. `list-packages', `list-processes'). This command
27823 creates or switches to a buffer and enables the major mode in
27824 that buffer. If `tabulated-list-entries' is not a function, the
27825 command should initialize it to a list of entries for displaying.
27826 Finally, it should call `tabulated-list-print'.
27827
27828 `tabulated-list-print' calls the printer function specified by
27829 `tabulated-list-printer', once for each entry. The default
27830 printer is `tabulated-list-print-entry', but a mode that keeps
27831 data in an ewoc may instead specify a printer function (e.g., one
27832 that calls `ewoc-enter-last'), with `tabulated-list-print-entry'
27833 as the ewoc pretty-printer.
27834
27835 \(fn)" t nil)
27836
27837 ;;;***
27838 \f
27839 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (20141 9296))
27840 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27841
27842 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27843 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27844
27845 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27846
27847 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27848 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27849
27850 \(fn)" t nil)
27851
27852 ;;;***
27853 \f
27854 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20161 45793))
27855 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27856
27857 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27858 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27859 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27860 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27861 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27862 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27863 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27864
27865 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27866 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27867 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27868 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27869
27870 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27871 \\{tar-mode-map}
27872
27873 \(fn)" t nil)
27874
27875 ;;;***
27876 \f
27877 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
27878 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (20164 29468))
27879 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27880
27881 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27882 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27883 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27884 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27885 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27886 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27887
27888 Variables controlling indentation style:
27889 `tcl-indent-level'
27890 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27891 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27892 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27893
27894 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27895 documentation for details):
27896 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27897 Controls action of TAB key.
27898 `tcl-auto-newline'
27899 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27900 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27901 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27902 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27903 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27904
27905 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27906 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27907 already exist.
27908
27909 \(fn)" t nil)
27910
27911 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27912 Run inferior Tcl process.
27913 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27914 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27915
27916 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27917
27918 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27919 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27920 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27921
27922 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27923
27924 ;;;***
27925 \f
27926 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20077 56412))
27927 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27928
27929 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27930 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27931 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27932 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27933
27934 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27935 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27936 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27937 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27938 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27939
27940 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27941
27942 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27943 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27944 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27945 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27946
27947 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27948
27949 ;;;***
27950 \f
27951 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
27952 ;;;;;; (20209 49217))
27953 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27954
27955 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27956 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27957 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27958 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27959 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27960 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27961
27962 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27963
27964 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27965 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27966 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27967 commands to use in that buffer.
27968
27969 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27970
27971 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27972
27973 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27974 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27975
27976 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27977
27978 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27979 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27980 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27981 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27982 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27983 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27984 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27985 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27986 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27987 use in that buffer.
27988 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27989
27990 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27991
27992 ;;;***
27993 \f
27994 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (20167
27995 ;;;;;; 36967))
27996 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
27997
27998 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
27999 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
28000 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
28001 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
28002 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
28003 program as keyboard input.
28004
28005 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
28006 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
28007 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
28008 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
28009
28010 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
28011 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
28012 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
28013 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
28014 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
28015
28016 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
28017
28018 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
28019 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
28020 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
28021 terminal-redisplay-interval.
28022
28023 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
28024 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
28025 subprocess started.
28026
28027 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
28028
28029 ;;;***
28030 \f
28031 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
28032 ;;;;;; (20172 54913))
28033 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
28034
28035 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
28036 Start coverage on function under point.
28037
28038 \(fn)" t nil)
28039
28040 ;;;***
28041 \f
28042 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (19889 21967))
28043 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
28044
28045 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
28046 Play the Tetris game.
28047 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
28048 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
28049 as to form complete rows.
28050
28051 tetris-mode keybindings:
28052 \\<tetris-mode-map>
28053 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
28054 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
28055 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
28056 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
28057 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
28058 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
28059 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
28060 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
28061
28062 \(fn)" t nil)
28063
28064 ;;;***
28065 \f
28066 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
28067 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
28068 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28069 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
28070 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
28071 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
28072 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
28073 ;;;;;; (20178 7273))
28074 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
28075
28076 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
28077 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
28078
28079 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
28080
28081 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
28082 Directory in which temporary files are written.
28083 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
28084 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
28085 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
28086
28087 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
28088
28089 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
28090 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
28091 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
28092 if it matches the first line of the file,
28093 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
28094
28095 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
28096
28097 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
28098 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
28099 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
28100 if the variable is non-nil.")
28101
28102 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
28103
28104 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
28105 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
28106
28107 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
28108
28109 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
28110 Command used to run TeX subjob.
28111 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28112 See the documentation of that variable.")
28113
28114 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28115
28116 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
28117 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
28118 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28119 See the documentation of that variable.")
28120
28121 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28122
28123 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
28124 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
28125 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28126 See the documentation of that variable.")
28127
28128 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28129
28130 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
28131 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
28132 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
28133 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
28134 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
28135
28136 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
28137
28138 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
28139 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
28140 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
28141 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
28142
28143 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
28144
28145 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
28146 User defined LaTeX block names.
28147 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
28148
28149 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
28150
28151 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
28152 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
28153 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28154 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
28155
28156 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
28157
28158 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
28159 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28160 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28161 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
28162
28163 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
28164
28165 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
28166 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
28167 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28168 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
28169
28170 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
28171 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
28172 for example,
28173
28174 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28175 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
28176
28177 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
28178 use.")
28179
28180 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
28181
28182 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
28183 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
28184 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
28185 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28186 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
28187
28188 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
28189
28190 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
28191
28192 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
28193 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
28194 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
28195
28196 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
28197
28198 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
28199 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
28200 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
28201 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
28202 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
28203
28204 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
28205
28206 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
28207 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
28208
28209 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
28210
28211 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
28212 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
28213
28214 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
28215
28216 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28217 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
28218 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
28219 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
28220 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
28221 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
28222 says which mode to use.
28223
28224 \(fn)" t nil)
28225
28226 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
28227
28228 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
28229
28230 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
28231
28232 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28233 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
28234 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28235 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28236 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28237
28238 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
28239 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
28240 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28241 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28242 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28243 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28244 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28245
28246 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28247 mismatched $'s or braces.
28248
28249 Special commands:
28250 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
28251
28252 Mode variables:
28253 tex-run-command
28254 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28255 tex-directory
28256 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
28257 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28258 tex-dvi-print-command
28259 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28260 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28261 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28262 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28263 tex-dvi-view-command
28264 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28265 tex-show-queue-command
28266 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28267 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28268
28269 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
28270 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
28271 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28272
28273 \(fn)" t nil)
28274
28275 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28276 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
28277 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28278 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28279 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28280
28281 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
28282 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28283 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28284 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28285 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28286 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28287 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28288
28289 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28290 mismatched $'s or braces.
28291
28292 Special commands:
28293 \\{latex-mode-map}
28294
28295 Mode variables:
28296 latex-run-command
28297 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28298 tex-directory
28299 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
28300 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28301 tex-dvi-print-command
28302 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28303 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28304 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28305 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28306 tex-dvi-view-command
28307 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28308 tex-show-queue-command
28309 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28310 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28311
28312 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
28313 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
28314 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28315
28316 \(fn)" t nil)
28317
28318 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28319 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
28320 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28321 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28322 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28323
28324 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
28325 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28326 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28327 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28328 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28329 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28330 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28331
28332 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28333 mismatched $'s or braces.
28334
28335 Special commands:
28336 \\{slitex-mode-map}
28337
28338 Mode variables:
28339 slitex-run-command
28340 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28341 tex-directory
28342 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
28343 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28344 tex-dvi-print-command
28345 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28346 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28347 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28348 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28349 tex-dvi-view-command
28350 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28351 tex-show-queue-command
28352 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28353 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28354
28355 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
28356 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
28357 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
28358 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28359
28360 \(fn)" t nil)
28361
28362 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
28363
28364
28365 \(fn)" nil nil)
28366
28367 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28368 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
28369
28370 \(fn)" t nil)
28371
28372 ;;;***
28373 \f
28374 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
28375 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20187 22214))
28376 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
28377
28378 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
28379 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
28380 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28381 name specified in the @setfilename command.
28382
28383 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
28384 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
28385 `Info-split' to do these manually.
28386
28387 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28388
28389 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
28390 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
28391 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
28392 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
28393 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
28394
28395 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
28396
28397 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
28398 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
28399 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28400 names specified in the @setfilename command.
28401
28402 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
28403 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
28404 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
28405 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
28406
28407 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
28408 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
28409
28410 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28411
28412 ;;;***
28413 \f
28414 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
28415 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (19845 45374))
28416 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
28417
28418 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
28419 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
28420
28421 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
28422
28423 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
28424 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
28425
28426 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
28427
28428 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
28429 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
28430
28431 It has these extra commands:
28432 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
28433
28434 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
28435 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
28436 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
28437 modified version of TeX input format.
28438
28439 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
28440 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
28441 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
28442 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
28443
28444 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
28445 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
28446 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
28447 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
28448 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
28449 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
28450 in the Texinfo file.
28451
28452 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
28453 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
28454 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
28455 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
28456 move forward past the closing brace.
28457
28458 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
28459 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
28460
28461 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
28462 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
28463 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
28464
28465 Here are the functions:
28466
28467 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
28468 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
28469 texinfo-sequential-node-update
28470
28471 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
28472 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
28473 texinfo-master-menu
28474
28475 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
28476
28477 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
28478 which menu descriptions are indented.
28479
28480 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
28481 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
28482 in the region.
28483
28484 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
28485 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
28486 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
28487 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
28488
28489 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
28490 be the first node in the file.
28491
28492 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
28493 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
28494
28495 \(fn)" t nil)
28496
28497 ;;;***
28498 \f
28499 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
28500 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
28501 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
28502 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
28503
28504 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
28505 Compose Thai characters in the region.
28506 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28507 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
28508
28509 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28510
28511 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
28512 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
28513
28514 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28515
28516 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
28517 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
28518
28519 \(fn)" t nil)
28520
28521 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
28522
28523
28524 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
28525
28526 ;;;***
28527 \f
28528 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
28529 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
28530 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (19990 55648))
28531 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
28532
28533 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
28534 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
28535 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28536 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28537 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28538 `line', and `page'.
28539
28540 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
28541
28542 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28543 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
28544 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28545 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28546 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28547 `line', and `page'.
28548
28549 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
28550 valid THING.
28551
28552 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
28553 positions of the thing found.
28554
28555 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28556
28557 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28558 Return the THING at point.
28559 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28560 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28561 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28562 `line', and `page'.
28563
28564 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
28565 a symbol as a valid THING.
28566
28567 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28568
28569 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28570 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
28571
28572 \(fn)" nil nil)
28573
28574 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28575 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
28576
28577 \(fn)" nil nil)
28578
28579 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28580 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
28581
28582 \(fn)" nil nil)
28583
28584 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28585 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
28586
28587 \(fn)" nil nil)
28588
28589 ;;;***
28590 \f
28591 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
28592 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
28593 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
28594 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
28595
28596 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
28597 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
28598
28599 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
28600
28601 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
28602 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
28603 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
28604 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
28605
28606 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
28607
28608 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
28609 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
28610
28611 \(fn)" t nil)
28612
28613 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
28614 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
28615
28616 \(fn)" t nil)
28617
28618 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
28619
28620 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
28621 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
28622
28623 \(fn)" t nil)
28624
28625 ;;;***
28626 \f
28627 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
28628 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
28629 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
28630 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
28631 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20175
28632 ;;;;;; 31160))
28633 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
28634
28635 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
28636 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
28637 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
28638
28639 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
28640
28641 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28642 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28643
28644 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28645
28646 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28647 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28648 The returned string has no composition information.
28649
28650 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28651
28652 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28653 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28654
28655 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28656
28657 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28658 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28659
28660 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28661
28662 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28663 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28664 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28665 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28666
28667 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28668
28669 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28670 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28671 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28672 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28673
28674 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28675
28676 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28677 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28678 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28679
28680 \(fn)" t nil)
28681
28682 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28683 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28684 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28685
28686 \(fn)" t nil)
28687
28688 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28689
28690
28691 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28692
28693 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28694
28695
28696 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28697
28698 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28699
28700
28701 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28702
28703 ;;;***
28704 \f
28705 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
28706 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
28707 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28708
28709 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28710 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28711 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28712 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28713 parameters.
28714 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28715
28716 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28717
28718 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28719 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28720 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28721 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28722 parameters.
28723 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28724
28725 \(fn)" t nil)
28726
28727 ;;;***
28728 \f
28729 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
28730 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
28731 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (20187 22214))
28732 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28733
28734 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28735 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28736
28737 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28738 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
28739
28740 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28741 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28742 This display updates automatically every minute.
28743 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28744 are displayed as well.
28745 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28746
28747 \(fn)" t nil)
28748
28749 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28750 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28751 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28752 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28753 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28754 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28755
28756 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28757
28758 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28759 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28760 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
28761 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28762 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
28763
28764 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
28765 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
28766 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
28767 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
28768 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28769
28770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28771
28772 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28773 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28774 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28775 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28776
28777 \(fn)" t nil)
28778
28779 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28780 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28781 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28782 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28783
28784 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28785
28786 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28787 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28788
28789 \(fn)" t nil)
28790
28791 ;;;***
28792 \f
28793 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
28794 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
28795 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
28796 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
28797 ;;;;;; (19885 24894))
28798 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28799
28800 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28801 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28802 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28803
28804 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28805 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
28806 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28807 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
28808 (progn
28809 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28810 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
28811 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28812
28813 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28814 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
28815
28816 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28817
28818 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
28819 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
28820
28821 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28822
28823 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28824 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28825
28826 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28827
28828 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28829 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28830 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28831
28832 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28833
28834 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28835
28836 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
28837 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
28838 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
28839
28840 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28841
28842 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
28843 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
28844
28845 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28846
28847 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28848 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28849 DATE should be a date-time string.
28850
28851 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28852
28853 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28854 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28855 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28856
28857 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28858
28859 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28860 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28861
28862 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28863
28864 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28865 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28866
28867 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28868
28869 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28870 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28871 TIME should be a time value.
28872 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28873
28874 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28875
28876 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28877 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28878 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28879
28880 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28881
28882 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28883 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28884 The valid format specifiers are:
28885 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28886 %d is the number of days.
28887 %h is the number of hours.
28888 %m is the number of minutes.
28889 %s is the number of seconds.
28890 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28891 %% is a literal \"%\".
28892
28893 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28894 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28895
28896 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28897 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28898 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28899
28900 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28901 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28902 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28903
28904 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28905
28906 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28907
28908 ;;;***
28909 \f
28910 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28911 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (20033 22846))
28912 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28913 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28914 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28915 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28916 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28917 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28918 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28919 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28920 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28921
28922 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28923 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28924 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28925 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
28926 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
28927 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28928 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28929 look like one of the following:
28930 Time-stamp: <>
28931 Time-stamp: \" \"
28932 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28933 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28934 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28935 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28936 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28937 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28938 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28939 the template.
28940
28941 \(fn)" t nil)
28942
28943 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28944 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28945 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28946
28947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28948
28949 ;;;***
28950 \f
28951 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
28952 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
28953 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
28954 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
28955 ;;;;;; (20165 31925))
28956 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28957
28958 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
28959 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
28960 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28961 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
28962 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28963 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28964 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
28965 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
28966 display (non-nil means on).
28967
28968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28969
28970 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28971 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28972 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28973 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28974 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28975 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28976 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28977 this function is called within a day.
28978
28979 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28980 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28981 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28982 discover the name of the project.
28983
28984 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28985
28986 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28987 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28988 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28989 begun during the last time segment.
28990
28991 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28992 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28993 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28994 discover the reason.
28995
28996 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28997
28998 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28999 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
29000 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
29001 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
29002 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
29003
29004 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29005
29006 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
29007 Change to working on a different project.
29008 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
29009 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
29010 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
29011 working on.
29012
29013 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
29014
29015 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
29016 Ask the user whether to clock out.
29017 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
29018
29019 \(fn)" nil nil)
29020
29021 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
29022 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
29023 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
29024
29025 \(fn)" t nil)
29026
29027 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
29028 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
29029 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
29030 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
29031 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
29032 \"relative to today\".
29033
29034 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29035
29036 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
29037 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
29038 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
29039 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
29040
29041 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
29042
29043 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
29044 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
29045 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
29046 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
29047 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
29048 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
29049
29050 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29051
29052 ;;;***
29053 \f
29054 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
29055 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (20201 55112))
29056 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
29057
29058 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
29059 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
29060 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
29061 the generated Quail package is saved.
29062
29063 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
29064
29065 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
29066 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
29067 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
29068 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
29069 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
29070 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
29071 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
29072
29073 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
29074
29075 ;;;***
29076 \f
29077 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
29078 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (20163 39903))
29079 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
29080 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
29081 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
29082
29083 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
29084 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
29085 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
29086 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
29087 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
29088
29089 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
29090
29091 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
29092 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
29093 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
29094 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
29095 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
29096
29097 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
29098
29099 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
29100 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
29101 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
29102 in the menu in two ways:
29103 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
29104 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
29105 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
29106
29107 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
29108 keymap or an alist of alists.
29109 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
29110 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
29111
29112 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
29113
29114 ;;;***
29115 \f
29116 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
29117 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
29118 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (20168 57844))
29119 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
29120
29121 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
29122 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
29123
29124 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
29125
29126 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
29127 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
29128
29129 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
29130
29131 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
29132 Insert new TODO list entry.
29133 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
29134 category.
29135
29136 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29137
29138 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
29139 List top priorities for each category.
29140
29141 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
29142 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
29143
29144 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
29145 between each category.
29146 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
29147
29148 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
29149
29150 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
29151 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
29152 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
29153 between each category.
29154
29155 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
29156
29157 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
29158
29159 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
29160 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
29161
29162 \(fn)" t nil)
29163
29164 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
29165 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
29166
29167 \(fn)" nil nil)
29168
29169 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
29170 Show TODO list.
29171
29172 \(fn)" t nil)
29173
29174 ;;;***
29175 \f
29176 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
29177 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
29178 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20127 62865))
29179 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
29180
29181 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
29182 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
29183 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
29184
29185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29186
29187 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
29188 Add an item to the tool bar.
29189 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
29190 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
29191 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
29192 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
29193
29194 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
29195 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
29196 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
29197 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
29198
29199 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
29200 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
29201
29202 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29203
29204 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
29205 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
29206 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
29207 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
29208 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
29209 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
29210
29211 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
29212 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
29213 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
29214 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
29215
29216 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29217
29218 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
29219 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
29220 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
29221 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
29222 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
29223 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
29224 properties to add to the binding.
29225
29226 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
29227
29228 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
29229 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
29230
29231 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29232
29233 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
29234 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
29235 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
29236 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
29237 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
29238 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
29239 properties to add to the binding.
29240
29241 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
29242 holds a keymap.
29243
29244 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29245
29246 ;;;***
29247 \f
29248 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
29249 ;;;;;; (20141 9296))
29250 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
29251
29252 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
29253 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
29254 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29255 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29256 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29257 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
29258
29259 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
29260
29261 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
29262 TPU/edt emulation.
29263
29264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29265
29266 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
29267
29268 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
29269 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
29270
29271 \(fn)" t nil)
29272
29273 ;;;***
29274 \f
29275 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
29276 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29277 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
29278
29279 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
29280 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
29281
29282 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
29283 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
29284 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
29285 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
29286 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
29287
29288 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
29289 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
29290 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
29291 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
29292 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
29293
29294 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
29295 (tpu-edt)
29296
29297 Known Problems:
29298
29299 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
29300 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
29301 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
29302 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
29303 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
29304 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
29305
29306 \(fn)" t nil)
29307
29308 ;;;***
29309 \f
29310 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (19845 45374))
29311 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
29312
29313 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
29314 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
29315 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
29316 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
29317 to a tcp server on another machine.
29318
29319 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
29320
29321 ;;;***
29322 \f
29323 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
29324 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (19845 45374))
29325 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
29326
29327 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
29328 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
29329
29330 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
29331
29332 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
29333 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
29334 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
29335 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
29336 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
29337 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
29338 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
29339 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
29340
29341 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29342
29343 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
29344 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
29345 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
29346 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
29347 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
29348 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
29349 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
29350 the window or buffer configuration.
29351
29352 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
29353
29354 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29355
29356 ;;;***
29357 \f
29358 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
29359 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
29360 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
29361 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (20209 49217))
29362 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
29363
29364 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
29365 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
29366 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
29367
29368 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
29369
29370 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
29371 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
29372
29373 It can have the following values:
29374
29375 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
29376 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
29377 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
29378
29379 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
29380
29381 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):") "\
29382 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29383 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
29384 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
29385
29386 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
29387
29388 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
29389 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29390 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29391 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29392
29393 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
29394 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29395 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29396
29397 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29398 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
29399 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
29400 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
29401 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
29402 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
29403 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
29404 files which are not really Tramp files.
29405
29406 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29407 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29408 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29409 updated after changing this variable.
29410
29411 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29412
29413 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
29414 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29415 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
29416 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
29417
29418 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
29419
29420 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
29421 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29422 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29423 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29424
29425 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'" "\
29426 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29427 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29428
29429 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29430 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
29431 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
29432
29433 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29434 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29435 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29436 updated after changing this variable.
29437
29438 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29439
29440 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
29441 Alist of completion handler functions.
29442 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
29443 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
29444 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
29445
29446 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29447 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
29448 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29449 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29450
29451 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29452 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
29453 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29454 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29455
29456 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
29457 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
29458 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
29459
29460 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29461
29462 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
29463 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
29464 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
29465
29466 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
29467 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
29468
29469 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
29470
29471 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
29472
29473
29474 \(fn)" nil nil)
29475
29476 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
29477 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
29478
29479 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
29480
29481 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
29482 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
29483
29484 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
29485
29486 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
29487 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
29488
29489 \(fn)" t nil)
29490
29491 ;;;***
29492 \f
29493 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
29494 ;;;;;; (19946 29209))
29495 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
29496
29497 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
29498
29499
29500 \(fn)" nil nil)
29501
29502 ;;;***
29503 \f
29504 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20176
29505 ;;;;;; 51947))
29506 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
29507
29508 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
29509 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
29510 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
29511 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
29512 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
29513 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
29514 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
29515 any question when restarting the tutorial.
29516
29517 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
29518 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
29519 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
29520
29521 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
29522 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
29523 resumed later.
29524
29525 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
29526
29527 ;;;***
29528 \f
29529 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
29530 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
29531 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
29532
29533 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
29534
29535
29536 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
29537
29538 ;;;***
29539 \f
29540 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
29541 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (20141 9296))
29542 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
29543 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
29544 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
29545 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
29546
29547 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
29548 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
29549 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
29550 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
29551 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
29552 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
29553 first and the associated buffer to its right.
29554
29555 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29556
29557 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
29558 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
29559 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
29560 accepting the proposed default buffer.
29561
29562 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29563
29564 \(fn)" t nil)
29565
29566 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
29567 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
29568 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
29569 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
29570 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
29571 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
29572 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
29573
29574 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
29575 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
29576
29577 First column's text sSs Second column's text
29578 \\___/\\
29579 / \\
29580 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
29581
29582 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29583
29584 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29585
29586 ;;;***
29587 \f
29588 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
29589 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
29590 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
29591 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
29592 ;;;;;; (20127 62865))
29593 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
29594
29595 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
29596 Toggle typing break mode.
29597 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
29598 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29599 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
29600
29601 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
29602
29603 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
29604 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
29605
29606 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
29607
29608 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
29609 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
29610
29611 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
29612 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
29613 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
29614
29615 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
29616 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
29617
29618 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
29619
29620 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
29621 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
29622
29623 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
29624 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
29625 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
29626 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
29627
29628 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
29629
29630 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
29631 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
29632 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
29633
29634 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
29635 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
29636 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
29637 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
29638 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
29639 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
29640
29641 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
29642 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
29643 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
29644 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
29645
29646 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
29647 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
29648
29649 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
29650 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
29651
29652 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
29653
29654 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
29655 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
29656 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
29657
29658 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
29659 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
29660 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
29661 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
29662 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
29663 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
29664 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29665
29666 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29667 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29668
29669 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29670 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29671 reset the keystroke counter.
29672
29673 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29674 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29675 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29676 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29677
29678 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29679 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29680 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29681 `type-break-schedule' command.
29682
29683 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29684 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29685 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29686 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29687 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29688 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29689 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
29690 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
29691 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
29692
29693 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
29694 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
29695 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
29696 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
29697 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
29698
29699 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
29700 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
29701 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
29702 approximate good values for this.
29703
29704 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29705 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
29706
29707 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29708 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29709 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29710 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29711 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29712 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29713
29714 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29715 a typing break occur. They include:
29716
29717 `type-break-query-mode'
29718 `type-break-query-function'
29719 `type-break-query-interval'
29720
29721 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29722
29723 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29724 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29725 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29726 problems.
29727
29728 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
29729
29730 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29731 Take a typing break.
29732
29733 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29734 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29735
29736 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29737 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29738
29739 \(fn)" t nil)
29740
29741 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29742 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29743 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29744 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29745
29746 \(fn)" t nil)
29747
29748 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29749 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29750
29751 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29752 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29753 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29754 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29755 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29756 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29757 average typing speed.)
29758
29759 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29760 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29761 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29762 the computed maximum threshold.
29763
29764 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29765 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29766 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29767 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29768 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29769
29770 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29771
29772 ;;;***
29773 \f
29774 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (19845 45374))
29775 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29776
29777 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29778 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29779 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29780 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29781 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29782
29783 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29784
29785 ;;;***
29786 \f
29787 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
29788 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
29789 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
29790 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
29791 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
29792 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (20187 22214))
29793 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
29794
29795 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29796 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
29797
29798 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29799
29800 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29801 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
29802
29803 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29804
29805 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29806 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
29807
29808 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29809
29810 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29811 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
29812
29813 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29814
29815 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29816 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
29817
29818 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29819
29820 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29821 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
29822
29823 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29824
29825 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29826 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
29827
29828 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29829
29830 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29831 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
29832
29833 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29834
29835 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29836 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29837
29838 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29839
29840 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29841 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29842
29843 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29844
29845 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29846 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29847
29848 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29849
29850 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29851 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29852
29853 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29854
29855 ;;;***
29856 \f
29857 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
29858 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (19845 45374))
29859 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29860
29861 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29862 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29863 Works by overstriking underscores.
29864 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29865 which specify the range to operate on.
29866
29867 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29868
29869 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29870 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29871 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29872 which specify the range to operate on.
29873
29874 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29875
29876 ;;;***
29877 \f
29878 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
29879 ;;;;;; (20172 54913))
29880 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29881
29882 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29883 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
29884 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29885 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29886 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29887 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29888
29889 \(fn)" nil nil)
29890
29891 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29892 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
29893
29894 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29895
29896 ;;;***
29897 \f
29898 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (19845
29899 ;;;;;; 45374))
29900 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29901
29902 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29903 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29904 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29905 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29906
29907 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29908
29909 ;;;***
29910 \f
29911 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
29912 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (20162 19074))
29913 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29914
29915 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29916 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29917 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29918
29919 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29920 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29921 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29922 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
29923 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
29924 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
29925
29926 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29927 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29928 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29929
29930 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29931 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29932 the callback is not called).
29933
29934 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29935 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29936 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29937 take effect.
29938
29939 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29940
29941 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT)" nil nil)
29942
29943 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29944 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29945 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29946 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29947 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29948
29949 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29950
29951 ;;;***
29952 \f
29953 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
29954 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (19845 45374))
29955 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29956
29957 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29958 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29959 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29960
29961 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29962 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29963 `url-generic-parse-url'
29964 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29965 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
29966 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29967 realm
29968 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29969 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
29970 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
29971 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29972 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29973 what type of auth to use
29974 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29975 if one cannot be found in the cache
29976
29977 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29978
29979 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29980 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29981
29982 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29983 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29984 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29985 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29986 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29987 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29988 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29989 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29990
29991 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29992
29993 ;;;***
29994 \f
29995 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
29996 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (19988 13913))
29997 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29998
29999 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
30000 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
30001
30002 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
30003
30004 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
30005 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
30006 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
30007
30008 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30009
30010 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
30011 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
30012
30013 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
30014
30015 ;;;***
30016 \f
30017 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (19845 45374))
30018 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
30019
30020 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
30021
30022
30023 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30024
30025 ;;;***
30026 \f
30027 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
30028 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (20168 57844))
30029 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
30030
30031 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
30032
30033
30034 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30035
30036 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
30037
30038
30039 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30040
30041 ;;;***
30042 \f
30043 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (19845
30044 ;;;;;; 45374))
30045 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
30046
30047 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
30048 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
30049
30050 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
30051
30052 ;;;***
30053 \f
30054 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
30055 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (20187 22214))
30056 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
30057
30058 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
30059 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
30060
30061 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
30062
30063 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
30064 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
30065 Args per `open-network-stream'.
30066 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
30067 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
30068
30069 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
30070
30071 ;;;***
30072 \f
30073 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
30074 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
30075 ;;;;;; (20127 62865))
30076 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
30077
30078 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
30079 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
30080 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30081 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30082 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30083 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
30084
30085 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
30086
30087 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
30088 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
30089 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
30090 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
30091 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
30092
30093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30094
30095 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
30096 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
30097 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
30098 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
30099
30100 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30101
30102 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
30103 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
30104 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
30105 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
30106 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
30107 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
30108 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
30109 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
30110 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
30111 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
30112
30113 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
30114
30115 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
30116 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
30117 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
30118 accessible.
30119
30120 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
30121
30122 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
30123
30124
30125 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
30126
30127 ;;;***
30128 \f
30129 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
30130 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (20201 55112))
30131 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
30132
30133 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
30134 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
30135 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
30136 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
30137 CBARGS as the arguments.
30138
30139 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
30140
30141 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
30142
30143
30144 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30145
30146 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
30147
30148 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
30149
30150
30151 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
30152
30153 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
30154 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
30155 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
30156
30157 Property list members:
30158
30159 methods
30160 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
30161 supports.
30162
30163 dav
30164 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
30165 supported.
30166
30167 dasl
30168 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
30169
30170 ranges
30171 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
30172
30173 p3p
30174 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
30175 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
30176 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
30177 Emacs/W3.
30178
30179 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30180
30181 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
30182 Default HTTPS port.")
30183
30184 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
30185 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
30186 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
30187
30188 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
30189 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
30190 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
30191 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
30192 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
30193
30194 ;;;***
30195 \f
30196 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (19845 45374))
30197 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
30198
30199 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
30200
30201
30202 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30203
30204 ;;;***
30205 \f
30206 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20164
30207 ;;;;;; 60780))
30208 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
30209
30210 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
30211 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
30212 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
30213 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
30214 `url-generic-parse-url'.
30215
30216 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30217
30218 ;;;***
30219 \f
30220 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
30221 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30222 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
30223
30224 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
30225
30226
30227 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30228
30229 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
30230 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
30231
30232 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30233
30234 ;;;***
30235 \f
30236 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
30237 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (19845 45374))
30238 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
30239
30240 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
30241 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
30242
30243 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30244
30245 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
30246 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
30247
30248 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30249
30250 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
30251
30252
30253 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30254
30255 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30256
30257 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30258
30259 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30260
30261 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
30262 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
30263
30264 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30265
30266 ;;;***
30267 \f
30268 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
30269 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30270 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
30271
30272 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
30273
30274
30275 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30276
30277 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
30278
30279
30280 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30281
30282 ;;;***
30283 \f
30284 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
30285 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
30286 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30287 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
30288
30289 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
30290
30291
30292 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30293
30294 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
30295
30296
30297 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
30298
30299 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
30300
30301
30302 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30303
30304 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
30305
30306
30307 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30308
30309 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
30310
30311
30312 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
30313
30314 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
30315
30316
30317 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
30318
30319 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
30320
30321
30322 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
30323
30324 ;;;***
30325 \f
30326 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
30327 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (19845 45374))
30328 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
30329
30330 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
30331 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
30332
30333 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
30334
30335 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
30336 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
30337 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
30338 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
30339
30340 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30341
30342 ;;;***
30343 \f
30344 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
30345 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
30346 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
30347
30348 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
30349 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
30350
30351 \(fn)" t nil)
30352
30353 ;;;***
30354 \f
30355 ;;;### (autoloads (url-queue-retrieve) "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el"
30356 ;;;;;; (19943 25429))
30357 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
30358
30359 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
30360 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
30361 Like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments), but
30362 controls the level of parallelism via the
30363 `url-queue-parallel-processes' variable.
30364
30365 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT)" nil nil)
30366
30367 ;;;***
30368 \f
30369 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
30370 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
30371 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
30372 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
30373 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
30374 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
30375 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (19867 59212))
30376 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
30377
30378 (defvar url-debug nil "\
30379 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
30380 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
30381
30382 If t, all messages will be logged.
30383 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
30384 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
30385
30386 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
30387
30388 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
30389
30390
30391 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30392
30393 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
30394
30395
30396 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
30397
30398 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
30399 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
30400 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
30401 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
30402 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
30403 & ==> &amp;
30404 < ==> &lt;
30405 > ==> &gt;
30406 \" ==> &quot;
30407
30408 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
30409
30410 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
30411 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
30412 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
30413
30414 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30415
30416 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
30417 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
30418 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
30419
30420 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30421
30422 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
30423 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
30424
30425 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
30426
30427 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
30428 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
30429
30430 \(fn X)" nil nil)
30431
30432 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
30433 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
30434
30435 \(fn X)" nil nil)
30436
30437 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
30438
30439
30440 \(fn N)" nil nil)
30441
30442 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
30443
30444
30445 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30446
30447 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
30448
30449
30450 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
30451
30452 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
30453
30454 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
30455 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
30456
30457 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30458
30459 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
30460 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
30461
30462 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30463
30464 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
30465
30466
30467 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30468
30469 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
30470 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
30471 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
30472 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
30473 forbidden in URL encoding.
30474
30475 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30476
30477 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
30478 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
30479 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
30480 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
30481 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
30482 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
30483
30484 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
30485
30486 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
30487 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
30488 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
30489 of the file with the extension stripped off.
30490
30491 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
30492
30493 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
30494 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
30495 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
30496
30497 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
30498
30499 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
30500 View the current document's URL.
30501 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
30502 the minibuffer.
30503
30504 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
30505
30506 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
30507
30508 ;;;***
30509 \f
30510 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
30511 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (19845 45374))
30512 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
30513
30514 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
30515 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
30516 This function has a choice of three things to do:
30517 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
30518 to refrain from editing the file
30519 return t (grab the lock on the file)
30520 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
30521 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
30522 in any way you like.
30523
30524 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
30525
30526 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
30527 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
30528 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
30529 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
30530 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
30531
30532 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
30533 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
30534
30535 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
30536
30537 ;;;***
30538 \f
30539 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
30540 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
30541 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (19845 45374))
30542 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
30543
30544 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30545
30546
30547 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30548
30549 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30550
30551
30552 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30553
30554 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30555
30556
30557 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30558
30559 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30560
30561
30562 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30563
30564 ;;;***
30565 \f
30566 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (19845 45374))
30567 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
30568
30569 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
30570 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
30571
30572 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
30573
30574 ;;;***
30575 \f
30576 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
30577 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
30578 ;;;;;; (20222 61246))
30579 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
30580
30581 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
30582 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
30583 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
30584 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
30585
30586 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30587
30588 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
30589 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
30590 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30591
30592 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30593
30594 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
30595 Uudecode region between START and END.
30596 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30597
30598 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
30599
30600 ;;;***
30601 \f
30602 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
30603 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
30604 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
30605 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
30606 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-ediff vc-version-ediff
30607 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
30608 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (20204
30609 ;;;;;; 31303))
30610 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
30611
30612 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
30613 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
30614 See `run-hooks'.")
30615
30616 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
30617
30618 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
30619 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
30620 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
30621
30622 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30623
30624 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
30625 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
30626 See `run-hooks'.")
30627
30628 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30629
30630 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
30631 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
30632 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
30633 same state. If not, signal an error.
30634
30635 For merging-based version control systems:
30636 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
30637 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
30638 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
30639 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
30640 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
30641 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
30642
30643 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
30644 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
30645 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
30646 the file(s) for editing.
30647 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
30648 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
30649 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
30650 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
30651 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
30652 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
30653
30654 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
30655
30656 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
30657 Register into a version control system.
30658 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
30659 Otherwise register the current file.
30660 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
30661 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
30662
30663 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
30664 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
30665 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
30666 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
30667 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
30668 first backend that could register the file is used.
30669
30670 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
30671
30672 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30673 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30674
30675 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30676
30677 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30678 Display diffs between file revisions.
30679 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30680 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30681 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30682
30683 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30684 saving the buffer.
30685
30686 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30687
30688 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
30689 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
30690 repository history using ediff.
30691
30692 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30693
30694 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
30695 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
30696 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30697 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30698 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30699
30700 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30701 saving the buffer.
30702
30703 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30704
30705 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
30706 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
30707 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
30708 fileset with the working revision.
30709 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
30710 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30711
30712 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30713 saving the buffer.
30714
30715 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30716
30717 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30718 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30719 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30720 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30721
30722 \(fn REV)" t nil)
30723
30724 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30725 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30726 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30727 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30728
30729 \(fn)" t nil)
30730
30731 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30732 Perform a version control merge operation.
30733 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
30734 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
30735 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
30736
30737 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
30738 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
30739 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
30740 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30741 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
30742 changes from the current branch.
30743
30744 \(fn)" t nil)
30745
30746 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30747
30748 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30749 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30750 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30751 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30752 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30753 checked out in that new branch.
30754
30755 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30756
30757 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30758 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
30759 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
30760 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30761 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30762 allowed and simply skipped).
30763
30764 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30765
30766 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30767 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30768 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
30769 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30770 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30771
30772 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
30773 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
30774
30775 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
30776
30777 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
30778 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
30779 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30780 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30781 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
30782
30783 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
30784
30785 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
30786 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
30787 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
30788
30789 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30790
30791 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
30792 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
30793 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30794
30795 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30796
30797 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30798 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30799 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30800 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30801
30802 \(fn)" t nil)
30803
30804 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
30805 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
30806 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
30807 depending on the underlying version-control system.
30808
30809 \(fn)" t nil)
30810
30811 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30812
30813 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
30814 Update the current fileset or branch.
30815 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
30816 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
30817 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
30818
30819 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
30820 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
30821 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
30822 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
30823 tip revision are merged into the working file.
30824
30825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30826
30827 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
30828
30829 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30830 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30831 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30832 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30833 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30834 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30835 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30836
30837 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30838
30839 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30840 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30841 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30842 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30843 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30844 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30845 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30846 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30847 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30848
30849 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30850
30851 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30852 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30853
30854 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30855
30856 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30857 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30858
30859 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30860
30861 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30862 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30863 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30864 directory.
30865
30866 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30867
30868 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30869 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30870 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30871
30872 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30873 log entries should be gathered.
30874
30875 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30876
30877 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30878 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30879
30880 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30881
30882 ;;;***
30883 \f
30884 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
30885 ;;;;;; (19920 63959))
30886 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30887
30888 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30889 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30890
30891 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30892 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30893 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30894 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30895 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30896 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30897
30898 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30899 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30900 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30901 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30902 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30903 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30904 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30905 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30906
30907 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30908
30909 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30910
30911 Customization variables:
30912
30913 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30914 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30915 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30916 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30917
30918 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30919
30920 ;;;***
30921 \f
30922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (20168 57844))
30923 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
30924 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
30925 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
30926 (progn
30927 (load "vc-arch")
30928 (vc-arch-registered file))))
30929
30930 ;;;***
30931 \f
30932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (20209 49217))
30933 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30934
30935 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30936 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30937
30938 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
30939 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
30940 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30941 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30942 (progn
30943 (load "vc-bzr")
30944 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30945
30946 ;;;***
30947 \f
30948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (20221 40442))
30949 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30950 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30951 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
30952 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30953 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30954 (load "vc-cvs")
30955 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30956
30957 ;;;***
30958 \f
30959 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (20207 7484))
30960 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30961
30962 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30963 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30964 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30965 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30966 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30967
30968 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30969 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30970 The file lines appear later.
30971
30972 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30973 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30974
30975 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30976
30977 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30978
30979 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30980
30981 ;;;***
30982 \f
30983 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
30984 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
30985 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30986
30987 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30988 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30989 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30990 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30991 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30992 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30993 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30994 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30995 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30996 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30997 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30998 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30999 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
31000 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
31001 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
31002
31003 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
31004
31005 ;;;***
31006 \f
31007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (20087 5852))
31008 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
31009 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
31010 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
31011 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
31012 (progn
31013 (load "vc-git")
31014 (vc-git-registered file))))
31015
31016 ;;;***
31017 \f
31018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (20207 7484))
31019 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
31020 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
31021 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
31022 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
31023 (progn
31024 (load "vc-hg")
31025 (vc-hg-registered file))))
31026
31027 ;;;***
31028 \f
31029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (20221 40442))
31030 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
31031
31032 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
31033 Name of the monotone directory.")
31034
31035 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
31036 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
31037 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
31038 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
31039 (progn
31040 (load "vc-mtn")
31041 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
31042
31043 ;;;***
31044 \f
31045 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
31046 ;;;;;; (20161 45793))
31047 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
31048
31049 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
31050 Where to look for RCS master files.
31051 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
31052
31053 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
31054
31055 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
31056
31057 ;;;***
31058 \f
31059 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
31060 ;;;;;; (19845 45374))
31061 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
31062
31063 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
31064 Where to look for SCCS master files.
31065 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
31066
31067 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
31068 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
31069
31070 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
31071 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
31072 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
31073 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
31074
31075 ;;;***
31076 \f
31077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (20162 19074))
31078 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
31079 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
31080 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
31081 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
31082 "_svn")
31083 (t ".svn"))))
31084 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
31085 (load "vc-svn")
31086 (vc-svn-registered f))))
31087
31088 ;;;***
31089 \f
31090 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
31091 ;;;;;; (20203 10426))
31092 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
31093 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
31094
31095 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
31096 Major mode for editing Vera code.
31097
31098 Usage:
31099 ------
31100
31101 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
31102 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
31103 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
31104 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
31105
31106 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
31107 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
31108 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
31109 completions.
31110
31111 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
31112 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
31113
31114 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
31115 uncomments a region if already commented out.
31116
31117 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
31118 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
31119 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
31120
31121 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
31122
31123
31124 Maintenance:
31125 ------------
31126
31127 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
31128 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31129
31130 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
31131
31132 Official distribution is at
31133 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
31134
31135
31136 The Vera Mode Maintainer
31137 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
31138
31139 Key bindings:
31140 -------------
31141
31142 \\{vera-mode-map}
31143
31144 \(fn)" t nil)
31145
31146 ;;;***
31147 \f
31148 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
31149 ;;;;;; (20222 61246))
31150 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
31151
31152 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
31153 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
31154 \\<verilog-mode-map>
31155 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
31156 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
31157
31158 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
31159
31160 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
31161 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
31162
31163 Supports highlighting.
31164
31165 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
31166 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
31167
31168 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
31169
31170 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
31171 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
31172 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
31173 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
31174 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
31175 on the left side of your screen.
31176 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
31177 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
31178 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
31179 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
31180 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
31181 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
31182 function keyword.
31183 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
31184 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
31185 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
31186 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
31187 if (a)
31188 begin
31189 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
31190 Indentation for case statements.
31191 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
31192 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
31193 mark after an end.
31194 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
31195 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
31196 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
31197 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
31198 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
31199 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
31200 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
31201 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
31202 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
31203 if (a)
31204 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
31205 otherwise you get:
31206 if (a)
31207 begin
31208 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
31209 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
31210 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
31211 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
31212 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
31213 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
31214 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
31215 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
31216 comments in tight quarters.
31217 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
31218 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
31219
31220 Variables controlling other actions:
31221
31222 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
31223 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
31224 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
31225
31226 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
31227
31228 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
31229
31230 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
31231 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
31232 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
31233
31234 Some other functions are:
31235
31236 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
31237 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
31238 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
31239 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
31240 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
31241
31242 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
31243 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
31244 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
31245 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
31246
31247 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
31248 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
31249 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
31250 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
31251 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
31252 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
31253 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
31254 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
31255 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
31256 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
31257 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-class] Insert an UVM Class block.
31258 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
31259 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
31260 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
31261 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
31262 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
31263 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
31264 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
31265 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
31266 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
31267 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
31268 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
31269 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
31270 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
31271 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
31272 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
31273 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
31274 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
31275 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
31276 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
31277
31278 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
31279 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
31280
31281 \\{verilog-mode-map}
31282
31283 \(fn)" t nil)
31284
31285 ;;;***
31286 \f
31287 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
31288 ;;;;;; (20197 58064))
31289 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
31290
31291 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
31292 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
31293
31294 Usage:
31295 ------
31296
31297 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
31298 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
31299 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
31300 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
31301 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
31302 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
31303 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
31304 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
31305 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
31306
31307 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
31308 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
31309 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
31310 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
31311
31312 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
31313 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
31314 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
31315 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
31316 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
31317
31318 Template styles can be customized in customization group
31319 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
31320
31321
31322 HEADER INSERTION:
31323 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
31324 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
31325 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
31326
31327
31328 STUTTERING:
31329 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
31330 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
31331 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
31332 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
31333
31334 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
31335 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
31336 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
31337 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
31338 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
31339
31340
31341 WORD COMPLETION:
31342 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
31343 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
31344 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
31345 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
31346
31347 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
31348 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
31349 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
31350 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
31351 beginning with \"std\").
31352
31353 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
31354 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
31355 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
31356 stop.
31357
31358
31359 COMMENTS:
31360 `--' puts a single comment.
31361 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
31362 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
31363 with a comment in between.
31364 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
31365 out following lines.
31366 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
31367 uncomments a region if already commented out.
31368
31369 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
31370 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
31371 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
31372 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
31373 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
31374 non-nil.
31375
31376 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
31377 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
31378 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
31379 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
31380 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
31381 multi-line comments.
31382
31383
31384 INDENTATION:
31385 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
31386 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
31387 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
31388 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
31389
31390 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
31391 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
31392 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
31393 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
31394
31395 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
31396 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
31397 and vice versa.
31398
31399 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
31400 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
31401
31402
31403 ALIGNMENT:
31404 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
31405 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
31406 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
31407 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
31408 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
31409 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
31410 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
31411 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
31412
31413 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
31414 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
31415 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
31416 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
31417 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
31418 is non-nil.
31419
31420 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
31421 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
31422 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
31423
31424 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
31425 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
31426
31427
31428 CODE FILLING:
31429 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
31430 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
31431 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
31432 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
31433 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
31434 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
31435
31436
31437 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
31438 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
31439 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
31440 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
31441 command:
31442
31443 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
31444
31445
31446 PORT TRANSLATION:
31447 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
31448 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
31449 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
31450 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
31451 internal signal initializations (menu).
31452
31453 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
31454 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
31455 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
31456
31457 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
31458 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
31459 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
31460 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
31461 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
31462 in subsequent paste operations.)
31463
31464 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
31465 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
31466 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
31467
31468
31469 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
31470 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
31471 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
31472 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
31473 association list with formals).
31474
31475
31476 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
31477 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
31478 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
31479 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
31480 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
31481 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
31482 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
31483 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
31484 `vhdl-testbench'.
31485
31486
31487 KEY BINDINGS:
31488 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
31489
31490
31491 VHDL MENU:
31492 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
31493
31494
31495 FILE BROWSER:
31496 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
31497 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
31498 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
31499
31500 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
31501 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
31502
31503
31504 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
31505 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
31506 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
31507 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
31508
31509 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
31510 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
31511 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
31512
31513 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
31514 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
31515 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
31516 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
31517
31518 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
31519 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
31520 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
31521 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
31522 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
31523
31524 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
31525 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
31526 required by secondary units.
31527
31528
31529 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
31530 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
31531 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
31532 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
31533 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
31534 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
31535 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
31536 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
31537 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
31538 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
31539 inputs to this component -> input port created
31540 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
31541 outputs from this component -> output port created
31542 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
31543 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
31544
31545 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
31546 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
31547 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
31548 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
31549 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
31550
31551 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
31552 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
31553
31554 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
31555 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
31556 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
31557 component instantiation is also supported (option
31558 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
31559
31560 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
31561 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
31562 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
31563 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
31564 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
31565 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
31566 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
31567 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
31568 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
31569 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
31570 | generating the configuration.
31571 |
31572 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
31573 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
31574 | configurations in speedbar.
31575
31576 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
31577
31578
31579 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
31580 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
31581 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
31582 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
31583 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
31584 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
31585 information. New compilers can be added.
31586
31587 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
31588 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
31589
31590
31591 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
31592 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
31593 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
31594 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
31595 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31596
31597 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
31598 command:
31599
31600 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
31601 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
31602 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
31603
31604 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
31605 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
31606 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
31607 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
31608 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
31609 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
31610 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
31611
31612 Limitations:
31613 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
31614 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
31615 not (yet) supported.
31616 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
31617 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
31618 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
31619
31620
31621 PROJECTS:
31622 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
31623 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
31624 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
31625 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
31626 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
31627 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
31628 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
31629 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31630
31631 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
31632 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
31633 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
31634 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
31635 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
31636 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
31637 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
31638 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
31639 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
31640 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
31641 `vhdl-project-alist'.
31642
31643
31644 SPECIAL MENUES:
31645 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
31646 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
31647 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
31648 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
31649 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
31650 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
31651 current directory for VHDL source files.
31652
31653
31654 VHDL STANDARDS:
31655 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
31656 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
31657
31658
31659 KEYWORD CASE:
31660 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
31661 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
31662 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
31663 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
31664 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
31665 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
31666 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
31667 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
31668
31669
31670 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
31671 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
31672 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
31673 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
31674 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
31675 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
31676 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
31677
31678 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
31679 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
31680 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
31681 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
31682 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
31683 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
31684
31685 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
31686 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
31687 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
31688 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
31689 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
31690 visually.
31691
31692 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
31693 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
31694 highlighted if written in lower case.
31695
31696 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
31697 highlighted using a different background color if option
31698 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
31699
31700 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
31701 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
31702 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
31703 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
31704 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
31705
31706
31707 USER MODELS:
31708 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
31709 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
31710 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
31711
31712
31713 HIDE/SHOW:
31714 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
31715 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
31716 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
31717 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31718 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31719
31720
31721 CODE UPDATING:
31722 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31723 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31724 Limitations:
31725 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31726 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31727 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31728 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31729 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31730 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31731 (used to obtain the port names).
31732
31733
31734 CODE FIXING:
31735 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31736 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31737
31738
31739 PRINTING:
31740 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31741 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31742 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31743 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31744 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31745 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31746 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31747 printers.
31748
31749
31750 OPTIONS:
31751 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31752 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31753 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31754 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31755 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31756
31757 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31758 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
31759 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31760 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31761 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31762 INSTALL file).
31763
31764 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31765 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
31766
31767
31768 FILE EXTENSIONS:
31769 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31770 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31771 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31772
31773 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
31774
31775
31776 HINTS:
31777 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31778 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31779
31780 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31781
31782 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31783
31784 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31785
31786
31787 RELEASE NOTES:
31788 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31789
31790
31791 Maintenance:
31792 ------------
31793
31794 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
31795 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31796
31797 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31798
31799 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31800 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31801 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31802 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31803
31804 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31805 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
31806 where the latest version can be found.
31807
31808
31809 Known problems:
31810 ---------------
31811
31812 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
31813 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31814 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31815
31816
31817 The VHDL Mode Authors
31818 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31819
31820 Key bindings:
31821 -------------
31822
31823 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
31824
31825 \(fn)" t nil)
31826
31827 ;;;***
31828 \f
31829 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20104 14925))
31830 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
31831
31832 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
31833 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
31834 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
31835 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
31836
31837 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
31838 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
31839 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
31840 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
31841 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
31842
31843 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
31844 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
31845
31846 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
31847
31848 * Limitations and unsupported features
31849 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
31850 not supported.
31851 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
31852 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
31853
31854 * Modifications
31855 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
31856 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
31857 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
31858 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
31859 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
31860 for undoing a repeated change command.
31861 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
31862 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
31863 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
31864
31865 * Extensions
31866 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
31867 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
31868 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
31869 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
31870 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
31871 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
31872 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
31873 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
31874
31875 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
31876
31877 \(fn)" t nil)
31878
31879 ;;;***
31880 \f
31881 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
31882 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
31883 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
31884 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (20187 22214))
31885 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31886
31887 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31888 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31889
31890 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31891
31892 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31893 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31894 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31895 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31896
31897 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31898
31899 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31900 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31901
31902 \(fn)" t nil)
31903
31904 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31905 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31906 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31907 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31908
31909 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31910
31911 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31912 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31913
31914 \(fn)" t nil)
31915
31916 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31917
31918
31919 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31920
31921 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31922
31923
31924 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31925
31926 ;;;***
31927 \f
31928 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
31929 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
31930 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
31931 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
31932 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (20188 43079))
31933 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31934
31935 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31936 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31937 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31938
31939 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31940
31941 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31942 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31943 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31944 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31945
31946 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31947
31948 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31949 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31950
31951 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31952
31953 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31954 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31955 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31956 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31957 moving around in the buffer.
31958 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31959 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31960
31961 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31962
31963 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31964
31965 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31966 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31967 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31968 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31969
31970 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31971 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31972 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31973 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31974 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31975
31976 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31977
31978 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31979
31980 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31981 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31982 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31983 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31984 buffer.
31985
31986 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31987 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31988 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31989 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31990 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31991
31992 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31993
31994 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31995
31996 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31997 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31998 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31999 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
32000 moving around in the buffer.
32001 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32002 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32003
32004 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32005
32006 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32007 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32008 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32009
32010 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
32011 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
32012 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
32013 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
32014
32015 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32016
32017 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
32018 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
32019 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
32020 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
32021 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32022 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32023 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32024
32025 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32026
32027 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
32028
32029 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32030 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32031 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32032
32033 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32034
32035 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
32036 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
32037 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
32038 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
32039 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32040 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32041 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32042
32043 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32044
32045 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
32046
32047 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32048 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32049 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32050
32051 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32052
32053 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
32054 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
32055 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
32056 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
32057 if ARG is omitted or nil.
32058
32059 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
32060 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
32061 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
32062 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
32063
32064 \\<view-mode-map>
32065
32066 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
32067 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
32068 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
32069 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
32070 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
32071 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
32072 to a repeat count of one.
32073
32074 H, h, ? This message.
32075 Digits provide prefix arguments.
32076 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
32077 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
32078 > move to the end of buffer.
32079 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
32080 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
32081 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
32082 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
32083 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
32084 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
32085 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
32086 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
32087 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
32088 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
32089 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
32090 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
32091 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
32092 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
32093 Use this to view a changing file.
32094 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
32095 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
32096 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
32097 . set the mark.
32098 x exchanges point and mark.
32099 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
32100 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
32101 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
32102 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
32103 ' go to position saved in character register.
32104 s do forward incremental search.
32105 r do reverse incremental search.
32106 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
32107 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
32108 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
32109 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
32110 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
32111 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
32112 p searches backward for last regular expression.
32113 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
32114 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
32115 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
32116 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
32117 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
32118 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
32119 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
32120 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
32121 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
32122 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
32123
32124 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
32125 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
32126 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
32127 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
32128 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
32129 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
32130 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
32131 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
32132 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
32133
32134 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32135
32136 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32137
32138 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
32139 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
32140 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
32141 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
32142 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
32143 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
32144 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
32145 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
32146 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
32147
32148 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
32149
32150 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
32151 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
32152 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
32153 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
32154 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
32155 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
32156
32157 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
32158 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
32159 called by `view-mode-exit'.
32160
32161 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32162
32163 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32164
32165 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
32166
32167 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
32168 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
32169
32170 \(fn)" t nil)
32171
32172 ;;;***
32173 \f
32174 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20187
32175 ;;;;;; 22214))
32176 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
32177
32178 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
32179 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
32180
32181 \(fn)" nil nil)
32182
32183 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
32184 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
32185
32186 \(fn)" t nil)
32187
32188 ;;;***
32189 \f
32190 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
32191 ;;;;;; (20187 22214))
32192 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
32193
32194 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
32195 Toggle Viper on/off.
32196 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
32197
32198 \(fn)" t nil)
32199
32200 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
32201 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
32202
32203 \(fn)" t nil)
32204
32205 ;;;***
32206 \f
32207 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
32208 ;;;;;; (19906 31087))
32209 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
32210
32211 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
32212 Function to generate warning prefixes.
32213 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
32214 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
32215 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
32216 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
32217 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
32218 the beginning of the warning.")
32219
32220 (defvar warning-series nil "\
32221 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
32222 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
32223 which is the start of the current series; it means that
32224 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
32225 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
32226 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
32227 also call that function before the next warning.")
32228
32229 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
32230 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
32231
32232 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
32233 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
32234 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
32235 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
32236
32237 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
32238 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
32239 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
32240 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
32241 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
32242 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
32243
32244 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
32245 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
32246 Default is :warning.
32247
32248 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
32249 if you do not attend to it promptly.
32250 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
32251 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
32252 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
32253 :debug -- info for debugging only.
32254
32255 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
32256 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
32257 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
32258
32259 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
32260
32261 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
32262 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
32263
32264 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
32265
32266 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
32267 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
32268 Aside from generating the message with `format',
32269 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
32270
32271 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
32272 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
32273 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
32274 can be whatever you like.)
32275
32276 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
32277 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
32278
32279 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
32280 if you do not attend to it promptly.
32281 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
32282 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
32283 :debug -- info for debugging only.
32284
32285 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32286
32287 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
32288 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
32289 Aside from generating the message with `format',
32290 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
32291 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
32292
32293 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32294
32295 ;;;***
32296 \f
32297 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
32298 ;;;;;; (20174 10230))
32299 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
32300
32301 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
32302 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
32303 \\<wdired-mode-map>
32304 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
32305 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
32306 in disk.
32307
32308 See `wdired-mode'.
32309
32310 \(fn)" t nil)
32311
32312 ;;;***
32313 \f
32314 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20159 42847))
32315 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
32316
32317 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
32318 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
32319
32320 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
32321 hotlist.
32322
32323 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
32324 <nwv@acm.org>.
32325
32326 \(fn)" t nil)
32327
32328 ;;;***
32329 \f
32330 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
32331 ;;;;;; (20127 62865))
32332 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
32333 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
32334 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
32335
32336 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
32337
32338 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
32339 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
32340 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32341 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32342 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32343 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
32344
32345 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
32346
32347 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
32348 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
32349 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
32350 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32351 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32352
32353 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
32354 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
32355 in certain major modes.
32356
32357 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32358
32359 ;;;***
32360 \f
32361 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
32362 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
32363 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
32364 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20176 51947))
32365 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
32366
32367 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32368 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
32369 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
32370 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32371 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32372
32373 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32374 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32375
32376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32377
32378 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32379 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
32380 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
32381 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
32382 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32383
32384 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
32385 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
32386 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
32387 use `whitespace-mode'.
32388
32389 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32390
32391 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32392
32393 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
32394 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
32395 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32396 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32397 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32398 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
32399
32400 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
32401
32402 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32403 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
32404 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
32405 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
32406 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
32407
32408 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32409 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32410
32411 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32412
32413 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
32414 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
32415 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32416 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32417 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32418 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
32419
32420 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
32421
32422 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32423 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
32424 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
32425 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
32426 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
32427
32428 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
32429 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
32430 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
32431 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
32432
32433 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32434
32435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32436
32437 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32438 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
32439
32440 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32441 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
32442
32443 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32444 and restart local whitespace-mode.
32445
32446 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
32447
32448 CHAR MEANING
32449 (VIA FACES)
32450 f toggle face visualization
32451 t toggle TAB visualization
32452 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32453 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32454 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32455 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32456 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32457 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32458 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32459 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32460 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32461 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32462 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32463 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32464 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32465 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32466 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32467
32468 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32469 T toggle TAB visualization
32470 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32471 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32472
32473 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32474 ? display brief help
32475
32476 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32477 The valid symbols are:
32478
32479 face toggle face visualization
32480 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32481 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32482 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32483 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32484 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32485 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32486 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32487 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32488 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32489 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32490 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32491 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32492 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32493 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32494 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32495 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32496
32497 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32498 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32499 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32500
32501 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32502
32503 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32504
32505 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
32506
32507 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32508 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
32509
32510 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32511 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
32512
32513 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32514 and restart global whitespace-mode.
32515
32516 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
32517
32518 CHAR MEANING
32519 (VIA FACES)
32520 f toggle face visualization
32521 t toggle TAB visualization
32522 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32523 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32524 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32525 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32526 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32527 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32528 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32529 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32530 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32531 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32532 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32533 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32534 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32535 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32536 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32537
32538 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32539 T toggle TAB visualization
32540 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32541 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32542
32543 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32544 ? display brief help
32545
32546 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32547 The valid symbols are:
32548
32549 face toggle face visualization
32550 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32551 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32552 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32553 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32554 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32555 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32556 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32557 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32558 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32559 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32560 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32561 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32562 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32563 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32564 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32565 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32566
32567 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32568 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32569 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32570
32571 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32572
32573 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32574
32575 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
32576
32577 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
32578 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
32579
32580 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
32581 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
32582 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
32583 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
32584 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
32585
32586 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
32587
32588 The problems cleaned up are:
32589
32590 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32591 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32592 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
32593 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
32594
32595 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32596 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32597 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32598 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32599 SPACEs.
32600 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32601 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32602 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32603 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32604
32605 4. SPACEs before TAB.
32606 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32607 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32608 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32609 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32610 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32611 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32612 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32613
32614 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32615 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32616 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32617
32618 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32619 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32620 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32621 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32622 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32623 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32624 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32625 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32626
32627 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32628 documentation.
32629
32630 \(fn)" t nil)
32631
32632 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
32633 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
32634
32635 The problems cleaned up are:
32636
32637 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32638 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32639 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32640 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32641 SPACEs.
32642 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32643 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32644 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32645 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32646
32647 2. SPACEs before TAB.
32648 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32649 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32650 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32651 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32652 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32653 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32654 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32655
32656 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32657 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32658 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32659
32660 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32661 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32662 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32663 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32664 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32665 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32666 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32667 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32668
32669 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32670 documentation.
32671
32672 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32673
32674 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
32675 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
32676
32677 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32678 non-nil.
32679
32680 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32681 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
32682 `whitespace-style' to have:
32683
32684 empty
32685 trailing
32686 indentation
32687 space-before-tab
32688 space-after-tab
32689
32690 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32691 whitespace problems in buffer.
32692
32693 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32694
32695 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32696 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32697 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32698 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32699 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32700 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32701 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32702
32703 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32704 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32705 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32706 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32707 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32708 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32709 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32710
32711 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32712 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32713 cleaning up these problems.
32714
32715 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32716
32717 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
32718 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
32719
32720 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32721 non-nil.
32722
32723 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32724 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
32725 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
32726
32727 empty
32728 indentation
32729 space-before-tab
32730 trailing
32731 space-after-tab
32732
32733 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32734 whitespace problems in buffer.
32735
32736 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32737
32738 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32739 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32740 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32741 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32742 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32743 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32744 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32745
32746 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32747 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32748 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32749 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32750 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32751 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32752 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32753
32754 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32755 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32756 cleaning up these problems.
32757
32758 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32759
32760 ;;;***
32761 \f
32762 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
32763 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20127 62865))
32764 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32765
32766 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32767 Browse the widget under point.
32768
32769 \(fn POS)" t nil)
32770
32771 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32772 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32773
32774 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32775
32776 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32777 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32778
32779 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32780
32781 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32782 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
32783
32784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32785
32786 ;;;***
32787 \f
32788 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
32789 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20222
32790 ;;;;;; 61246))
32791 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32792
32793 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32794 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32795
32796 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32797
32798 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32799 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32800 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32801
32802 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32803
32804 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32805 Create widget of TYPE.
32806 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32807
32808 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32809
32810 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32811 Delete WIDGET.
32812
32813 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32814
32815 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32816 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32817
32818 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32819
32820 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32821 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32822 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
32823 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
32824
32825 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32826 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32827
32828 \(fn)" nil nil)
32829
32830 ;;;***
32831 \f
32832 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
32833 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (20161
32834 ;;;;;; 45793))
32835 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32836
32837 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32838 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32839 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32840 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32841 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32842 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32843 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32844
32845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32846
32847 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32848 Select the window above the current one.
32849 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32850 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32851 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32852 negative ARG) of the current window.
32853 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32854
32855 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32856
32857 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32858 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32859 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32860 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32861 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32862 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32863 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32864
32865 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32866
32867 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32868 Select the window below the current one.
32869 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32870 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32871 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32872 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32873 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32874
32875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32876
32877 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32878 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32879 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32880 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
32881
32882 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32883
32884 ;;;***
32885 \f
32886 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
32887 ;;;;;; (19998 49767))
32888 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32889
32890 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32891 Toggle Winner mode.
32892 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32893 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
32894
32895 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32896
32897 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32898 Toggle Winner mode.
32899 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32900
32901 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32902
32903 ;;;***
32904 \f
32905 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
32906 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (20168 57844))
32907 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32908
32909 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32910 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32911 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32912 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32913 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32914
32915 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32916
32917 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32918 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32919 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32920 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32921 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32922 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32923 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32924 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32925
32926 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32927 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32928
32929 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32930
32931 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32932 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32933
32934 \(fn)" t nil)
32935
32936 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32937 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32938 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32939 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32940 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32941 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32942 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32943 `woman' command for further details.
32944
32945 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32946
32947 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
32948 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
32949
32950 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
32951
32952 ;;;***
32953 \f
32954 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
32955 ;;;;;; (20141 9296))
32956 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
32957
32958 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
32959 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
32960
32961 BUGS:
32962 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
32963 are not implemented
32964 - Options for search and replace
32965 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
32966 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
32967
32968 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
32969 Emacs-like.
32970
32971 The key bindings are:
32972
32973 C-a backward-word
32974 C-b fill-paragraph
32975 C-c scroll-up-line
32976 C-d forward-char
32977 C-e previous-line
32978 C-f forward-word
32979 C-g delete-char
32980 C-h backward-char
32981 C-i indent-for-tab-command
32982 C-j help-for-help
32983 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
32984 C-l ws-repeat-search
32985 C-n open-line
32986 C-p quoted-insert
32987 C-r scroll-down-line
32988 C-s backward-char
32989 C-t kill-word
32990 C-u keyboard-quit
32991 C-v overwrite-mode
32992 C-w scroll-down
32993 C-x next-line
32994 C-y kill-complete-line
32995 C-z scroll-up
32996
32997 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
32998 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
32999 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
33000 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
33001 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
33002 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
33003 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
33004 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
33005 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
33006 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
33007 C-k b ws-begin-block
33008 C-k c ws-copy-block
33009 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
33010 C-k f find-file
33011 C-k h ws-show-markers
33012 C-k i ws-indent-block
33013 C-k k ws-end-block
33014 C-k p ws-print-block
33015 C-k q kill-emacs
33016 C-k r insert-file
33017 C-k s save-some-buffers
33018 C-k t ws-mark-word
33019 C-k u ws-exdent-block
33020 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
33021 C-k v ws-move-block
33022 C-k w ws-write-block
33023 C-k x kill-emacs
33024 C-k y ws-delete-block
33025
33026 C-o c wordstar-center-line
33027 C-o b switch-to-buffer
33028 C-o j justify-current-line
33029 C-o k kill-buffer
33030 C-o l list-buffers
33031 C-o m auto-fill-mode
33032 C-o r set-fill-column
33033 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
33034 C-o wd delete-other-windows
33035 C-o wh split-window-right
33036 C-o wo other-window
33037 C-o wv split-window-below
33038
33039 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
33040 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
33041 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
33042 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
33043 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
33044 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
33045 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
33046 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
33047 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
33048 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
33049 C-q a ws-query-replace
33050 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
33051 C-q c end-of-buffer
33052 C-q d end-of-line
33053 C-q f ws-search
33054 C-q k ws-to-block-end
33055 C-q l ws-undo
33056 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
33057 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
33058 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
33059 C-q w ws-last-error
33060 C-q y ws-kill-eol
33061 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
33062
33063 \(fn)" t nil)
33064
33065 ;;;***
33066 \f
33067 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (20197 58064))
33068 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
33069
33070 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
33071 Perform an interactive search.
33072 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
33073 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
33074 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
33075 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
33076
33077 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
33078 Example:
33079
33080 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
33081
33082 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
33083
33084 ;;;***
33085 \f
33086 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
33087 ;;;;;; (20168 57844))
33088 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
33089
33090 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
33091 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
33092 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
33093 Returns the top node with all its children.
33094 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
33095 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
33096
33097 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
33098
33099 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
33100 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
33101 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
33102 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
33103 is not well-formed XML.
33104 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
33105 and returned as the first element of the list.
33106 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
33107
33108 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
33109
33110 ;;;***
33111 \f
33112 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
33113 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (19845 45374))
33114 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
33115
33116 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
33117 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
33118 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
33119 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
33120 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
33121 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
33122 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
33123 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
33124 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
33125 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
33126
33127 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
33128
33129 ;;;***
33130 \f
33131 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20127
33132 ;;;;;; 62865))
33133 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
33134
33135 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
33136 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
33137 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
33138 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33139 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33140 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
33141
33142 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
33143
33144 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
33145 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
33146 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
33147 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
33148 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
33149
33150 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
33151 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
33152 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
33153 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
33154 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
33155 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
33156
33157 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33158
33159 ;;;***
33160 \f
33161 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
33162 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (19845 45374))
33163 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
33164
33165 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
33166 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
33167
33168 \(fn START END)" t nil)
33169
33170 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
33171 Extract file name from an yenc header.
33172
33173 \(fn)" nil nil)
33174
33175 ;;;***
33176 \f
33177 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
33178 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (19845 45374))
33179 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
33180
33181 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
33182 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
33183
33184 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
33185
33186 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
33187 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
33188
33189 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
33190
33191 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
33192 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
33193 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
33194
33195 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
33196
33197 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
33198 Zippy goes to the analyst.
33199
33200 \(fn)" t nil)
33201
33202 ;;;***
33203 \f
33204 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (19889 21967))
33205 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
33206
33207 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
33208 Zone out, completely.
33209
33210 \(fn)" t nil)
33211
33212 ;;;***
33213 \f
33214 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
33215 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
33216 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
33217 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
33218 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
33219 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
33220 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
33221 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
33222 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
33223 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
33224 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
33225 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
33226 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
33227 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
33228 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
33229 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
33230 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
33231 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
33232 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
33233 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
33234 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
33235 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
33236 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
33237 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el"
33238 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
33239 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
33240 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
33241 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
33242 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
33243 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
33244 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
33245 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
33246 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/inversion.el"
33247 ;;;;;; "cedet/mode-local.el" "cedet/pulse.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
33248 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
33249 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
33250 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el"
33251 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
33252 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
33253 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el"
33254 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
33255 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
33256 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
33257 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
33258 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
33259 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
33260 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
33261 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
33262 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
33263 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
33264 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
33265 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
33266 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
33267 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
33268 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
33269 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
33270 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
33271 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
33272 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
33273 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
33274 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
33275 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
33276 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
33277 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
33278 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
33279 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
33280 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
33281 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
33282 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
33283 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
33284 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
33285 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
33286 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
33287 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
33288 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
33289 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
33290 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
33291 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
33292 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
33293 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
33294 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
33295 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
33296 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
33297 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
33298 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
33299 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
33300 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
33301 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
33302 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
33303 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
33304 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
33305 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
33306 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
33307 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
33308 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
33309 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
33310 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
33311 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
33312 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "foldout.el"
33313 ;;;;;; "format-spec.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "fringe.el"
33314 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
33315 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
33316 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
33317 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
33318 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
33319 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
33320 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el"
33321 ;;;;;; "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
33322 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
33323 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
33324 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
33325 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
33326 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
33327 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
33328 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
33329 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
33330 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
33331 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
33332 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/shr-color.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
33333 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
33334 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
33335 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
33336 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
33337 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
33338 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
33339 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
33340 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
33341 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
33342 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
33343 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
33344 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
33345 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el"
33346 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
33347 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
33348 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
33349 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
33350 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
33351 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
33352 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
33353 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
33354 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
33355 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
33356 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
33357 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
33358 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
33359 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
33360 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
33361 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/soap-client.el"
33362 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
33363 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
33364 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
33365 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
33366 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
33367 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
33368 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
33369 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
33370 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
33371 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
33372 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
33373 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
33374 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el"
33375 ;;;;;; "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
33376 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
33377 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
33378 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
33379 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scheme.el"
33380 ;;;;;; "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el"
33381 ;;;;;; "org/ob-table.el" "org/org-beamer.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
33382 ;;;;;; "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
33383 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-entities.el"
33384 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el"
33385 ;;;;;; "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
33386 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el" "org/org-list.el"
33387 ;;;;;; "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el"
33388 ;;;;;; "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
33389 ;;;;;; "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-special-blocks.el"
33390 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
33391 ;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el"
33392 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el"
33393 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
33394 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
33395 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el"
33396 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
33397 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
33398 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
33399 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
33400 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
33401 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
33402 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
33403 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
33404 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
33405 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
33406 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
33407 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
33408 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
33409 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
33410 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
33411 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
33412 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el"
33413 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (20224
33414 ;;;;;; 16870 730403))
33415
33416 ;;;***
33417 \f
33418 (provide 'loaddefs)
33419 ;; Local Variables:
33420 ;; version-control: never
33421 ;; no-byte-compile: t
33422 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
33423 ;; coding: utf-8
33424 ;; End:
33425 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here